Upload
others
View
1
Download
0
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
Select most suitable product for easy operation.
http://www.nissei-gtr.co.jp/
The CAD data can be downloaded for the homepage:
Employed 100% recycled paper. Printed with environmentally sensitive Soy Ink.
PRINTED WITH
SOY INKTM
Trademark of American Soybean Association
Printed in September, 2007(2007.11.1/1-1)
For orders and/or inquiries about products in this catalogue,please contact the dealer mentioned below:
http://www.nissei-gtr.co.jp
The specifications of the products in this catalogue are subject to change by modification or other reasons without notice, therefore, we recommend you to contact us for confirmation, before start designing. In case the end-user of products is military organization or the purpose of products is for manufacturing weapons, or the country you export products is the restricted country stipulated in the "Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Law", execute prior investigations and take proper measures for export.
* *
Be sure to observe the safety regulations for the installation location
and the equipments to be used with.
(Ordinance on Labor Safety and hygiene, Electrical Equipment
Technical Standard, Internal Line Regulations, Factory's Guide for
Protecting Explosion, Building Standard Law, etc.)
Carefully read the Instruction Manual before actual operation of
products and operate properly as instructed. When the Instruction
Manual is not available in your place, ask your dealer or our nearest
sales office. The Instruction Manual should be reached to the end-user
who actually operates the product.
Select the most adequate products for your using conditions and/or
purposes. (For selection of products, be sure to carefully read the
“Technical Information” and “Precautions for Use”)
If the product is applied as a hoist or elevator for human transport, be
sure to furnish it with a protective device such as safeguard.
Be sure to use explosion-proof motor in the circumstances where
explosive gases or flammable gases exist. The explosion-proof motor
should have specifications most adequate for the facing danger.
If a inverter is employed for driving an explosion-proof motor, the
approved combination is 1:1 between motor and inverter. Be sure to
operate motor with the designated inverter. The inverter itself is not
explosion-proof specifications, therefore, be sure to install it in the
location where no explosive gases exist.
If a 400V class inverter is employed for driving motor, be sure to attach
a control filter or a reactor to the inverter, or use insulation enhanced
motor.
In the equipment such as food machines, especially machines which
do not accept oil or grease, be sure to furnished with protective devices
such as oil pan, etc., to protect from the oil leakage due to failure or life.
The specifications of the products in this catalogue are subject to change by modification or other reasons without notice, therefore, we recommend you to contact us for confirmation, before start designing.
Precautions for Safety
●Note:
●If you need catalogues of our GTR and/or other products, ask us with
the “Catalogue Request Form” on page X11 of this catalogue.
General
Particular user
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
Responding to the requests from customers, we,
Nissei Corporation hereby offer you completely
improved F3 Series, in addition to the conventional
F2 Series which has a wide variety of one side
mounting and of reduction ratio. The mounting
method is the same as that of the conventional F2
Series. It is our wish to continuously be your supplier
of innovative products aiming for easier handling.
1
NEWGearmotor
Motor Capacity
3-Phase 0.1kW~2.2kW 1-Phase 100W~400W Reduction Ratio
1/5~1/1500
Type
Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor Water-Resistant Gearmotor(IP65) Water-Resistant Brake Gearmotor(IP65) Reducer(Input/Output Shaft) S-Type Reducer(For Designated Motor) Combination of Gearmotor & Inverter
Concentric Hollow Shaft Concentric Solid Shaft
Wide Variation ●Extended Reduction Ratio up to 1/1500
F3 SERIESF3 SERIES Hollow Shaft Gearmotor
Solid Shaft Gearmotor
Water-Resistant Gearmotor(IP65)
Reducer (Input/Output Shaft)
S-Type Reducer (For Designated Motor)
High Reduction Ratio (1/300 and above)
Mounting Free with Concentric Hollow Shaft
Face Mount ●Tapped Holes on both sides
Motor Capacity
3-Phase 0.1kW~2.2kW 1-Phase 100W~400W Reduction Ratio
1/5~1/1500
Type
Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor Water-Resistant Gearmotor(IP65) Water-Resistant Brake Gearmotor(IP65) Reducer(Input/Output Shaft) S-Type Reducer(For Designated Motor) Combination of Gearmotor & Inverter
Concentric Hollow Shaft Concentric Solid Shaft
Wide Variation ●Extended Reduction Ratio up to 1/1500
F3 SERIESF3 SERIES Hollow Shaft Gearmotor
Solid Shaft Gearmotor
Water-Resistant Gearmotor(IP65)
Reducer (Input/Output Shaft)
S-Type Reducer (For Designated Motor)
High Reduction Ratio (1/300 and above)
Mounting Free with Concentric Hollow Shaft
Face Mount ●Tapped Holes on both sides
F3 SERIESF3 SERIES More variations!Concentric Hollow Shaft Gearmotor Water-Resistant Gearmotor(IP65)
■Wide variations and quick delivery (Ship out within three days)
*Also, reduction ratio was extended from 1/80 to 1/240 in 1.5kW and 1/40 to 1/120 in 2.2kW.
1/300
800
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
01/375 1/450 1/600 1/750 1/900 1/1200 1/1500
N・mComparison in allowable torque of output shaft
1/ 300
1/ 375
1/ 450
1/ 600
1/ 750
1/ 900
1/1200
1/1500
0.1kW 0.2kW 0.4kW 0.75kW
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
F Series F3 Series
0.1kW 0.1kW
54
High Reduction Ratio (1/300 and above)
■Allowable torque by the reduction ratio
F3 SERIESF3 SERIES More variations!Concentric Hollow Shaft Gearmotor Water-Resistant Gearmotor(IP65)
■Wide variations and quick delivery (Ship out within three days)
*Also, reduction ratio was extended from 1/80 to 1/240 in 1.5kW and 1/40 to 1/120 in 2.2kW.
1/300
800
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
01/375 1/450 1/600 1/750 1/900 1/1200 1/1500
N・mComparison in allowable torque of output shaft
1/ 300
1/ 375
1/ 450
1/ 600
1/ 750
1/ 900
1/1200
1/1500
0.1kW 0.2kW 0.4kW 0.75kW
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
F Series F3 Series
0.1kW 0.1kW
54
High Reduction Ratio (1/300 and above)
■Allowable torque by the reduction ratio
mold designing/manufacturing Motor production line
heat treatment (gas carburizing equipment)
die-cast products
OEM gear products
●Over 90% of the products are in-house production(Reducer products). ●Providing reducers and gear products to OEM●Integrated Production from mold designing/manufacturing, die-casting,
Gleason PHOENIX II 275HCCBN Bevel Gear Grinder
Awards for ’99TPM
Certified as“2005 Aichi Quality Company ”
Obtain ISO 14001Obtain ISO 9001
●Gear designing and manufacturing technology cultivated more than half Century, represented by HRH (High Ratio Hypoid Gear).●Development of new transmission equipments, corresponding to the market needs.
●CS Center ・Customer’s Technical Inquiries Desk ・CRM Desk (Information Transmission System)●Caravan Car (Traveling Exhibit by car)●Factory Tour・Lecture about Products
●Obtain ISO 9001●Obtain ISO 14001●Awards for ’99TPM●Certified as “2005 Aichi Quality Company ”
New Facility
Participated in an exhibition
Quality
In-house Production Product Development CapabilityProviding Information
Facility expansionat Anjo South Plant
76
Corporate Profile
Company History
●Pursuing integrated value and affinity●Conform to International Standards●Improvement of painting quality
Product Value
Delivery
We, Leader of the Industry, offer quick Ship out of standardproducts of more than 140,000 models within 3 days afterreceiving order.
“From one piece”is Nissei's motto,caring customersatisfaction.
Spiral Bevel Gear Helical Gear HRH(High Ratio Hypoid)Gear
Company Name: Nissei CorporationCapital: 3,475 Million YenEmployees: 743Headquarters: Anjo-shi, AichiManufacturing Plant:Main Plant, Anjo Minami Manufacturing PlantStock Exchange:Listed on the Second Section of the Tokyo Stock ExchangeListed on the Second Section of the Nagoya Stock ExchangeMain Products:Reducers, Variable-Speed Reducers, Direct Drive Equipments(Electric Slide-Base, Cylinder, etc.)…550,000units/yearVarious Small gears(Standard gears, Make-to-order gears)…18 Million units/year
Established company JAPAN SEWING MACHINE NEEDLE MANUFACTURING LTD in Nagoya.Started production of small fine pitch gears in a make-to-order base in domestic Japanese market.Anjo Manufacturing Plant newly opened in 1-1, Inoue, Izumi-cho, Anjo-shi, Aichi and started operation. (Headquarters and Main Manufacturing Plant at present)Changed company name to NISSEI INDUSTRY CO.LTDStarted production and sales of power transmissions such as reducers, gear boxes, clutches, brake units, etc.Started production of spur gear reducers “GTR Gearmotor”.Started production and sales of “GTR” H-Type orthogonal shaft reducers (Hypoid Gearmotor)Started production and sales of “GTR Mini Gearmotors”(15W~90W)Listed on the Second Section of the Nagoya Stock Exchange. Capital became 3,475 Million YenOpened Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant, as a plant exclusively produce power transmissions.Started sales of Stock Bevel Gear and HRH (High Ratio Hypoid Gearmotor). Added “Helical Gear” and “ Straight Bevel Gear” to our standard production line and started sales with the name of “My Set”.Started production and sales of GTR-V Series(Variable-speed gearmotor). Started production and sales of GTR IIS Series (Power Slide Base) and C-Series(Power Cylinder).Started production and sales of GTR-F2 Series (Concentric hollow and solid shaft).Agreed sales cooperation with SEW-EURODRIVE, JAPAN, Inc.Awarded ’99TPM.Obtained “ISO 9001” Certification.Changed company name to “Nissei Corporation”.Obtained “ISO 14001” Certification.Started sales of “Small multipurpose inverters”(0.1kW~3.7kW).Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.)Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low Backlash Reducers).Agreed sales cooperation withKOHARA GEAR INDUSTRY CO.LTDStarted production and sales of GTRII V-Series, battery power type.Listed on the Second Section of the Tokyo Stock Exchange.Agreed sales cooperation with DAIKIN INDUSTRIES. LTDStarted production and sales of “GTR Medium Type, Water-resistant Gearmotor with Brake”.Shipping system for urgent requests “Scramble Shipment Service” started.Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series IPM servomotor attached”.Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series Parallel Shaft(AG3)”.Started production and sales of “GTR Medium Type Explosion-proof Gearmotors”.Agreed sales cooperation with SEW-EURODRIVE(TIANJIN) CO.,LTD.Started production and sales of GTRII V-Series Battery Power Type with the specifications of 400W/48V).Started production and sales of Bevel Gearbox“KOMPASS” Certificated to Aichi Quality brand.Started production and sale of concentric hollow shaft and concentric solid shaft in GTR-F3 Series.Started production and sale of concentric hollow shaft and concentric solid shaft in GTR-A Series, AF3 type.Started production and sale of IS gearmotor.Established manufacturing Plant No.2 for reducers.
March
June
May
JulyMay
Oct.May
Nov.
July
Sept.
May
May
March
April
Nov.Oct.MarchOct.Dec.Sept.
Oct.
April
April
Sept.
MarchAug.Oct.
Dec.
Dec.
Jan.
Feb.
April
June
Dec.Jan.July
Jan.
April
1942
1955
1964
19651969
19741980
1984
1985
1985
1989
1992
1992
1995
1998
19981999200020002000 2001
2001
2002
2002
2002
200320032003
2003
2003
2004
2004
2004
2004
200420062006
2007
2007
(self-developed product)
mold designing/manufacturing Motor production line
heat treatment (gas carburizing equipment)
die-cast products
OEM gear products
●Over 90% of the products are in-house production(Reducer products). ●Providing reducers and gear products to OEM●Integrated Production from mold designing/manufacturing, die-casting,
Gleason PHOENIX II 275HCCBN Bevel Gear Grinder
Awards for ’99TPM
Certified as“2005 Aichi Quality Company ”
Obtain ISO 14001Obtain ISO 9001
●Gear designing and manufacturing technology cultivated more than half Century, represented by HRH (High Ratio Hypoid Gear).●Development of new transmission equipments, corresponding to the market needs.
●CS Center ・Customer’s Technical Inquiries Desk ・CRM Desk (Information Transmission System)●Caravan Car (Traveling Exhibit by car)●Factory Tour・Lecture about Products
●Obtain ISO 9001●Obtain ISO 14001●Awards for ’99TPM●Certified as “2005 Aichi Quality Company ”
New Facility
Participated in an exhibition
Quality
In-house Production Product Development CapabilityProviding Information
Facility expansionat Anjo South Plant
76
Corporate Profile
Company History
●Pursuing integrated value and affinity●Conform to International Standards●Improvement of painting quality
Product Value
Delivery
We, Leader of the Industry, offer quick Ship out of standardproducts of more than 140,000 models within 3 days afterreceiving order.
“From one piece”is Nissei's motto,caring customersatisfaction.
Spiral Bevel Gear Helical Gear HRH(High Ratio Hypoid)Gear
Company Name: Nissei CorporationCapital: 3,475 Million YenEmployees: 743Headquarters: Anjo-shi, AichiManufacturing Plant:Main Plant, Anjo Minami Manufacturing PlantStock Exchange:Listed on the Second Section of the Tokyo Stock ExchangeListed on the Second Section of the Nagoya Stock ExchangeMain Products:Reducers, Variable-Speed Reducers, Direct Drive Equipments(Electric Slide-Base, Cylinder, etc.)…550,000units/yearVarious Small gears(Standard gears, Make-to-order gears)…18 Million units/year
Established company JAPAN SEWING MACHINE NEEDLE MANUFACTURING LTD in Nagoya.Started production of small fine pitch gears in a make-to-order base in domestic Japanese market.Anjo Manufacturing Plant newly opened in 1-1, Inoue, Izumi-cho, Anjo-shi, Aichi and started operation. (Headquarters and Main Manufacturing Plant at present)Changed company name to NISSEI INDUSTRY CO.LTDStarted production and sales of power transmissions such as reducers, gear boxes, clutches, brake units, etc.Started production of spur gear reducers “GTR Gearmotor”.Started production and sales of “GTR” H-Type orthogonal shaft reducers (Hypoid Gearmotor)Started production and sales of “GTR Mini Gearmotors”(15W~90W)Listed on the Second Section of the Nagoya Stock Exchange. Capital became 3,475 Million YenOpened Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant, as a plant exclusively produce power transmissions.Started sales of Stock Bevel Gear and HRH (High Ratio Hypoid Gearmotor). Added “Helical Gear” and “ Straight Bevel Gear” to our standard production line and started sales with the name of “My Set”.Started production and sales of GTR-V Series(Variable-speed gearmotor). Started production and sales of GTR IIS Series (Power Slide Base) and C-Series(Power Cylinder).Started production and sales of GTR-F2 Series (Concentric hollow and solid shaft).Agreed sales cooperation with SEW-EURODRIVE, JAPAN, Inc.Awarded ’99TPM.Obtained “ISO 9001” Certification.Changed company name to “Nissei Corporation”.Obtained “ISO 14001” Certification.Started sales of “Small multipurpose inverters”(0.1kW~3.7kW).Expanded Anjo Minami Manufacturing Plant. (CEL Line assembly started.)Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series”(Low Backlash Reducers).Agreed sales cooperation withKOHARA GEAR INDUSTRY CO.LTDStarted production and sales of GTRII V-Series, battery power type.Listed on the Second Section of the Tokyo Stock Exchange.Agreed sales cooperation with DAIKIN INDUSTRIES. LTDStarted production and sales of “GTR Medium Type, Water-resistant Gearmotor with Brake”.Shipping system for urgent requests “Scramble Shipment Service” started.Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series IPM servomotor attached”.Started production and sales of “GTR A-Series Parallel Shaft(AG3)”.Started production and sales of “GTR Medium Type Explosion-proof Gearmotors”.Agreed sales cooperation with SEW-EURODRIVE(TIANJIN) CO.,LTD.Started production and sales of GTRII V-Series Battery Power Type with the specifications of 400W/48V).Started production and sales of Bevel Gearbox“KOMPASS” Certificated to Aichi Quality brand.Started production and sale of concentric hollow shaft and concentric solid shaft in GTR-F3 Series.Started production and sale of concentric hollow shaft and concentric solid shaft in GTR-A Series, AF3 type.Started production and sale of IS gearmotor.Established manufacturing Plant No.2 for reducers.
March
June
May
JulyMay
Oct.May
Nov.
July
Sept.
May
May
March
April
Nov.Oct.MarchOct.Dec.Sept.
Oct.
April
April
Sept.
MarchAug.Oct.
Dec.
Dec.
Jan.
Feb.
April
June
Dec.Jan.July
Jan.
April
1942
1955
1964
19651969
19741980
1984
1985
1985
1989
1992
1992
1995
1998
19981999200020002000 2001
2001
2002
2002
2002
200320032003
2003
2003
2004
2004
2004
2004
200420062006
2007
2007
(self-developed product)
9
F3
8
■Gearmotor/Brake Gearmotor
Model and Type Designation/Standard Model Lineup
Concentric Hollow Shaft 3-Phase Performance Table/Dimensions
Concentric Hollow Shaft 1-Phase Performance Table/Dimensions
Concentric Solid Shaft 3-Phase Performance Table/Dimensions
■Water-Resistant Gearmotor(IP65)/Brake Gearmotor(IP65)
Model and Type Designation/Standard Model Lineup
Concentric Hollow Shaft 3-Phase Performance Table/Dimensions
■Reducer(Input/Output Shaft)
Model and Type Designation/Standard Model Lineup
Concentric Hollow Shaft Performance Table/Dimensions
■S-Type Reducer(For Designated Motor)
Model and Type Designation/Standard Model Lineup
Concentric Hollow Shaft Performance Table/Dimensions
■Technical Information
P.
P.
P.
P.
P.
P.
P.
P.
P.
P.
P.
P.
P.
P.
P.
11
12
17
33
41
55
56
59
75
76
79
93
94
97
111
C O N T E N T S
* Please also see our catalog of MIDI Series (0.1kW to 2.2kW).
Series
Gearmotor
9
F3
8
■Gearmotor/Brake Gearmotor
Model and Type Designation/Standard Model Lineup
Concentric Hollow Shaft 3-Phase Performance Table/Dimensions
Concentric Hollow Shaft 1-Phase Performance Table/Dimensions
Concentric Solid Shaft 3-Phase Performance Table/Dimensions
■Water-Resistant Gearmotor(IP65)/Brake Gearmotor(IP65)
Model and Type Designation/Standard Model Lineup
Concentric Hollow Shaft 3-Phase Performance Table/Dimensions
■Reducer(Input/Output Shaft)
Model and Type Designation/Standard Model Lineup
Concentric Hollow Shaft Performance Table/Dimensions
■S-Type Reducer(For Designated Motor)
Model and Type Designation/Standard Model Lineup
Concentric Hollow Shaft Performance Table/Dimensions
■Technical Information
P.
P.
P.
P.
P.
P.
P.
P.
P.
P.
P.
P.
P.
P.
P.
11
12
17
33
41
55
56
59
75
76
79
93
94
97
111
C O N T E N T S
* Please also see our catalog of MIDI Series (0.1kW to 2.2kW).
Series
Gearmotor
11
F3
10
GearmotorConcentric Hollow Shaft・Concentric Solid Shaft
GearmotorBrake GearmotorModel・Type DesignationStandard Model Lineup
Series
3-Phase
0.1kW~2.2kW
200V 50/60Hz, 220V/60Hz
Class B
Direct start
4
Continuous Rating
Hypoid gear and Helical gear
Grease Lubrication(Maintenance Free)
New JIS Key(JIS 1301-1976 class)
S43C
Aluminium die-cast
-10℃~40℃
85% max.(without any dew condensation)
1,000m max.
Indoors
Anion painting, Acrylic paint
Gray(Mansel code: 9B6/0.5)
No restriction in the mounting angle.(horizontally, vertically or heeling angle)
100W~400W
100V 50/60Hz
Class B(Class E for 100W)
Capacitor Start(100V:capacitor operation)
Totally Enclosed Fan-Cooled
1-Phase
Well ventilated place free from corrosive gas, explosive gas vapor and/or dust.
Motor Part
Ambient Conditions
Painting
Mounting Direction
Speed Reduction Part
Number of phase
Capacity
Power Source
Starting Method
Number of Pole
Rating
Reduction Method
Lubrication
Output Shaft
Case Material
Ambient Humidity
Altitude
Painting Method
Painting Color
Insulation Classification
Protective cooling Method
Output Shaft Material
Ambient Temperature
Installation Location
Environment
Totally Enclosed Fan-Cooled (Totally enclosed type for 0.1kW gearmotor without brake)
11
F3
10
GearmotorConcentric Hollow Shaft・Concentric Solid Shaft
GearmotorBrake GearmotorModel・Type DesignationStandard Model Lineup
Series
3-Phase
0.1kW~2.2kW
200V 50/60Hz, 220V/60Hz
Class B
Direct start
4
Continuous Rating
Hypoid gear and Helical gear
Grease Lubrication(Maintenance Free)
New JIS Key(JIS 1301-1976 class)
S43C
Aluminium die-cast
-10℃~40℃
85% max.(without any dew condensation)
1,000m max.
Indoors
Anion painting, Acrylic paint
Gray(Mansel code: 9B6/0.5)
No restriction in the mounting angle.(horizontally, vertically or heeling angle)
100W~400W
100V 50/60Hz
Class B(Class E for 100W)
Capacitor Start(100V:capacitor operation)
Totally Enclosed Fan-Cooled
1-Phase
Well ventilated place free from corrosive gas, explosive gas vapor and/or dust.
Motor Part
Ambient Conditions
Painting
Mounting Direction
Speed Reduction Part
Number of phase
Capacity
Power Source
Starting Method
Number of Pole
Rating
Reduction Method
Lubrication
Output Shaft
Case Material
Ambient Humidity
Altitude
Painting Method
Painting Color
Insulation Classification
Protective cooling Method
Output Shaft Material
Ambient Temperature
Installation Location
Environment
Totally Enclosed Fan-Cooled (Totally enclosed type for 0.1kW gearmotor without brake)
F3
S
F
M
B
J
Output Shaft Diameter (Hollow Shaft type is the bore and Solid Shaft type is the outside diameter.)
5 : 1/5 240 : 1/240 1500 : 1/1500
T010
T020
T040
075
150
220
S100
200
400
Blank
W
A
Z
Blank
X
: F3 Series(Concentric Hollow Shaft・Concentric Solid Shaft)
: Hollow Shaft Type
: Solid Shaft Type
: With Motor
: With Brake-Motor
: With Brake Manual Release Device(Option)
: 3-phase 0.1 kW
: 3-phase 0.2 kW
: 3-phase 0.4 kW
: 3-phase 0.75kW
: 3-phase 1.5 kW
: 3-phase 2.2 kW
: 1-phase 100W
: 1-phase 200W
: 1-phase 400W
: Standard Voltage
: High Voltage
: Terminal box(3-phase 0.1kW~0.4kW standard specs.)
: For 3-phase Brake Motor,Terminal Box with a built-in rectifier(option for 0.1kW~0.4kW)
: Standard Specs.
: Code to identify additional special specs.
3-phase:
1-phase:
Only Hollow Shaft Type
Only Hollow Shaft Type
Only Hollow Shaft Type
200V/50Hz, 200V/60Hz、220V/60Hz
100V/50Hz, 100V/60Hz
3-phase:
1-phase:
380V/50Hz, 400V/50Hz, 400V/60Hz, 440V/60Hz
200V/50Hz, 200V/60Hz(Custom design Specs.)
Instruction for terminal box position.
Refer to the specification code list on page 141 for details.
Gearmotor Gearmotor with Brake
F3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft) F3F Type(Concentric Solid Shaft)F3 Series
Model and Type Designation
F3 Series gearmotors and Brake Gearmotor are classified by codes as shown below. Specify these codes in your inquiry and order.
① ② ④ ③
Type
S B W A30 50
⑥
T040
⑦ ⑧ ⑨ ⑪ ⑩
F3F M 40 240 075F3
T3H6
Frame Number
Shaft Arrangement
Auxiliary Mark
Spec. Designation
⑤
XT
Motor Capacity OptionReduction
Ratio
①Series Name
④Frame Number and Diameter of Output Shaft
⑤Shaft Arrangement for Solid Shaft
⑥Reduction Ratio
⑦Motor Type and Capacity
⑧⑨Option
⑩Auxiliary Code
⑪Spec. Designation
Note 1: Note 2:
For the capacity of 0.1kW~0.4kW, with "A" box is the standard for all voltage, so please indicate "A" at the end of motor capacity. Blank means without terminal box (fly lead). For rectifier insert type terminal box, please indicate "Z" at the end of the capacity. For the capacity 0.75kW~2.2kW are terminal box equipped and have no additional code, For rectifier built-in type, please refer to page 132. Standard 1-phase gearmotors are not equipped with terminal box. Terminal box should be ordered additionally.
②Classification by Mount Form
③Classification by Motor Type
Note: Spec. Designation does not appear on the product type designation in the nameplate. It is specified on the additional numbers in the nameplate.
L: Output shaft on the left viewing from Input shaft side
R: Output shaft on the right viewing from Input shaft side
T: Output shaft on both side viewing from Input shaft side
Motor
gearhead
(Note 1)
(Note 1)
(Note 1)
(Note 2)
(Note 2)
F3S Type
F3F Type
Model and Type Designation
Model and Type Designation
1312
F3
S
F
M
B
J
Output Shaft Diameter (Hollow Shaft type is the bore and Solid Shaft type is the outside diameter.)
5 : 1/5 240 : 1/240 1500 : 1/1500
T010
T020
T040
075
150
220
S100
200
400
Blank
W
A
Z
Blank
X
: F3 Series(Concentric Hollow Shaft・Concentric Solid Shaft)
: Hollow Shaft Type
: Solid Shaft Type
: With Motor
: With Brake-Motor
: With Brake Manual Release Device(Option)
: 3-phase 0.1 kW
: 3-phase 0.2 kW
: 3-phase 0.4 kW
: 3-phase 0.75kW
: 3-phase 1.5 kW
: 3-phase 2.2 kW
: 1-phase 100W
: 1-phase 200W
: 1-phase 400W
: Standard Voltage
: High Voltage
: Terminal box(3-phase 0.1kW~0.4kW standard specs.)
: For 3-phase Brake Motor,Terminal Box with a built-in rectifier(option for 0.1kW~0.4kW)
: Standard Specs.
: Code to identify additional special specs.
3-phase:
1-phase:
Only Hollow Shaft Type
Only Hollow Shaft Type
Only Hollow Shaft Type
200V/50Hz, 200V/60Hz、220V/60Hz
100V/50Hz, 100V/60Hz
3-phase:
1-phase:
380V/50Hz, 400V/50Hz, 400V/60Hz, 440V/60Hz
200V/50Hz, 200V/60Hz(Custom design Specs.)
Instruction for terminal box position.
Refer to the specification code list on page 141 for details.
Gearmotor Gearmotor with Brake
F3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft) F3F Type(Concentric Solid Shaft)F3 Series
Model and Type Designation
F3 Series gearmotors and Brake Gearmotor are classified by codes as shown below. Specify these codes in your inquiry and order.
① ② ④ ③
Type
S B W A30 50
⑥
T040
⑦ ⑧ ⑨ ⑪ ⑩
F3F M 40 240 075F3
T3H6
Frame Number
Shaft Arrangement
Auxiliary Mark
Spec. Designation
⑤
XT
Motor Capacity OptionReduction
Ratio
①Series Name
④Frame Number and Diameter of Output Shaft
⑤Shaft Arrangement for Solid Shaft
⑥Reduction Ratio
⑦Motor Type and Capacity
⑧⑨Option
⑩Auxiliary Code
⑪Spec. Designation
Note 1: Note 2:
For the capacity of 0.1kW~0.4kW, with "A" box is the standard for all voltage, so please indicate "A" at the end of motor capacity. Blank means without terminal box (fly lead). For rectifier insert type terminal box, please indicate "Z" at the end of the capacity. For the capacity 0.75kW~2.2kW are terminal box equipped and have no additional code, For rectifier built-in type, please refer to page 132. Standard 1-phase gearmotors are not equipped with terminal box. Terminal box should be ordered additionally.
②Classification by Mount Form
③Classification by Motor Type
Note: Spec. Designation does not appear on the product type designation in the nameplate. It is specified on the additional numbers in the nameplate.
L: Output shaft on the left viewing from Input shaft side
R: Output shaft on the right viewing from Input shaft side
T: Output shaft on both side viewing from Input shaft side
Motor
gearhead
(Note 1)
(Note 1)
(Note 1)
(Note 2)
(Note 2)
F3S Type
F3F Type
Model and Type Designation
Model and Type Designation
1312
1514
(Note)1. 2.
35
45
45
45
1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40
1/50 1/60
20
25
1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40
1/50 1/60
1/200 1/2401/80 1/100 1/120 1/160
30 1/300 1/375
35 1/450 1/600 1/750
45 1/900 1/1200
55 1/1500
1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40
1/5 1/7.5 1/10
50 1/40 1/50 1/60
55 1/80 1/100 1/120
1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30
1/50 1/60
25
30
1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40
1/50 1/60
1/200 1/2401/80 1/100 1/120 1/160
35 1/300 1/375
45 1/450 1/600 1/750
55 1/900 1/1200
30
35
1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40
1/50 1/60
1/200 1/2401/80 1/100 1/120 1/160
45 1/300 1/375
55 1/450 1/600
1/200 1/2401/80 1/100 1/120 1/160
55 1/200 1/2401/80 1/100 1/120 1/160
55 1/300
F3 Series F3F Type
High accuracy reduction (1/300 and above) is not available with 1-phase 100W models. The models enclosed with are limited torque type.
F3 Series F3S Type
(Note) 1. 2. 3.
As for 1.5kW, maximum reduction ratio is 1/60. As for 2.2kW, maximum reduction ratio is 1/30. The models enclosed with are limited torque type.
1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40
1/50 1/60
1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/240
18
22
RT
L
RT
L
1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40
1/50 1/60
1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/240
22
28
RT
L
RT
L
1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40
1/50 1/60
1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/240
28
32
RT
L
RT
L
1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40
1/50 1/60
1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/240
32
40
RT
L
RT
L
1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40
1/50 1/6040 R
T
L
1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/3040 RT
L3-phase 2.2KW
(Note)1
F3 Series F3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)Standard Model Lineup
Standard Model
Lineup
Standard Model
Lineup
F3SM
F3SB
F3SJ (Optional Spec.)
3-phase 0.1kW
1-phase 100W
3-phase 0.2kW
1-phase 200W
3-phase 0.4kW
1-phase 400W
3-phase 0.75kW
3-phase 1.5kW
3-phase 2.2kW
F3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)Model Lineup
Type 4P Motor Capacity
Frame Number Reduction Ratio
Brake Gearmotor with Brake Manual Release
Gearmotor
Brake Gearmotor
F3 Series F3F Type(Concentric Solid Shaft) Standard Model Lineup
F3F Type(Concentric Solid Shaft)Model Lineup
F3FM
F3FB
F3FJ (Optional Spec.)
Gearmotor
Type Reduction Ratio4P Motor Capacity
Frame Number
Output Shaft Arrangement
3-phase 0.1KW
3-phase 0.2KW
3-phase 0.4KW
3-phase 0.75KW
3-phase 1.5KW
Brake Gearmotor with Brake Manual Release
Brake Gearmotor
1514
(Note)1. 2.
35
45
45
45
1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40
1/50 1/60
20
25
1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40
1/50 1/60
1/200 1/2401/80 1/100 1/120 1/160
30 1/300 1/375
35 1/450 1/600 1/750
45 1/900 1/1200
55 1/1500
1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40
1/5 1/7.5 1/10
50 1/40 1/50 1/60
55 1/80 1/100 1/120
1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30
1/50 1/60
25
30
1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40
1/50 1/60
1/200 1/2401/80 1/100 1/120 1/160
35 1/300 1/375
45 1/450 1/600 1/750
55 1/900 1/1200
30
35
1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40
1/50 1/60
1/200 1/2401/80 1/100 1/120 1/160
45 1/300 1/375
55 1/450 1/600
1/200 1/2401/80 1/100 1/120 1/160
55 1/200 1/2401/80 1/100 1/120 1/160
55 1/300
F3 Series F3F Type
High accuracy reduction (1/300 and above) is not available with 1-phase 100W models. The models enclosed with are limited torque type.
F3 Series F3S Type
(Note) 1. 2. 3.
As for 1.5kW, maximum reduction ratio is 1/60. As for 2.2kW, maximum reduction ratio is 1/30. The models enclosed with are limited torque type.
1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40
1/50 1/60
1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/240
18
22
RT
L
RT
L
1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40
1/50 1/60
1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/240
22
28
RT
L
RT
L
1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40
1/50 1/60
1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/240
28
32
RT
L
RT
L
1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40
1/50 1/60
1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/240
32
40
RT
L
RT
L
1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40
1/50 1/6040 R
T
L
1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/3040 RT
L3-phase 2.2KW
(Note)1
F3 Series F3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)Standard Model Lineup
Standard Model
Lineup
Standard Model
Lineup
F3SM
F3SB
F3SJ (Optional Spec.)
3-phase 0.1kW
1-phase 100W
3-phase 0.2kW
1-phase 200W
3-phase 0.4kW
1-phase 400W
3-phase 0.75kW
3-phase 1.5kW
3-phase 2.2kW
F3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)Model Lineup
Type 4P Motor Capacity
Frame Number Reduction Ratio
Brake Gearmotor with Brake Manual Release
Gearmotor
Brake Gearmotor
F3 Series F3F Type(Concentric Solid Shaft) Standard Model Lineup
F3F Type(Concentric Solid Shaft)Model Lineup
F3FM
F3FB
F3FJ (Optional Spec.)
Gearmotor
Type Reduction Ratio4P Motor Capacity
Frame Number
Output Shaft Arrangement
3-phase 0.1KW
3-phase 0.2KW
3-phase 0.4KW
3-phase 0.75KW
3-phase 1.5KW
Brake Gearmotor with Brake Manual Release
Brake Gearmotor
17
F3F3S
●The output rotation speed is the value corresponds to the motor synchronous speed and the nominal reduction ratio. ●New JIS Size Key: JIS B1301-1976(Normal Class) ●The key for the output shaft is not attached to this model. ● The shaded area in the Performance Table indicates that in the case that gearmotors are wired according to the diagram on 122, the shaft rotates clockwise when viewing from side , as in the direction of the arrow shown in the following Dimension Diagrams.
【Remarks】
16
A
Gearmotor
Series
Type
Concentric Hollow Shaft
GearmotorBrake GearmotorPerformance TableDimension diagram
3-Phase
A
17
F3F3S
●The output rotation speed is the value corresponds to the motor synchronous speed and the nominal reduction ratio. ●New JIS Size Key: JIS B1301-1976(Normal Class) ●The key for the output shaft is not attached to this model. ● The shaded area in the Performance Table indicates that in the case that gearmotors are wired according to the diagram on 122, the shaft rotates clockwise when viewing from side , as in the direction of the arrow shown in the following Dimension Diagrams.
【Remarks】
16
A
Gearmotor
Series
Type
Concentric Hollow Shaft
GearmotorBrake GearmotorPerformance TableDimension diagram
3-Phase
A
1918
0.1kW T010 50/60/60200/200/220 0.61/0.54/0.54 1420/1700/1720 B
Fig.1
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 60Hz50Hz kgfN
kgf・mN・m
F3SM(F3SB)
3-phase 0.1kW
20 25
1/ 5
1/ 7.5
1/ 10
1/ 12.5
1/ 15
1/ 20
1/ 25
1/ 30
1/ 40
1/ 50
1/ 60
1/ 80
1/ 100
1/ 120
1/ 160
1/ 200
1/ 240
1/ 300
1/ 375
1/ 450
1/ 600
1/ 750
1/ 900
1/1200
1/1500
300
200
150
120
100
75
60
50
37.5
30
25
18.8
15
12.5
9.4
7.5
6.3
5
4
3.3
2.5
2
1.7
1.3
1
1/
2/
1/
2/
1/
1/
1/
2/
1/
1/
1/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
77/
11/
8/
133/
14/
7/
7/
7/
5
15
10
25
15
20
25
59
40
50
59
80
1880
120
160
200
240
23400
4095
3655
80410
10105
6360
8480
10600
360
240
180
144
120
90
72
60
45
36
30
22.5
18
15
11.3
9
7.5
6
4.8
4
3
2.4
2
1.5
1.2
0.26
0.39
0.53
0.66
0.79
1.1
1.3
1.6
2.1
2.6
3.2
4
5
6
8
10
10.3
13.4
16.8
20.2
25.3
31.7
40.9
54.5
72.1
0.22
0.33
0.44
0.55
0.66
0.88
1.1
1.3
1.8
2.2
2.6
3.3
4.2
5
6.7
8.3
10
11.2
14
16.8
21.1
26.4
34.1
45.4
60.1
2.5
3.8
5.2
6.5
7.7
11
13
16
21
25
31
39
49
59
78
98
101
131
165
198
248
311
401
534
707
2.2
3.2
4.3
5.4
6.5
8.6
11
13
18
22
25
32
41
49
66
81
98
110
137
165
207
259
334
445
589
100
110
120
130
135
150
160
170
185
190
190
260
260
260
260
260
260
320
320
370
370
370
530
530
1000
244
270
294
316
333
373
392
422
451
471
471
637
637
637
637
637
637
785
785
912
912
912
1275
1275
2452
25
28
30
32
34
38
40
43
46
48
48
65
65
65
65
65
65
80
80
93
93
93
130
130
250
980
1080
1180
1270
1320
1470
1570
1670
1810
1860
1860
2550
2550
2550
2550
2550
2550
3140
3140
3630
3630
3630
5190
5190
9800
kgfN
P.19 Fig.1 6.5kg (8kg)
P.19 Fig.2 8kg
(9.5kg)
P.19 Fig.3 10.5kg(12kg)
P.20 Fig.4 14kg(15.5kg)
P.20 Fig.5 21kg(22.5kg)
P.20 Fig.6 76kg(77.5kg)
(Note) 1. 2. 3.
The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 17 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
*
Round Weight 6.5kg(8kg)
F3SM-20-5~60-T010A(F3SB-20-5~60-T010A)
CAD Data: F3SM-20-T010A
(CAD Data: F3SB -20-T010A)
Fig.2
Round Weight 8kg(9.5kg)
F3SM-25-80~240-T010A(F3SB-25-80~240-T010A)
CAD Data: F3SM-25-T010A
(CAD Data: F3SB -25-T010A)
Fig.3
Round Weight 10.5kg(12kg)
F3SM-30-300~375-T010A(F3SB-30-300~375-T010A)
CAD Data: F3SM-30-T010A
(CAD Data: F3SB -30-T010A)
3939
77 78127
6
48.5
48.5
48.5
38.5
38.5
38.522.8
68.578.5
97 (φ135)
116.5
47.5(87.5)
256.5(296.5)
(125.5)
37 37 28□70
92
64 64
962424
Safety cap F3S-20(attachment)
(200 )
φ115
4813 13
2 2
φ29
φ20H8 φ20H8
φ29φ53h7 φ53h7
77
8
(φ135)
116.5
53.5
53.5
43.5
43.528.3107
15953.543.5 95.5
105.5
287.5(327.5)
47.5(87.5)
28□70
5050100
(126.5)
39.5 39.5
(200 )
φ115
114
Flange surface Flange surface
4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5
4-M10×P1.54-M10×P1.5
79 79
Flange surface
4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6
4-φ8.6
(57.5)
(57.5)
F3S Type
30
35
45
55
1243333 58
17 17
φ44
φ30H8
φ75h7
2 2
φ44
φ30H8
φ75h7
1925846 110
122
358.5(398.5)
(200 )
8
φ11523.7
(φ135)
116.5
47.5(87.5)
28□70
58
58
46
4633.3116
77
5353
106
Safety cap F3S-30(attachment)
82 82
Flange surface Flange surface
120
(57.5)
4-φ12.5 4-φ10.6
4-M12×P1.75 4-M12×P1.75
(129.5)
45.5 45.5
1182727 64
14 14
φ39 φ39
φ25H8 φ25H8
φ66h7 φ66h7
2 2
Performance Table/ Dimension
Performance Table/ Dimension Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor (Concentric Hollow Shaft)
F3S Type
Motor Specs. Standard Voltage
(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)
CapacityMotor Capacity Designation
Frequency (Hz)
Voltage (V)
Rated Current (A)
Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)
Insulation Classification
Protective Cooling system
Totally Enclosed non-ventilated (Totally Enclosed fan-cooled)
F3 Series 3-phase 0.1kWThe values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.
Motor Capacity
Actual Reduction Ratio
(Fraction)
Frame No.
Reduction Ratio
Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)
Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L
Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load
Output Shaft Allowable TorquePage of Dimension Diagram shown,
Fig. No. and Round Weight
Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)
Flange surface
Safety cap F3S-25(attachment)
4-φ10.5
Model Code P.12
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
1918
0.1kW T010 50/60/60200/200/220 0.61/0.54/0.54 1420/1700/1720 B
Fig.1
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 60Hz50Hz kgfN
kgf・mN・m
F3SM(F3SB)
3-phase 0.1kW
20 25
1/ 5
1/ 7.5
1/ 10
1/ 12.5
1/ 15
1/ 20
1/ 25
1/ 30
1/ 40
1/ 50
1/ 60
1/ 80
1/ 100
1/ 120
1/ 160
1/ 200
1/ 240
1/ 300
1/ 375
1/ 450
1/ 600
1/ 750
1/ 900
1/1200
1/1500
300
200
150
120
100
75
60
50
37.5
30
25
18.8
15
12.5
9.4
7.5
6.3
5
4
3.3
2.5
2
1.7
1.3
1
1/
2/
1/
2/
1/
1/
1/
2/
1/
1/
1/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
77/
11/
8/
133/
14/
7/
7/
7/
5
15
10
25
15
20
25
59
40
50
59
80
1880
120
160
200
240
23400
4095
3655
80410
10105
6360
8480
10600
360
240
180
144
120
90
72
60
45
36
30
22.5
18
15
11.3
9
7.5
6
4.8
4
3
2.4
2
1.5
1.2
0.26
0.39
0.53
0.66
0.79
1.1
1.3
1.6
2.1
2.6
3.2
4
5
6
8
10
10.3
13.4
16.8
20.2
25.3
31.7
40.9
54.5
72.1
0.22
0.33
0.44
0.55
0.66
0.88
1.1
1.3
1.8
2.2
2.6
3.3
4.2
5
6.7
8.3
10
11.2
14
16.8
21.1
26.4
34.1
45.4
60.1
2.5
3.8
5.2
6.5
7.7
11
13
16
21
25
31
39
49
59
78
98
101
131
165
198
248
311
401
534
707
2.2
3.2
4.3
5.4
6.5
8.6
11
13
18
22
25
32
41
49
66
81
98
110
137
165
207
259
334
445
589
100
110
120
130
135
150
160
170
185
190
190
260
260
260
260
260
260
320
320
370
370
370
530
530
1000
244
270
294
316
333
373
392
422
451
471
471
637
637
637
637
637
637
785
785
912
912
912
1275
1275
2452
25
28
30
32
34
38
40
43
46
48
48
65
65
65
65
65
65
80
80
93
93
93
130
130
250
980
1080
1180
1270
1320
1470
1570
1670
1810
1860
1860
2550
2550
2550
2550
2550
2550
3140
3140
3630
3630
3630
5190
5190
9800
kgfN
P.19 Fig.1 6.5kg (8kg)
P.19 Fig.2 8kg
(9.5kg)
P.19 Fig.3 10.5kg(12kg)
P.20 Fig.4 14kg(15.5kg)
P.20 Fig.5 21kg(22.5kg)
P.20 Fig.6 76kg(77.5kg)
(Note) 1. 2. 3.
The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 17 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
*
Round Weight 6.5kg(8kg)
F3SM-20-5~60-T010A(F3SB-20-5~60-T010A)
CAD Data: F3SM-20-T010A
(CAD Data: F3SB -20-T010A)
Fig.2
Round Weight 8kg(9.5kg)
F3SM-25-80~240-T010A(F3SB-25-80~240-T010A)
CAD Data: F3SM-25-T010A
(CAD Data: F3SB -25-T010A)
Fig.3
Round Weight 10.5kg(12kg)
F3SM-30-300~375-T010A(F3SB-30-300~375-T010A)
CAD Data: F3SM-30-T010A
(CAD Data: F3SB -30-T010A)
3939
77 78127
6
48.5
48.5
48.5
38.5
38.5
38.522.8
68.578.5
97 (φ135)
116.5
47.5(87.5)
256.5(296.5)
(125.5)
37 37 28□70
92
64 64
962424
Safety cap F3S-20(attachment)
(200 )
φ115
4813 13
2 2
φ29
φ20H8 φ20H8
φ29φ53h7 φ53h7
77
8
(φ135)
116.5
53.5
53.5
43.5
43.528.3107
15953.543.5 95.5
105.5
287.5(327.5)
47.5(87.5)
28□70
5050100
(126.5)
39.5 39.5
(200 )
φ115
114
Flange surface Flange surface
4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5
4-M10×P1.54-M10×P1.5
79 79
Flange surface
4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6
4-φ8.6
(57.5)
(57.5)
F3S Type
30
35
45
55
1243333 58
17 17
φ44
φ30H8
φ75h7
2 2
φ44
φ30H8
φ75h7
1925846 110
122
358.5(398.5)
(200 )
8
φ11523.7
(φ135)
116.5
47.5(87.5)
28□70
58
58
46
4633.3116
77
5353
106
Safety cap F3S-30(attachment)
82 82
Flange surface Flange surface
120
(57.5)
4-φ12.5 4-φ10.6
4-M12×P1.75 4-M12×P1.75
(129.5)
45.5 45.5
1182727 64
14 14
φ39 φ39
φ25H8 φ25H8
φ66h7 φ66h7
2 2
Performance Table/ Dimension
Performance Table/ Dimension Gearmotor
Brake Gearmotor (Concentric Hollow Shaft)F3S Type
Motor Specs. Standard Voltage
(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)
CapacityMotor Capacity Designation
Frequency (Hz)
Voltage (V)
Rated Current (A)
Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)
Insulation Classification
Protective Cooling system
Totally Enclosed non-ventilated (Totally Enclosed fan-cooled)
F3 Series 3-phase 0.1kWThe values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.
Motor Capacity
Actual Reduction Ratio
(Fraction)
Frame No.
Reduction Ratio
Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)
Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L
Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load
Output Shaft Allowable TorquePage of Dimension Diagram shown,
Fig. No. and Round Weight
Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)
Flange surface
Safety cap F3S-25(attachment)
4-φ10.5
Model Code P.12
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
2120
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
Round Weight 14kg(15.5kg)
F3SM-35-450~750-T010A(F3SB-35-450~750-T010A)
CAD Data: F3SM-35-T010A
(CAD Data: F3SB -35-T010A) Fig.4
Round Weight 21kg(22.5kg)
F3SM-45-900~1200-T010A(F3SB-45-900~1200-T010A)
CAD Data: F3SM-45-T010A
(CAD Data: F3SB -45-T010A) Fig.5
Round Weight 76kg(77.5kg)
F3SM-55-1500-T010A(F3SB-55-1500-T010A)
CAD Data: F3SM-55-T010A
(CAD Data: F3SB -55-T010A) Fig.6
F3S Type
2386854 140
154
404.5(444.5)
(200 )
10
φ115 (φ135)
116.5
28□70
68
68
54
5438.3136
77
6262124
95 95
Flange surface Flange surface
138
Safety cap F3S-35(attachment)
4-φ16.5 4-φ14
4-M16×P2 4-M16×P258 58
φ49
φ35H8
φ85h7φ49
φ35H8
φ85h7
2 2
1423838 66
20 20
26.5
φ20
103119.5
291.58769 167
14
185
466.5(506.5)
(200 )
φ115 (φ135)
116.5
□70 28
87
87
69
6948.8174
77
7575150
108 108
Flange surface Flange surface164
Safety cap F3S-45(attachment)
4-φ20.5
4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.573 73
4-φ17.5
1685050 68
26 26
φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7
2 2
34
φ20
149169.5
336
11694
16198
220
534.5
(574.5)
(200 )
(φ135)
116.5
□70
130
130
108
108
59.3260
88
100100
200
143 143
Flange surface Flange surface216
Safety cap F3S-5055
(attachment)
4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5
4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5
2206161 98
32 32
φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7 φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7
2 2
φ11534
47.5(87.5)
47.5
(87.5)
47.53-M4 (87.5)
28
Performance Table/ Dimension
Performance Table/ Dimension
The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.
Model Code P.12
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
(Concentric Hollow Shaft)F3S Type
F3 Series 3-phase 0.1kW
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor
2120
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
Round Weight 14kg(15.5kg)
F3SM-35-450~750-T010A(F3SB-35-450~750-T010A)
CAD Data: F3SM-35-T010A
(CAD Data: F3SB -35-T010A) Fig.4
Round Weight 21kg(22.5kg)
F3SM-45-900~1200-T010A(F3SB-45-900~1200-T010A)
CAD Data: F3SM-45-T010A
(CAD Data: F3SB -45-T010A) Fig.5
Round Weight 76kg(77.5kg)
F3SM-55-1500-T010A(F3SB-55-1500-T010A)
CAD Data: F3SM-55-T010A
(CAD Data: F3SB -55-T010A) Fig.6
F3S Type
2386854 140
154
404.5(444.5)
(200 )
10
φ115 (φ135)
116.5
28□70
68
68
54
5438.3136
77
6262124
95 95
Flange surface Flange surface
138
Safety cap F3S-35(attachment)
4-φ16.5 4-φ14
4-M16×P2 4-M16×P258 58
φ49
φ35H8
φ85h7φ49
φ35H8
φ85h7
2 2
1423838 66
20 20
26.5
φ20
103119.5
291.58769 167
14
185
466.5(506.5)
(200 )
φ115 (φ135)
116.5
□70 28
87
87
69
6948.8174
77
7575150
108 108
Flange surface Flange surface164
Safety cap F3S-45(attachment)
4-φ20.5
4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.573 73
4-φ17.5
1685050 68
26 26
φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7
2 2
34
φ20
149169.5
336
11694
16198
220
534.5
(574.5)
(200 )
(φ135)
116.5
□70
130
130
108
108
59.3260
88
100100
200
143 143
Flange surface Flange surface216
Safety cap F3S-5055
(attachment)
4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5
4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5
2206161 98
32 32
φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7 φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7
2 2
φ11534
47.5(87.5)
47.5
(87.5)
47.53-M4 (87.5)
28
Performance Table/ Dimension
Performance Table/ Dimension
The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.
Model Code P.12
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
(Concentric Hollow Shaft)F3S Type
F3 Series 3-phase 0.1kW
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor
2322
0.2kW T020 50/60/60200/200/220 1.1/1.0/1.0 1420/1710/1720 B
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 60Hz50Hz kgfN
kgf・mN・m
F3SM(F3SB)
3-phase 0.2kW
25 30
1/ 5
1/ 7.5
1/ 10
1/ 12.5
1/ 15
1/ 20
1/ 25
1/ 30
1/ 40
1/ 50
1/ 60
1/ 80
1/ 100
1/ 120
1/ 160
1/ 200
1/ 240
1/ 300
1/ 375
1/ 450
1/ 600
1/ 750
1/ 900
1/1200
300
200
150
120
100
75
60
50
37.5
30
25
18.8
15
12.5
9.4
7.5
6.3
5
4
3.3
2.5
2
1.7
1.3
1/
2/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
34/
7/
13/
221/
13/
7/
7/
5
15
10
235
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
80
1880
120
160
200
240
10105
2580
5740
137760
10045
6360
8480
360
240
180
144
120
90
72
60
45
36
30
22.5
18
15
11.3
9
7.5
6
4.8
4
3
2.4
2
1.5
0.56
0.85
1.1
1.4
1.7
2.3
2.8
3.4
4.5
5.6
6.8
8.6
10.7
12.9
17.9
18.8
18.8
28.8
36
43.2
54.5
68.2
86.6
115
0.47
0.71
0.94
1.2
1.4
1.9
2.4
2.8
3.8
4.7
5.6
7.2
8.9
10.7
14.3
17.9
18.8
24
30
36
45.5
56.8
72.1
96.2
5.5
8.3
11
14
17
23
27
33
44
55
67
84
105
126
169
184
184
282
353
423
534
668
849
1127
4.6
7
9.2
12
14
19
24
27
37
46
55
71
87
105
140
175
184
235
294
353
446
557
707
943
125
140
155
165
175
190
205
215
235
250
260
315
320
320
320
320
320
370
370
530
530
530
1000
1000
307
342
380
405
429
466
502
527
576
613
637
775
785
785
785
785
785
912
912
1275
1275
1275
2452
2452
31
35
39
41
44
48
51
54
59
63
65
79
80
80
80
80
80
93
93
130
130
130
250
250
1230
1370
1520
1620
1720
1860
2010
2110
2300
2450
2550
3090
3140
3140
3140
3140
3140
3630
3630
5190
5190
5190
9800
9800
kgfN
P.22 Fig.7 8.5kg (10kg)
P.23 Fig.8 10kg
(11.5kg)
P.23 Fig.9 15kg(16.5kg)
P.23 Fig.10 22kg(23.5kg)
P.23 Fig.11 77kg(78.5kg)
*
*
Fig.7
Round Weight 8.5kg(10kg)
F3SM-25-5~60-T020A(F3SB-25-5~60-T020A)
CAD Data: F3SM-25-T020A
(CAD Data: F3SB -25-T020A)
Fig.8
Round Weight 10kg(11.5kg)
F3SM-30-80~240-T020A(F3SB-30-80~240-T020A)
CAD Data: F3SM-30-T020A
(CAD Data: F3SB -30-T020A)
Fig.9
Round Weight 15kg(16.5kg)
F3SM-35-300~375-T020A(F3SB-35-300~375-T020A)
CAD Data: F3SM-35-T020A
(CAD Data: F3SB -35-T020A)
Fig.10
Round Weight 22kg(23.5kg)
F3SM-45-450~750-T020A(F3SB-45-450~750-T020A)
CAD Data: F3SM-45-T020A
(CAD Data: F3SB -45-T020A)
Fig.11
Round Weight 77kg(78.5kg)
F3SM-55-900~1200-T020A(F3SB-55-900~1200-T020A)
CAD Data: F3SM-55-T020A
(CAD Data: F3SB -55-T020A)
8
φ135
116.5
14053.543.5 76.5
86.5
315(332)
28□70
(200 )
78.5(95.5)
φ115
77
5050100
Safety cap F3S-25(attachment)
132(128.5)
39.5 39.564.5(61)
1182727 64
14 14
φ39 φ39
φ25H8 φ25H8
φ66h7 φ66h7
114
2 2
53.5
53.5
43.5
43.528.3107
φ135
116.5
8
1805846 110
122
354.5(371.5)
28□7078.5(95.5)
Safety cap F3S-30(attachment)
132(128.5)
45.5 45.564.5(61)
1243333 58
17 17
φ44
φ30H8
φ75h7
7 75353
106120
(200 )
φ115
58
5846
46
33.3116
2 2
φ44
φ30H8
φ75h7
4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5
79 79
Flange surface Flange surface
4-M12×P1.75 4-M12×P1.75
82 82
Flange surface Flange surface
4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6
4-φ12.5 4-φ10.6
F3S Type
35
45
55
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
2386854 140
154(200 )
10
φ135
116.5
68
68
54
54
27.7136
455.5(472.5)
28
77
6262124
95 95
Flange surface Flange surface138
Safety cap F3S-35(attachment)
4-φ16.5 4-φ14
4-M16×P2 4-M16×P258 58
φ49
φ35H8
φ85h7φ49
φ35H8
φ85h7
2 2
1423838 66
20 20
φ115
38.3
291.58769 167
14
185
513(530)
(200 )
φ135
116.5
28φ20
103119.5
77
7575150
108 108
Flange surface Flange surface164
Safety cap F3S-45(attachment)
4-φ20.5
4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.573 73
4-φ17.5
1685050 68
26 26
φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7
2 2
87
87
69
6948.8174
31.75φ115
φ25
149169.5
336116
9416
198220
580.5(597.5)
φ135
116.5
130
130
108
10859.3260
φ11534
(200 ) 88
100100200
143 143
Flange surface Flange surface216
Safety cap F3S-5055(attachment)
4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5
4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5
2206161 98
32 32
φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7 φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7
2 2
78.5(95.5) □70
78.5(95.5) □70
78.5(95.5) 28□70
3-M4
Performance Table/ Dimension
Performance Table/ Dimension
(Concentric Hollow Shaft)F3S Type
F3 Series 3-phase 0.2kW
Motor Specs. Standard Voltage
(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)
CapacityMotor Capacity Designation
Frequency (Hz)
Voltage (V)
Rated Current (A)
Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)
Insulation Classification
Protective Cooling system
Totally Enclosed fan-cooled
Motor Capacity
Actual Reduction Ratio
(Fraction)
Frame No.
Reduction Ratio
Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)
Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L
Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load
Output Shaft Allowable TorquePage of Dimension Diagram shown,
Fig. No. and Round Weight
(Note) 1. 2. 3.
The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 17 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.
Model Code P.12
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor
The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.
Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)
2322
0.2kW T020 50/60/60200/200/220 1.1/1.0/1.0 1420/1710/1720 B
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 60Hz50Hz kgfN
kgf・mN・m
F3SM(F3SB)
3-phase 0.2kW
25 30
1/ 5
1/ 7.5
1/ 10
1/ 12.5
1/ 15
1/ 20
1/ 25
1/ 30
1/ 40
1/ 50
1/ 60
1/ 80
1/ 100
1/ 120
1/ 160
1/ 200
1/ 240
1/ 300
1/ 375
1/ 450
1/ 600
1/ 750
1/ 900
1/1200
300
200
150
120
100
75
60
50
37.5
30
25
18.8
15
12.5
9.4
7.5
6.3
5
4
3.3
2.5
2
1.7
1.3
1/
2/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
34/
7/
13/
221/
13/
7/
7/
5
15
10
235
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
80
1880
120
160
200
240
10105
2580
5740
137760
10045
6360
8480
360
240
180
144
120
90
72
60
45
36
30
22.5
18
15
11.3
9
7.5
6
4.8
4
3
2.4
2
1.5
0.56
0.85
1.1
1.4
1.7
2.3
2.8
3.4
4.5
5.6
6.8
8.6
10.7
12.9
17.9
18.8
18.8
28.8
36
43.2
54.5
68.2
86.6
115
0.47
0.71
0.94
1.2
1.4
1.9
2.4
2.8
3.8
4.7
5.6
7.2
8.9
10.7
14.3
17.9
18.8
24
30
36
45.5
56.8
72.1
96.2
5.5
8.3
11
14
17
23
27
33
44
55
67
84
105
126
169
184
184
282
353
423
534
668
849
1127
4.6
7
9.2
12
14
19
24
27
37
46
55
71
87
105
140
175
184
235
294
353
446
557
707
943
125
140
155
165
175
190
205
215
235
250
260
315
320
320
320
320
320
370
370
530
530
530
1000
1000
307
342
380
405
429
466
502
527
576
613
637
775
785
785
785
785
785
912
912
1275
1275
1275
2452
2452
31
35
39
41
44
48
51
54
59
63
65
79
80
80
80
80
80
93
93
130
130
130
250
250
1230
1370
1520
1620
1720
1860
2010
2110
2300
2450
2550
3090
3140
3140
3140
3140
3140
3630
3630
5190
5190
5190
9800
9800
kgfN
P.22 Fig.7 8.5kg (10kg)
P.23 Fig.8 10kg
(11.5kg)
P.23 Fig.9 15kg(16.5kg)
P.23 Fig.10 22kg(23.5kg)
P.23 Fig.11 77kg(78.5kg)
*
*
Fig.7
Round Weight 8.5kg(10kg)
F3SM-25-5~60-T020A(F3SB-25-5~60-T020A)
CAD Data: F3SM-25-T020A
(CAD Data: F3SB -25-T020A)
Fig.8
Round Weight 10kg(11.5kg)
F3SM-30-80~240-T020A(F3SB-30-80~240-T020A)
CAD Data: F3SM-30-T020A
(CAD Data: F3SB -30-T020A)
Fig.9
Round Weight 15kg(16.5kg)
F3SM-35-300~375-T020A(F3SB-35-300~375-T020A)
CAD Data: F3SM-35-T020A
(CAD Data: F3SB -35-T020A)
Fig.10
Round Weight 22kg(23.5kg)
F3SM-45-450~750-T020A(F3SB-45-450~750-T020A)
CAD Data: F3SM-45-T020A
(CAD Data: F3SB -45-T020A)
Fig.11
Round Weight 77kg(78.5kg)
F3SM-55-900~1200-T020A(F3SB-55-900~1200-T020A)
CAD Data: F3SM-55-T020A
(CAD Data: F3SB -55-T020A)
8
φ135
116.5
14053.543.5 76.5
86.5
315(332)
28□70
(200 )
78.5(95.5)
φ115
77
5050100
Safety cap F3S-25(attachment)
132(128.5)
39.5 39.564.5(61)
1182727 64
14 14
φ39 φ39
φ25H8 φ25H8
φ66h7 φ66h7
114
2 2
53.5
53.5
43.5
43.528.3107
φ135
116.5
8
1805846 110
122
354.5(371.5)
28□7078.5(95.5)
Safety cap F3S-30(attachment)
132(128.5)
45.5 45.564.5(61)
1243333 58
17 17
φ44
φ30H8
φ75h7
7 75353
106120
(200 )
φ115
58
5846
46
33.3116
2 2
φ44
φ30H8
φ75h7
4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5
79 79
Flange surface Flange surface
4-M12×P1.75 4-M12×P1.75
82 82
Flange surface Flange surface
4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6
4-φ12.5 4-φ10.6
F3S Type
35
45
55
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
2386854 140
154(200 )
10
φ135
116.5
68
68
54
54
27.7136
455.5(472.5)
28
77
6262124
95 95
Flange surface Flange surface138
Safety cap F3S-35(attachment)
4-φ16.5 4-φ14
4-M16×P2 4-M16×P258 58
φ49
φ35H8
φ85h7φ49
φ35H8
φ85h7
2 2
1423838 66
20 20
φ115
38.3
291.58769 167
14
185
513(530)
(200 )
φ135
116.5
28φ20
103119.5
77
7575150
108 108
Flange surface Flange surface164
Safety cap F3S-45(attachment)
4-φ20.5
4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.573 73
4-φ17.5
1685050 68
26 26
φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7
2 2
87
87
69
6948.8174
31.75φ115
φ25
149169.5
336116
9416
198220
580.5(597.5)
φ135
116.5
130
130
108
10859.3260
φ11534
(200 ) 88
100100200
143 143
Flange surface Flange surface216
Safety cap F3S-5055(attachment)
4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5
4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5
2206161 98
32 32
φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7 φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7
2 2
78.5(95.5) □70
78.5(95.5) □70
78.5(95.5) 28□70
3-M4
Performance Table/ Dimension
Performance Table/ Dimension
(Concentric Hollow Shaft)F3S Type
F3 Series 3-phase 0.2kW
Motor Specs. Standard Voltage
(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)
CapacityMotor Capacity Designation
Frequency (Hz)
Voltage (V)
Rated Current (A)
Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)
Insulation Classification
Protective Cooling system
Totally Enclosed fan-cooled
Motor Capacity
Actual Reduction Ratio
(Fraction)
Frame No.
Reduction Ratio
Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)
Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L
Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load
Output Shaft Allowable TorquePage of Dimension Diagram shown,
Fig. No. and Round Weight
(Note) 1. 2. 3.
The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 17 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.
Model Code P.12
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor
The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.
Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)
2524
0.4kW T040 50/60/60200/200/220 2.1/1.8/1.8 1410/1690/1710 B
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 60Hz50Hz kgfN
kgf・mN・m
F3SM(F3SB)
3-phase 0.4kW
30
35
45
55
1/ 5
1/ 7.5
1/ 10
1/ 12.5
1/ 15
1/ 20
1/ 25
1/ 30
1/ 40
1/ 50
1/ 60
1/ 80
1/100
1/120
1/160
1/200
1/240
1/300
1/375
1/450
1/600
300
200
150
120
100
75
60
50
37.5
30
25
18.8
15
12.5
9.4
7.5
6.3
5
4
3.3
2.5
1/
2/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1547/
13/
7/
7/
5
15
10
235
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
80
1880
120
160
200
240
452640
4715
3120
4160
360
240
180
144
120
90
72
60
45
36
30
22.5
18
15
11.3
9
7.5
6
4.8
4
3
1.1
1.7
2.3
2.8
3.4
4.5
5.6
6.8
9
11.3
13.6
17.2
21.5
25.8
27.6
27.6
27.6
57.7
72.1
86.6
115
0.94
1.4
1.9
2.4
2.8
3.8
4.7
5.6
7.5
9.4
11.3
14.3
17.9
21.5
27.6
27.6
27.6
48.1
60.1
72.1
96.2
11
17
23
27
33
44
55
67
88
111
133
169
211
253
270
270
270
565
707
849
1127
9.2
14
19
24
27
37
46
55
74
92
111
140
175
211
270
270
270
471
589
707
943
155
180
195
210
220
245
260
270
290
305
315
355
360
360
370
370
370
530
530
1000
1000
375
438
475
506
539
600
637
662
711
747
767
873
883
883
912
912
912
1275
1275
2452
2452
38
45
48
52
55
61
65
68
73
76
78
89
90
90
93
93
93
130
130
250
250
1520
1760
1910
2060
2160
2400
2550
2650
2840
2990
3090
3480
3530
3530
3630
3630
3630
5190
5190
9800
9800
kgfN
P.24 Fig.12 11.5kg (13kg)
P.25 Fig.13 15kg
(17kg)
P.25 Fig.14 24kg(26kg)
P.25 Fig.15 79kg(81kg)
*
*
*
Fig.12
Round Weight 11.5kg(13kg)
F3SM-30-5~60-T040A(F3SB-30-5~60-T040A)
CAD Data: F3SM-30-T040A
(CAD Data: F3SB -30-T040A)
Fig.13
Round Weight 15kg(17kg)
F3SM-35-80~240-T040A(F3SB-35-80~240-T040A)
CAD Data: F3SM-35-T040A
(CAD Data: F3SB -35-T040A)
Fig.14
Round Weight 24kg(26kg)
F3SM-45-300~375-T040A(F3SB-45-300~375-T040A)
CAD Data: F3SM-45-T040A
(CAD Data: F3SB -45-T040A)
Fig.15
Round Weight 79kg(81kg)
F3SM-55-450~600-T040A(F3SB-55-450~600-T040A)
CAD Data: F3SM-55-T040A
(CAD Data: F3SB -55-T040A)
φ141
122.5
8
1595848 91
101
360(379.5)
28□7084.5(104)
Safety cap F3S-30(attachment)
40.5 40.5
1243333 58
17 17
7 7
5353106120
58
5848
48
33.3116
2 2
φ44
φ30H8
φ75h7φ44
φ30H8
φ75h7
(200 )
φ128
φ141
122.5
10
2226854 140
154
418.5(438)
28□7084.5(104)
Safety cap F3S-35(attachment)
7 7
6262124138
68
6854
54
38.3136φ49
φ35H8
φ85h7φ49
φ35H8
φ85h7
58 58
(200 )
φ128
2 2
1423838 66
20 20
69.5
4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5
82 82
Flange surface Flange surface
4-M16×P2 4-M16×P2
95 95
Flange surface Flange surface
14069.5
4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6
4-φ16.5 4-φ14
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
F3S Type
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
(200 )
φ141
122.5
28
77
7575150
108 108
Flange surface Flange surface164
Safety cap F3S-45(attachment)
4-φ20.5
4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.573 73
4-φ17.5
1685050 68
26 26
φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7
2 2
87
87
69
6948.8174
φ20
103119.5
291.587
69 16714
185
537(556.5)
φ12838
28
336
11694
16
198
220
603(622.5)
130
130
108
108
59.3260
(200 ) 88
100100
200
143 143
Flange surface Flange surface216
Safety cap F3S-5055
(attachment)
4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5
4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5
2206161 98
32 32
φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7 φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7
2 2 φ25
149169.5
φ141
122.5
42φ128
84.5(104) □70
84.5(104)
□70
3-M4
Performance Table/ Dimension
Performance Table/ Dimension
(Concentric Hollow Shaft)F3S Type
F3 Series 3-phase 0.4kW
Motor Specs. Standard Voltage
(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)
CapacityMotor Capacity Designation
Frequency (Hz)
Voltage (V)
Rated Current (A)
Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)
Insulation Classification
Protective Cooling system
Totally Enclosed fan-cooled
Motor Capacity
Actual Reduction Ratio
(Fraction)
Frame No.
Reduction Ratio
Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)
Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L
Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load
Output Shaft Allowable TorquePage of Dimension Diagram shown,
Fig. No. and Round Weight
(Note) 1. 2. 3.
The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 17 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.
Model Code P.12
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor
The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.
Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)
2524
0.4kW T040 50/60/60200/200/220 2.1/1.8/1.8 1410/1690/1710 B
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 60Hz50Hz kgfN
kgf・mN・m
F3SM(F3SB)
3-phase 0.4kW
30
35
45
55
1/ 5
1/ 7.5
1/ 10
1/ 12.5
1/ 15
1/ 20
1/ 25
1/ 30
1/ 40
1/ 50
1/ 60
1/ 80
1/100
1/120
1/160
1/200
1/240
1/300
1/375
1/450
1/600
300
200
150
120
100
75
60
50
37.5
30
25
18.8
15
12.5
9.4
7.5
6.3
5
4
3.3
2.5
1/
2/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1547/
13/
7/
7/
5
15
10
235
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
80
1880
120
160
200
240
452640
4715
3120
4160
360
240
180
144
120
90
72
60
45
36
30
22.5
18
15
11.3
9
7.5
6
4.8
4
3
1.1
1.7
2.3
2.8
3.4
4.5
5.6
6.8
9
11.3
13.6
17.2
21.5
25.8
27.6
27.6
27.6
57.7
72.1
86.6
115
0.94
1.4
1.9
2.4
2.8
3.8
4.7
5.6
7.5
9.4
11.3
14.3
17.9
21.5
27.6
27.6
27.6
48.1
60.1
72.1
96.2
11
17
23
27
33
44
55
67
88
111
133
169
211
253
270
270
270
565
707
849
1127
9.2
14
19
24
27
37
46
55
74
92
111
140
175
211
270
270
270
471
589
707
943
155
180
195
210
220
245
260
270
290
305
315
355
360
360
370
370
370
530
530
1000
1000
375
438
475
506
539
600
637
662
711
747
767
873
883
883
912
912
912
1275
1275
2452
2452
38
45
48
52
55
61
65
68
73
76
78
89
90
90
93
93
93
130
130
250
250
1520
1760
1910
2060
2160
2400
2550
2650
2840
2990
3090
3480
3530
3530
3630
3630
3630
5190
5190
9800
9800
kgfN
P.24 Fig.12 11.5kg (13kg)
P.25 Fig.13 15kg
(17kg)
P.25 Fig.14 24kg(26kg)
P.25 Fig.15 79kg(81kg)
*
*
*
Fig.12
Round Weight 11.5kg(13kg)
F3SM-30-5~60-T040A(F3SB-30-5~60-T040A)
CAD Data: F3SM-30-T040A
(CAD Data: F3SB -30-T040A)
Fig.13
Round Weight 15kg(17kg)
F3SM-35-80~240-T040A(F3SB-35-80~240-T040A)
CAD Data: F3SM-35-T040A
(CAD Data: F3SB -35-T040A)
Fig.14
Round Weight 24kg(26kg)
F3SM-45-300~375-T040A(F3SB-45-300~375-T040A)
CAD Data: F3SM-45-T040A
(CAD Data: F3SB -45-T040A)
Fig.15
Round Weight 79kg(81kg)
F3SM-55-450~600-T040A(F3SB-55-450~600-T040A)
CAD Data: F3SM-55-T040A
(CAD Data: F3SB -55-T040A)
φ141
122.5
8
1595848 91
101
360(379.5)
28□7084.5(104)
Safety cap F3S-30(attachment)
40.5 40.5
1243333 58
17 17
7 7
5353106120
58
5848
48
33.3116
2 2
φ44
φ30H8
φ75h7φ44
φ30H8
φ75h7
(200 )
φ128
φ141
122.5
10
2226854 140
154
418.5(438)
28□7084.5(104)
Safety cap F3S-35(attachment)
7 7
6262124138
68
6854
54
38.3136φ49
φ35H8
φ85h7φ49
φ35H8
φ85h7
58 58
(200 )
φ128
2 2
1423838 66
20 20
69.5
4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5
82 82
Flange surface Flange surface
4-M16×P2 4-M16×P2
95 95
Flange surface Flange surface
14069.5
4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6
4-φ16.5 4-φ14
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
F3S Type
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
(200 )
φ141
122.5
28
77
7575150
108 108
Flange surface Flange surface164
Safety cap F3S-45(attachment)
4-φ20.5
4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.573 73
4-φ17.5
1685050 68
26 26
φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7
2 2
87
87
69
6948.8174
φ20
103119.5
291.587
69 16714
185
537(556.5)
φ12838
28
336
11694
16
198
220
603(622.5)
130
130
108
108
59.3260
(200 ) 88
100100
200
143 143
Flange surface Flange surface216
Safety cap F3S-5055
(attachment)
4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5
4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5
2206161 98
32 32
φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7 φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7
2 2 φ25
149169.5
φ141
122.5
42φ128
84.5(104) □70
84.5(104)
□70
3-M4
Performance Table/ Dimension
Performance Table/ Dimension
(Concentric Hollow Shaft)F3S Type
F3 Series 3-phase 0.4kW
Motor Specs. Standard Voltage
(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)
CapacityMotor Capacity Designation
Frequency (Hz)
Voltage (V)
Rated Current (A)
Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)
Insulation Classification
Protective Cooling system
Totally Enclosed fan-cooled
Motor Capacity
Actual Reduction Ratio
(Fraction)
Frame No.
Reduction Ratio
Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)
Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L
Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load
Output Shaft Allowable TorquePage of Dimension Diagram shown,
Fig. No. and Round Weight
(Note) 1. 2. 3.
The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 17 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.
Model Code P.12
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor
The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.
Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)
2726
0.75kW 075 50/60/60200/200/220 3.7/3.3/3.2 1430/1720/1730 B
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 60Hz50Hz kgfN
kgf・mN・m
F3SM(F3SB)
3-phase 0.75kW
35
45
55
1/ 5
1/ 7.5
1/ 10
1/ 12.5
1/ 15
1/ 20
1/ 25
1/ 30
1/ 40
1/ 50
1/ 60
1/ 80
1/100
1/120
1/160
1/200
1/240
1/300
300
200
150
120
100
75
60
50
37.5
30
25
18.8
15
12.5
9.4
7.5
6.3
5
1/
2/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
7/
5
15
10
235
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
80
1880
120
160
200
240
2120
360
240
180
144
120
90
72
60
45
36
30
22.5
18
15
11.3
9
7.5
6
2.1
3.2
4.2
5.3
6.4
8.5
10.6
12.7
16.9
21.2
25.4
32.2
40.3
48.3
56.5
56.5
56.5
108
1.8
2.6
3.5
4.4
5.3
7.1
8.8
10.6
14.1
17.7
21.2
26.8
33.5
40.3
53.7
56.5
56.5
90.2
21
31
41
52
63
83
104
124
166
208
249
316
395
473
554
554
554
1058
18
25
34
43
52
70
86
104
138
173
208
263
328
395
526
554
554
884
200
230
250
265
280
305
325
335
355
355
355
485
485
485
530
530
530
1000
500
567
613
669
686
747
796
821
870
870
870
1177
1177
1177
1275
1275
1275
2452
51
58
63
68
70
76
81
84
89
89
89
120
120
120
130
130
130
250
1960
2250
2450
2600
2740
2990
3190
3280
3480
3480
3480
4750
4750
4750
5190
5190
5190
9800
kgfN
P.27 Fig.16 17.5kg
(19.5kg)
P.27 Fig.17 25kg
(27kg)
P.27 Fig.18 82kg(85kg)
*
*
*
Fig.16
Round Weight 17.5kg(19.5kg)
F3SM-35-5~60-075(F3SB-35-5~60-075)
CAD Data: F3SM-35-075
(CAD Data: F3SB -35-075)
Fig.17
Round Weight 25kg(27kg)
F3SM-45-80~240-075(F3SB-45-80~240-075)
CAD Data: F3SM-45-075
(CAD Data: F3SB -45-075)
Fig.18
Round Weight 82kg(85kg)
F3SM-55-300-075(F3SB-55-300-075)
CAD Data: F3SM-55-075
(CAD Data: F3SB -55-075)
φ162
122
101(108)
Safety cap F3S-35(attachment)
7 7
6262124138
48 48
78159
10
89
1856856 105
117
406.5(413.5)
1423838 66
20 20(200 )
φ160
68
6856
56
38.3136
82
2 2
φ49
φ35H8
φ85h7φ49
φ35H8
φ85h7
φ162
φ20122
89101(108)
Safety cap F3S-45(attachment)
7 7
7575150164
14
1685050 68
26 26
2728769 167
185
491(498)
87
8769
69
48.8174
73 73
78
φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7
(200 )
φ160
2 2
82
103119.5
4-M12×P1.75 4-M12×P1.75
95 95
Flange surface Flange surface
4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.5
108 108
Flange surface Flange surface
4-φ12.5 4-φ10.6
4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
F3S Type
336116
9416
198220
636(643)
φ162
122
130
130
108
108
59.3260
88
100100
200
143 143
Flange surface Flange surface216
Safety cap F3S-5055
(attachment)
4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5
4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5
2206161 98
32 32
φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7
2 2
89
(200 )
101(108)
φ16051
φ25
149169.5
3-M4
Performance Table/ Dimension
Performance Table/ Dimension
(Note) 1. 2. 3.
The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 17 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.
Model Code P.12
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
F3 Series 3-phase 0.75kW(Concentric Hollow Shaft)F3S Type
Motor Specs. Standard Voltage
(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)
CapacityMotor Capacity Designation
Frequency (Hz)
Voltage (V)
Rated Current (A)
Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)
Insulation Classification
Protective Cooling system
Totally Enclosed fan-cooled
Motor Capacity
Actual Reduction Ratio
(Fraction)
Frame No.
Reduction Ratio
Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)
Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L
Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load
Output Shaft Allowable TorquePage of Dimension Diagram shown,
Fig. No. and Round Weight
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor
The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.
Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)
2726
0.75kW 075 50/60/60200/200/220 3.7/3.3/3.2 1430/1720/1730 B
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 60Hz50Hz kgfN
kgf・mN・m
F3SM(F3SB)
3-phase 0.75kW
35
45
55
1/ 5
1/ 7.5
1/ 10
1/ 12.5
1/ 15
1/ 20
1/ 25
1/ 30
1/ 40
1/ 50
1/ 60
1/ 80
1/100
1/120
1/160
1/200
1/240
1/300
300
200
150
120
100
75
60
50
37.5
30
25
18.8
15
12.5
9.4
7.5
6.3
5
1/
2/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
7/
5
15
10
235
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
80
1880
120
160
200
240
2120
360
240
180
144
120
90
72
60
45
36
30
22.5
18
15
11.3
9
7.5
6
2.1
3.2
4.2
5.3
6.4
8.5
10.6
12.7
16.9
21.2
25.4
32.2
40.3
48.3
56.5
56.5
56.5
108
1.8
2.6
3.5
4.4
5.3
7.1
8.8
10.6
14.1
17.7
21.2
26.8
33.5
40.3
53.7
56.5
56.5
90.2
21
31
41
52
63
83
104
124
166
208
249
316
395
473
554
554
554
1058
18
25
34
43
52
70
86
104
138
173
208
263
328
395
526
554
554
884
200
230
250
265
280
305
325
335
355
355
355
485
485
485
530
530
530
1000
500
567
613
669
686
747
796
821
870
870
870
1177
1177
1177
1275
1275
1275
2452
51
58
63
68
70
76
81
84
89
89
89
120
120
120
130
130
130
250
1960
2250
2450
2600
2740
2990
3190
3280
3480
3480
3480
4750
4750
4750
5190
5190
5190
9800
kgfN
P.27 Fig.16 17.5kg
(19.5kg)
P.27 Fig.17 25kg
(27kg)
P.27 Fig.18 82kg(85kg)
*
*
*
Fig.16
Round Weight 17.5kg(19.5kg)
F3SM-35-5~60-075(F3SB-35-5~60-075)
CAD Data: F3SM-35-075
(CAD Data: F3SB -35-075)
Fig.17
Round Weight 25kg(27kg)
F3SM-45-80~240-075(F3SB-45-80~240-075)
CAD Data: F3SM-45-075
(CAD Data: F3SB -45-075)
Fig.18
Round Weight 82kg(85kg)
F3SM-55-300-075(F3SB-55-300-075)
CAD Data: F3SM-55-075
(CAD Data: F3SB -55-075)
φ162
122
101(108)
Safety cap F3S-35(attachment)
7 7
6262124138
48 48
78159
10
89
1856856 105
117
406.5(413.5)
1423838 66
20 20(200 )
φ160
68
6856
56
38.3136
82
2 2
φ49
φ35H8
φ85h7φ49
φ35H8
φ85h7
φ162
φ20122
89101(108)
Safety cap F3S-45(attachment)
7 7
7575150164
14
1685050 68
26 26
2728769 167
185
491(498)
87
8769
69
48.8174
73 73
78
φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7
(200 )
φ160
2 2
82
103119.5
4-M12×P1.75 4-M12×P1.75
95 95
Flange surface Flange surface
4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.5
108 108
Flange surface Flange surface
4-φ12.5 4-φ10.6
4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
F3S Type
336116
9416
198220
636(643)
φ162
122
130
130
108
108
59.3260
88
100100
200
143 143
Flange surface Flange surface216
Safety cap F3S-5055
(attachment)
4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5
4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5
2206161 98
32 32
φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7
2 2
89
(200 )
101(108)
φ16051
φ25
149169.5
3-M4
Performance Table/ Dimension
Performance Table/ Dimension
(Note) 1. 2. 3.
The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 17 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.
Model Code P.12
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
F3 Series 3-phase 0.75kW(Concentric Hollow Shaft)F3S Type
Motor Specs. Standard Voltage
(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)
CapacityMotor Capacity Designation
Frequency (Hz)
Voltage (V)
Rated Current (A)
Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)
Insulation Classification
Protective Cooling system
Totally Enclosed fan-cooled
Motor Capacity
Actual Reduction Ratio
(Fraction)
Frame No.
Reduction Ratio
Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)
Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L
Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load
Output Shaft Allowable TorquePage of Dimension Diagram shown,
Fig. No. and Round Weight
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor
The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.
Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)
2928
F3 Series 3-phase 1.5kW
1.5kW 150 50/60/60200/200/220 6.6/6.1/5.8 1430/1720/1730 B
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 60Hz50Hz kgfN
kgf・mN・m
F3SM(F3SB)
3-phase 1.5kW
45
55
1/ 5
1/ 7.5
1/ 10
1/ 12.5
1/ 15
1/ 20
1/ 25
1/ 30
1/ 40
1/ 50
1/ 60
1/ 80
1/100
1/120
1/160
1/200
1/240
300
200
150
120
100
75
60
50
37.5
30
25
18.8
15
12.5
9.4
7.5
6.3
1/
2/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
5
15
10
235
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
80
100
120
160
200
240
360
240
180
144
120
90
72
60
45
36
30
22.5
18
15
11.3
9
7.5
4.2
6.4
8.5
10.6
12.7
16.9
21.2
25.4
33.9
42.4
50.8
64.4
80.5
96.6
129
129
129
3.5
5.3
7.1
8.8
10.6
14.1
17.7
21.2
28.2
35.2
42.4
53.7
67.1
80.5
107
129
129
41
63
83
104
124
166
208
249
332
416
498
631
789
947
1264
1264
1264
34
52
70
86
104
138
173
208
276
345
416
526
658
789
1049
1264
1264
300
340
370
400
415
455
480
485
485
485
485
655
655
765
850
920
1000
800
900
967
1040
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1618
1618
1863
2059
2256
2452
82
92
99
106
109
109
109
109
109
109
109
165
165
190
210
230
250
2940
3330
3630
3920
4070
4460
4700
4750
4750
4750
4750
6420
6420
7500
8330
9020
9800
kgfN
P.29 Fig.19 32kg
(35kg)
P.29 Fig.20 86kg
(89kg)
Fig.19
Round Weight 32kg(35kg)
F3SM-45-5~60-150(F3SB-45-5~60-150)
CAD Data: F3SM-45-150
(CAD Data: F3SB -45-150)
Fig.20
Round Weight 86kg(89kg)
F3SM-55-80~240-150(F3SB-55-80~240-150)
CAD Data: F3SM-55-150
(CAD Data: F3SB -55-150)
φ186
133
89111.5(132)
Safety cap F3S-45(attachment)
7 7150164
14
1685050 68
26 26
87
8773
73
48.8174φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7
2358773 134
148
508(528.5)
63 63
86
82
φ20
98.5115
φ179
(250 )
7575
2 2
179.5
4-M16×P2.0 4-M16×P2.0
108 108
Flange surface Flange surface
4-φ16.5 4-φ14
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
F3S Type
*
*
336
11694
16
198
220
598.5(619)
130
130
108
108
59.3260
88
100100
200
143 143
Flange surface Flange surface216
Safety cap F3S-5055(attachment)
4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5
4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5
2206161 98
32 32
φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7
2 2
φ141
133
89111.5(132)
(250 )
φ179
φ25
149169.5
3-M4
Performance Table/ Dimension
Performance Table/ Dimension
(Note) 1. 2. 3.
The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 17 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.
Model Code P.12
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
(Concentric Hollow Shaft)F3S Type
Motor Specs. Standard Voltage
(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)
CapacityMotor Capacity Designation
Frequency (Hz)
Voltage (V)
Rated Current (A)
Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)
Insulation Classification
Protective Cooling system
Totally Enclosed fan-cooled
Motor Capacity
Actual Reduction Ratio
(Fraction)
Frame No.
Reduction Ratio
Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)
Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L
Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load
Output Shaft Allowable TorquePage of Dimension Diagram shown,
Fig. No. and Round Weight
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor
The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.
Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)
2928
F3 Series 3-phase 1.5kW
1.5kW 150 50/60/60200/200/220 6.6/6.1/5.8 1430/1720/1730 B
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 60Hz50Hz kgfN
kgf・mN・m
F3SM(F3SB)
3-phase 1.5kW
45
55
1/ 5
1/ 7.5
1/ 10
1/ 12.5
1/ 15
1/ 20
1/ 25
1/ 30
1/ 40
1/ 50
1/ 60
1/ 80
1/100
1/120
1/160
1/200
1/240
300
200
150
120
100
75
60
50
37.5
30
25
18.8
15
12.5
9.4
7.5
6.3
1/
2/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
5
15
10
235
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
80
100
120
160
200
240
360
240
180
144
120
90
72
60
45
36
30
22.5
18
15
11.3
9
7.5
4.2
6.4
8.5
10.6
12.7
16.9
21.2
25.4
33.9
42.4
50.8
64.4
80.5
96.6
129
129
129
3.5
5.3
7.1
8.8
10.6
14.1
17.7
21.2
28.2
35.2
42.4
53.7
67.1
80.5
107
129
129
41
63
83
104
124
166
208
249
332
416
498
631
789
947
1264
1264
1264
34
52
70
86
104
138
173
208
276
345
416
526
658
789
1049
1264
1264
300
340
370
400
415
455
480
485
485
485
485
655
655
765
850
920
1000
800
900
967
1040
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1618
1618
1863
2059
2256
2452
82
92
99
106
109
109
109
109
109
109
109
165
165
190
210
230
250
2940
3330
3630
3920
4070
4460
4700
4750
4750
4750
4750
6420
6420
7500
8330
9020
9800
kgfN
P.29 Fig.19 32kg
(35kg)
P.29 Fig.20 86kg
(89kg)
Fig.19
Round Weight 32kg(35kg)
F3SM-45-5~60-150(F3SB-45-5~60-150)
CAD Data: F3SM-45-150
(CAD Data: F3SB -45-150)
Fig.20
Round Weight 86kg(89kg)
F3SM-55-80~240-150(F3SB-55-80~240-150)
CAD Data: F3SM-55-150
(CAD Data: F3SB -55-150)
φ186
133
89111.5(132)
Safety cap F3S-45(attachment)
7 7150164
14
1685050 68
26 26
87
8773
73
48.8174φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7
2358773 134
148
508(528.5)
63 63
86
82
φ20
98.5115
φ179
(250 )
7575
2 2
179.5
4-M16×P2.0 4-M16×P2.0
108 108
Flange surface Flange surface
4-φ16.5 4-φ14
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
F3S Type
*
*
336
11694
16
198
220
598.5(619)
130
130
108
108
59.3260
88
100100
200
143 143
Flange surface Flange surface216
Safety cap F3S-5055(attachment)
4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5
4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5
2206161 98
32 32
φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7
2 2
φ141
133
89111.5(132)
(250 )
φ179
φ25
149169.5
3-M4
Performance Table/ Dimension
Performance Table/ Dimension
(Note) 1. 2. 3.
The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 17 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.
Model Code P.12
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
(Concentric Hollow Shaft)F3S Type
Motor Specs. Standard Voltage
(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)
CapacityMotor Capacity Designation
Frequency (Hz)
Voltage (V)
Rated Current (A)
Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)
Insulation Classification
Protective Cooling system
Totally Enclosed fan-cooled
Motor Capacity
Actual Reduction Ratio
(Fraction)
Frame No.
Reduction Ratio
Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)
Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L
Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load
Output Shaft Allowable TorquePage of Dimension Diagram shown,
Fig. No. and Round Weight
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor
The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.
Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)
3130
F3 Series 3-phase 2.2kW
2.2kW 220 200/200/22050/60/60 9.0/8.6/8.0 1410/1690/1710 B
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 60Hz50Hz kgfN
kgf・mN・m
F3SM(F3SB)
3-phase 2.2kW
45
kgfN
P.31 Fig.21 35kg
(38kg)
P.31 Fig.22 44kg
(47kg) P.31 Fig.23 91kg
(94kg) *
Fig.21
Round Weight 35kg(38kg)
F3SM-45-5~30-220(F3SB-45-5~30-220)
CAD Data: F3SM-45-220
(CAD Data: F3SB -45-220)
Fig.22
Round Weight 44kg(47kg)
F3SM-50-40~60-220(F3SB-50-40~60-220)
CAD Data: F3SM-50-220
(CAD Data: F3SB -50-220)
Fig.23
Round Weight 91kg(94kg)
F3SM-55-80~120-220(F3SB-55-80~120-220)
CAD Data: F3SM-55-220
(CAD Data: F3SB -55-220)
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
φ186
133
89111.5(132)
87
8773
73
48.8174
φ20
98.5115
Safety cap F3S-45(attachment)
7 7150164168
5050 6826 26
φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7
63 63
86
82
7575
2 2
179.5
4-M16×P2.0 4-M16×P2.0
108 108
Flange surface Flange surface
4-φ16.5 4-φ14
(250 )
14
2358773 134
148
533(553.5)
φ179
F3S Type
50
55
1/ 5
1/ 7.5
1/ 10
1/ 12.5
1/ 15
1/ 20
1/ 25
1/ 30
1/ 40
1/ 50
1/ 60
1/ 80
1/100
1/120
300
200
150
120
100
75
60
50
37.5
30
25
18.8
15
12.5
1/
2/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
5
15
10
235
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
80
100
120
360
240
180
144
120
90
72
60
45
36
30
22.5
18
15
6.2
9.3
12.4
15.5
18.6
24.9
31.1
37.3
49.7
62.1
74.6
94.5
118
129
5.2
7.8
10.4
12.9
15.5
20.7
25.9
31.1
41.4
51.8
62.1
78.7
98.4
118
61
91
122
152
182
244
305
366
487
609
731
926
1156
1264
51
76
102
126
152
203
254
305
406
508
609
771
964
1156
320
360
400
420
450
485
485
485
535
535
535
655
655
765
800
900
967
1040
1067
1067
1067
1067
1275
1275
1275
1618
1618
1863
82
92
99
106
109
109
109
109
130
130
130
165
165
190
3140
3530
3920
4120
4410
4750
4750
4750
5240
5240
5240
6420
6420
7500
φ186
133
89111.5(132)
106
10690
90
53.8212
1725555 62
29 29
179.5
4-φ16.5
14
304118102 170
186
612(632.5)
(250 )
φ20
121137.3
77
7777154
120 120
Flange surface Flange surface168
Safety cap F3S-5055(attachment)
φ74 φ74
φ50H8 φ50H8
φ110h7 φ110h7
2 2
4-φ14
4-M16×P2.0 4-M16×P2.059 59
86
82
336
11694
16
198
220
623.5(644)
130
130
108
108
59.3260
φ25
149169.5
88
100100
200
143 143
Flange surface Flange surface216
Safety cap F3S-5055(attachment)
4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5
4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5
2206161 98
32 32
φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7 φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7
2 2
φ186
133
89111.5(132)
(250 )
φ179
3-M4
3-M4
Performance Table/ Dimension
Performance Table/ Dimension
(Note) 1. 2. 3.
The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 17 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.
Model Code P.12
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
(Concentric Hollow Shaft)F3S Type
Motor Specs. Standard Voltage
(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)
CapacityMotor Capacity Designation
Frequency (Hz)
Voltage (V)
Rated Current (A)
Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)
Insulation Classification
Protective Cooling system
Totally Enclosed fan-cooled
Motor Capacity
Actual Reduction Ratio
(Fraction)
Frame No.
Reduction Ratio
Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)
Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L
Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load
Output Shaft Allowable TorquePage of Dimension Diagram shown,
Fig. No. and Round Weight
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor
The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.
Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)
3130
F3 Series 3-phase 2.2kW
2.2kW 220 200/200/22050/60/60 9.0/8.6/8.0 1410/1690/1710 B
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 60Hz50Hz kgfN
kgf・mN・m
F3SM(F3SB)
3-phase 2.2kW
45
kgfN
P.31 Fig.21 35kg
(38kg)
P.31 Fig.22 44kg
(47kg) P.31 Fig.23 91kg
(94kg) *
Fig.21
Round Weight 35kg(38kg)
F3SM-45-5~30-220(F3SB-45-5~30-220)
CAD Data: F3SM-45-220
(CAD Data: F3SB -45-220)
Fig.22
Round Weight 44kg(47kg)
F3SM-50-40~60-220(F3SB-50-40~60-220)
CAD Data: F3SM-50-220
(CAD Data: F3SB -50-220)
Fig.23
Round Weight 91kg(94kg)
F3SM-55-80~120-220(F3SB-55-80~120-220)
CAD Data: F3SM-55-220
(CAD Data: F3SB -55-220)
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
φ186
133
89111.5(132)
87
8773
73
48.8174
φ20
98.5115
Safety cap F3S-45(attachment)
7 7150164168
5050 6826 26
φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7
63 63
86
82
7575
2 2
179.5
4-M16×P2.0 4-M16×P2.0
108 108
Flange surface Flange surface
4-φ16.5 4-φ14
(250 )
14
2358773 134
148
533(553.5)
φ179
F3S Type
50
55
1/ 5
1/ 7.5
1/ 10
1/ 12.5
1/ 15
1/ 20
1/ 25
1/ 30
1/ 40
1/ 50
1/ 60
1/ 80
1/100
1/120
300
200
150
120
100
75
60
50
37.5
30
25
18.8
15
12.5
1/
2/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
5
15
10
235
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
80
100
120
360
240
180
144
120
90
72
60
45
36
30
22.5
18
15
6.2
9.3
12.4
15.5
18.6
24.9
31.1
37.3
49.7
62.1
74.6
94.5
118
129
5.2
7.8
10.4
12.9
15.5
20.7
25.9
31.1
41.4
51.8
62.1
78.7
98.4
118
61
91
122
152
182
244
305
366
487
609
731
926
1156
1264
51
76
102
126
152
203
254
305
406
508
609
771
964
1156
320
360
400
420
450
485
485
485
535
535
535
655
655
765
800
900
967
1040
1067
1067
1067
1067
1275
1275
1275
1618
1618
1863
82
92
99
106
109
109
109
109
130
130
130
165
165
190
3140
3530
3920
4120
4410
4750
4750
4750
5240
5240
5240
6420
6420
7500
φ186
133
89111.5(132)
106
10690
90
53.8212
1725555 62
29 29
179.5
4-φ16.5
14
304118102 170
186
612(632.5)
(250 )
φ20
121137.3
77
7777154
120 120
Flange surface Flange surface168
Safety cap F3S-5055(attachment)
φ74 φ74
φ50H8 φ50H8
φ110h7 φ110h7
2 2
4-φ14
4-M16×P2.0 4-M16×P2.059 59
86
82
336
11694
16
198
220
623.5(644)
130
130
108
108
59.3260
φ25
149169.5
88
100100
200
143 143
Flange surface Flange surface216
Safety cap F3S-5055(attachment)
4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5
4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5
2206161 98
32 32
φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7 φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7
2 2
φ186
133
89111.5(132)
(250 )
φ179
3-M4
3-M4
Performance Table/ Dimension
Performance Table/ Dimension
(Note) 1. 2. 3.
The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 17 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.
Model Code P.12
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
(Concentric Hollow Shaft)F3S Type
Motor Specs. Standard Voltage
(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)
CapacityMotor Capacity Designation
Frequency (Hz)
Voltage (V)
Rated Current (A)
Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)
Insulation Classification
Protective Cooling system
Totally Enclosed fan-cooled
Motor Capacity
Actual Reduction Ratio
(Fraction)
Frame No.
Reduction Ratio
Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)
Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L
Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load
Output Shaft Allowable TorquePage of Dimension Diagram shown,
Fig. No. and Round Weight
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor
The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.
Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)
33
F3F3S
32
GearmotorConcentric Hollow Shaft
GearmotorBrake GearmotorPerformance TableDimension diagram
Series
Type
●The output rotation speed is the value corresponds to the motor
synchronous speed and the nominal reduction ratio.
●New JIS Size Key: JIS B1301-1976(Normal Class)
●The key for the output shaft is not attached to this model.
● The shaded area in the Performance Table indicates that in the
case that gearmotors are wired according to the diagram on 122, the shaft
rotates clockwise when viewing from side , as in the direction of the
arrow shown in the following Dimension Diagrams.
●The starting torque of the single-phase 100W motor will be 60~80%, since
it employs capacitor-operate motor.
【Remarks】
1-Phase
A
A
33
F3F3S
32
GearmotorConcentric Hollow Shaft
GearmotorBrake GearmotorPerformance TableDimension diagram
Series
Type
●The output rotation speed is the value corresponds to the motor
synchronous speed and the nominal reduction ratio.
●New JIS Size Key: JIS B1301-1976(Normal Class)
●The key for the output shaft is not attached to this model.
● The shaded area in the Performance Table indicates that in the
case that gearmotors are wired according to the diagram on 122, the shaft
rotates clockwise when viewing from side , as in the direction of the
arrow shown in the following Dimension Diagrams.
●The starting torque of the single-phase 100W motor will be 60~80%, since
it employs capacitor-operate motor.
【Remarks】
1-Phase
A
A
3534
F3 Series 1-phase 100W
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 60Hz50Hz kgfN
kgf・mN・m
F3SM(F3SB)
1-phase 100W
20 25
1/ 5
1/ 7.5
1/ 10
1/ 12.5
1/ 15
1/ 20
1/ 25
1/ 30
1/ 40
1/ 50
1/ 60
1/ 80
1/100
1/120
1/160
1/200
1/240
300
200
150
120
100
75
60
50
37.5
30
25
18.8
15
12.5
9.4
7.5
6.3
1/
2/
1/
2/
1/
1/
1/
2/
1/
1/
1/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
5
15
10
25
15
20
25
59
40
50
59
80
1880
120
160
200
240
360
240
180
144
120
90
72
60
45
36
30
22.5
18
15
11.3
9
7.5
0.26
0.39
0.53
0.66
0.79
1.1
1.3
1.6
2.1
2.6
3.2
4
5
6
8
10
10.3
0.22
0.33
0.44
0.55
0.66
0.88
1.1
1.3
1.8
2.2
2.6
3.3
4.2
5
6.7
8.3
10
2.5
3.8
5.2
6.5
7.7
11
13
16
21
25
31
39
49
59
78
98
101
2.2
3.2
4.3
5.4
6.5
8.6
11
13
18
22
25
32
41
49
66
81
98
100
110
120
130
135
150
160
170
185
190
190
260
260
260
260
260
260
244
270
294
316
333
373
392
422
451
471
471
637
637
637
637
637
637
25
28
30
32
34
38
40
43
46
48
48
65
65
65
65
65
65
980
1080
1180
1270
1320
1470
1570
1670
1810
1860
1860
2550
2550
2550
2550
2550
2550
kgfN
P.35 Fig.24 7kg
(8kg)
P.35 Fig.25 9kg
(10kg)
*
100W S100 50/60100/100 1.7/1.9 1400/1700 E
Fig.24
Round Weight 7kg(8kg)
F3SM-20-5~60-S100(F3SB-20-5~60-S100)
CAD Data: F3SM-20-S100
(CAD Data: F3SB -20-S100)
Fig.25
Round Weight 9kg(10kg)
F3SM-25-80~240-S100(F3SB-25-80~240-S100)
CAD Data: F3SM-25-S100
(CAD Data: F3SB -25-S100)
3939
77 78127
6
48.5
48.5
48.5
38.5
38.5
38.522.8
68.578.5
97 φ135
296.5
125.5
37 37
9296
2424
Safety cap F3S-20(attachment)
57.5
4813 13
2 2
φ29
φ20H8 φ20H8
φ29φ53h7 φ53h7
100 (200 )
φ115
77
8
φ135
53.5
53.5
43.5
43.528.3107
15953.543.5 95.5
105.5
327.5
5050100
Safety cap F3S-25(attachment)
126.5
39.5 39.5
57.5
1182727 64
14 14
φ39 φ39
φ25H8 φ25H8
φ66h7 φ66h7
114
2 2
100 (200 )
φ115
64 64
Flange surface Flange surface
4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5
4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5
79 79
Flange surface Flange surface
4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6
4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
F3S Type
Performance Table/ Dimension
Performance Table/ Dimension
(Note) 1. 2. 3.
The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 33 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.
Model Code P.12
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
(Concentric Hollow Shaft)F3S Type
Frequency (Hz) Start System
Capacitor Operation
Protective Cooling system
Voltage (V)
Rated Current (A)
Rated Rotation Speed(rpm)
Insulation ClassificationCapacityMotor Specs.
Standard Voltage (Continuous Rated 4 Poles)
Motor Capacity Designation
Totally Enclosed fan-cooled
Motor Capacity
Actual Reduction Ratio
(Fraction)
Frame No.
Reduction Ratio
Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)
Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L
Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load
Output Shaft Allowable TorquePage of Dimension Diagram shown,
Fig. No. and Round Weight
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor
The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.
Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)
3534
F3 Series 1-phase 100W
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 60Hz50Hz kgfN
kgf・mN・m
F3SM(F3SB)
1-phase 100W
20 25
1/ 5
1/ 7.5
1/ 10
1/ 12.5
1/ 15
1/ 20
1/ 25
1/ 30
1/ 40
1/ 50
1/ 60
1/ 80
1/100
1/120
1/160
1/200
1/240
300
200
150
120
100
75
60
50
37.5
30
25
18.8
15
12.5
9.4
7.5
6.3
1/
2/
1/
2/
1/
1/
1/
2/
1/
1/
1/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
5
15
10
25
15
20
25
59
40
50
59
80
1880
120
160
200
240
360
240
180
144
120
90
72
60
45
36
30
22.5
18
15
11.3
9
7.5
0.26
0.39
0.53
0.66
0.79
1.1
1.3
1.6
2.1
2.6
3.2
4
5
6
8
10
10.3
0.22
0.33
0.44
0.55
0.66
0.88
1.1
1.3
1.8
2.2
2.6
3.3
4.2
5
6.7
8.3
10
2.5
3.8
5.2
6.5
7.7
11
13
16
21
25
31
39
49
59
78
98
101
2.2
3.2
4.3
5.4
6.5
8.6
11
13
18
22
25
32
41
49
66
81
98
100
110
120
130
135
150
160
170
185
190
190
260
260
260
260
260
260
244
270
294
316
333
373
392
422
451
471
471
637
637
637
637
637
637
25
28
30
32
34
38
40
43
46
48
48
65
65
65
65
65
65
980
1080
1180
1270
1320
1470
1570
1670
1810
1860
1860
2550
2550
2550
2550
2550
2550
kgfN
P.35 Fig.24 7kg
(8kg)
P.35 Fig.25 9kg
(10kg)
*
100W S100 50/60100/100 1.7/1.9 1400/1700 E
Fig.24
Round Weight 7kg(8kg)
F3SM-20-5~60-S100(F3SB-20-5~60-S100)
CAD Data: F3SM-20-S100
(CAD Data: F3SB -20-S100)
Fig.25
Round Weight 9kg(10kg)
F3SM-25-80~240-S100(F3SB-25-80~240-S100)
CAD Data: F3SM-25-S100
(CAD Data: F3SB -25-S100)
3939
77 78127
6
48.5
48.5
48.5
38.5
38.5
38.522.8
68.578.5
97 φ135
296.5
125.5
37 37
9296
2424
Safety cap F3S-20(attachment)
57.5
4813 13
2 2
φ29
φ20H8 φ20H8
φ29φ53h7 φ53h7
100 (200 )
φ115
77
8
φ135
53.5
53.5
43.5
43.528.3107
15953.543.5 95.5
105.5
327.5
5050100
Safety cap F3S-25(attachment)
126.5
39.5 39.5
57.5
1182727 64
14 14
φ39 φ39
φ25H8 φ25H8
φ66h7 φ66h7
114
2 2
100 (200 )
φ115
64 64
Flange surface Flange surface
4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5
4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5
79 79
Flange surface Flange surface
4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6
4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
F3S Type
Performance Table/ Dimension
Performance Table/ Dimension
(Note) 1. 2. 3.
The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 33 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.
Model Code P.12
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
(Concentric Hollow Shaft)F3S Type
Frequency (Hz) Start System
Capacitor Operation
Protective Cooling system
Voltage (V)
Rated Current (A)
Rated Rotation Speed(rpm)
Insulation ClassificationCapacityMotor Specs.
Standard Voltage (Continuous Rated 4 Poles)
Motor Capacity Designation
Totally Enclosed fan-cooled
Motor Capacity
Actual Reduction Ratio
(Fraction)
Frame No.
Reduction Ratio
Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)
Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L
Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load
Output Shaft Allowable TorquePage of Dimension Diagram shown,
Fig. No. and Round Weight
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor
The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.
Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)
3736
F3 Series 1-phase 200W
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 60Hz50Hz kgfN
kgf・mN・m
F3SM(F3SB)
1-phase 200W
25 30
kgfN
P.36 Fig.26 11.5kg (13kg)
P.37 Fig.27 13kg
(14.5kg)
P.37 Fig.28 17kg(18.5kg)
P.37 Fig.29 24kg(25.5kg)
P.37 Fig.30 79kg(80.5kg)
*
*
200W 200 50/60100/100 5.1/4.5 1420/1700 B
Fig.26
Round Weight 11.5kg(13kg)
F3SM-25-5~60-200 CAD Data: F3SM-25-200
(CAD Data: F3SB -25-200)
Fig.27
Round Weight 13kg(14.5kg)
F3SM-30-80~240-200(F3SB-30-80~240-200)
CAD Data: F3SM-30-200
(CAD Data: F3SB -30-200)
Fig.28
Round Weight 17kg(18.5kg)
F3SM-35-300~375-200(F3SB-35-300~375-200)
CAD Data: F3SM-35-200
(CAD Data: F3SB -35-200)
Fig.29
Round Weight 24kg(25.5kg)
F3SM-45-450~750-200(F3SB-45-450~750-200)
CAD Data: F3SM-45-200
(CAD Data: F3SB -45-200)
Fig.30
Round Weight 79kg(80.5kg)
F3SM-55-900~1200-200(F3SB-55-900~1200-200)
CAD Data: F3SM-55-200
(CAD Data: F3SB -55-200)
(F3SB-25-5~60-200)
8
φ135
14053.543.5 76.5
86.5
365(382)
77
5050100
Safety cap F3S-25(attachment)
140.5(137)
39.5 39.564.5(61)
1182727 64
14 14
φ39 φ39
φ25H8 φ25H8
φ66h7 φ66h7
114
2 2
53.5
53.5
43.5
43.528.3107
100 (200 )
φ115
4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5
79 79
Flange surface Flange surface
4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6
φ135
8
1805846 110
122
404.5(421.5)
Safety cap F3S-30(attachment)
140.5
45.5 45.564.5(61)
1243333 58
17 17
φ44
φ30H8
φ75h7
7 7
5353106120
58
5846
46
33.3116
2 2
φ44
φ30H8
φ75h7
100 (200 )
φ115
4-M12×P1.75 4-M12×P1.75
82 82
Flange surface Flange surface
4-φ12.5 4-φ10.6
F3S Type
1/ 5
1/ 7.5
1/ 10
1/ 12.5
1/ 15
1/ 20
1/ 25
1/ 30
1/ 40
1/ 50
1/ 60
1/ 80
1/ 100
1/ 120
1/ 160
1/ 200
1/ 240
1/ 300
1/ 375
1/ 450
1/ 600
1/ 750
1/ 900
1/1200
300
200
150
120
100
75
60
50
37.5
30
25
18.8
15
12.5
9.4
7.5
6.3
5
4
3.3
2.5
2
1.7
1.3
1/
2/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
34/
7/
13/
221/
13/
7/
7/
5
15
10
235
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
80
1880
120
160
200
240
10105
2580
5740
137760
10045
6360
8480
360
240
180
144
120
90
72
60
45
36
30
22.5
18
15
11.3
9
7.5
6
4.8
4
3
2.4
2
1.5
0.56
0.85
1.1
1.4
1.7
2.3
2.8
3.4
4.5
5.6
6.8
8.6
10.7
12.9
17.9
18.8
18.8
28.8
36
43.2
54.5
68.2
86.6
115
0.47
0.71
0.94
1.2
1.4
1.9
2.4
2.8
3.8
4.7
5.6
7.2
8.9
10.7
14.3
17.9
18.8
24
30
36
45.5
56.8
72.1
96.2
5.5
8.3
11
14
17
23
27
33
44
55
67
84
105
126
169
184
184
282
353
423
534
668
849
1127
4.6
7
9.2
12
14
19
24
27
37
46
55
71
87
105
140
175
184
235
294
353
446
557
707
943
125
140
155
165
175
190
205
215
235
250
260
315
320
320
320
320
320
370
370
530
530
530
1000
1000
307
342
380
405
429
466
502
527
576
613
637
775
785
785
785
785
785
912
912
1275
1275
1275
2452
2452
31
35
39
41
44
48
51
54
59
63
65
79
80
80
80
80
80
93
93
130
130
130
250
250
1230
1370
1520
1620
1720
1860
2010
2110
2300
2450
2550
3090
3140
3140
3140
3140
3140
3630
3630
5190
5190
5190
9800
9800
35
45
55
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
10
2386854 140
154
505.5(522.5)
68
6854
54
38.3136φ49
φ35H8
φ85h7φ49
φ35H8
φ85h7
2 2
1423838 66
20 20
φ135
100 (200 )
77
6262124
95 95
Flange surface Flange surface
138
Safety cap F3S-35(attachment)
4-φ16.5 4-φ14
4-M16×P2 4-M16×P258 58
76
87
87
69
6948.8174
φ20
103119.5
291.58769 167
14
185
563(580) 77
7575150
108 108
Flange surface Flange surface164
Safety cap F3S-45(attachment)
4-φ20.5
4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.57376
73
1685050 68
26 26
φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7
2 2
31.75
100
φ135
(200 )
φ115
4-φ17.5
φ20
149169.5
336116
9416
198220
630.5(647.5)
130
130
108
10859.3260
88
100100200
143 143
Flange surface Flange surface216
Safety cap F3S-5055(attachment)
4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5
4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5
2206161 98
32 32
φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7 φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7
2 2
φ115
100 (200 )
φ13534
φ115
3-M4
27.7
Performance Table/ Dimension
Performance Table/ Dimension
(Note) 1. 2. 3.
The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 33 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.
Model Code P.12
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
(Concentric Hollow Shaft)F3S Type
Frequency (Hz) Start System
Capacitor Start
Protective Cooling system
Voltage (V)
Rated Current (A)
Rated Rotation Speed(rpm)
Insulation ClassificationCapacityMotor Specs.
Standard Voltage (Continuous Rated 4 Poles)
Motor Capacity Designation
Totally Enclosed fan-cooled
Motor Capacity
Actual Reduction Ratio
(Fraction)
Frame No.
Reduction Ratio
Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)
Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L
Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load
Output Shaft Allowable TorquePage of Dimension Diagram shown,
Fig. No. and Round Weight
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor
The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.
Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)
3736
F3 Series 1-phase 200W
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 60Hz50Hz kgfN
kgf・mN・m
F3SM(F3SB)
1-phase 200W
25 30
kgfN
P.36 Fig.26 11.5kg (13kg)
P.37 Fig.27 13kg
(14.5kg)
P.37 Fig.28 17kg(18.5kg)
P.37 Fig.29 24kg(25.5kg)
P.37 Fig.30 79kg(80.5kg)
*
*
200W 200 50/60100/100 5.1/4.5 1420/1700 B
Fig.26
Round Weight 11.5kg(13kg)
F3SM-25-5~60-200 CAD Data: F3SM-25-200
(CAD Data: F3SB -25-200)
Fig.27
Round Weight 13kg(14.5kg)
F3SM-30-80~240-200(F3SB-30-80~240-200)
CAD Data: F3SM-30-200
(CAD Data: F3SB -30-200)
Fig.28
Round Weight 17kg(18.5kg)
F3SM-35-300~375-200(F3SB-35-300~375-200)
CAD Data: F3SM-35-200
(CAD Data: F3SB -35-200)
Fig.29
Round Weight 24kg(25.5kg)
F3SM-45-450~750-200(F3SB-45-450~750-200)
CAD Data: F3SM-45-200
(CAD Data: F3SB -45-200)
Fig.30
Round Weight 79kg(80.5kg)
F3SM-55-900~1200-200(F3SB-55-900~1200-200)
CAD Data: F3SM-55-200
(CAD Data: F3SB -55-200)
(F3SB-25-5~60-200)
8
φ135
14053.543.5 76.5
86.5
365(382)
77
5050100
Safety cap F3S-25(attachment)
140.5(137)
39.5 39.564.5(61)
1182727 64
14 14
φ39 φ39
φ25H8 φ25H8
φ66h7 φ66h7
114
2 2
53.5
53.5
43.5
43.528.3107
100 (200 )
φ115
4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5
79 79
Flange surface Flange surface
4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6
φ135
8
1805846 110
122
404.5(421.5)
Safety cap F3S-30(attachment)
140.5
45.5 45.564.5(61)
1243333 58
17 17
φ44
φ30H8
φ75h7
7 7
5353106120
58
5846
46
33.3116
2 2
φ44
φ30H8
φ75h7
100 (200 )
φ115
4-M12×P1.75 4-M12×P1.75
82 82
Flange surface Flange surface
4-φ12.5 4-φ10.6
F3S Type
1/ 5
1/ 7.5
1/ 10
1/ 12.5
1/ 15
1/ 20
1/ 25
1/ 30
1/ 40
1/ 50
1/ 60
1/ 80
1/ 100
1/ 120
1/ 160
1/ 200
1/ 240
1/ 300
1/ 375
1/ 450
1/ 600
1/ 750
1/ 900
1/1200
300
200
150
120
100
75
60
50
37.5
30
25
18.8
15
12.5
9.4
7.5
6.3
5
4
3.3
2.5
2
1.7
1.3
1/
2/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
34/
7/
13/
221/
13/
7/
7/
5
15
10
235
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
80
1880
120
160
200
240
10105
2580
5740
137760
10045
6360
8480
360
240
180
144
120
90
72
60
45
36
30
22.5
18
15
11.3
9
7.5
6
4.8
4
3
2.4
2
1.5
0.56
0.85
1.1
1.4
1.7
2.3
2.8
3.4
4.5
5.6
6.8
8.6
10.7
12.9
17.9
18.8
18.8
28.8
36
43.2
54.5
68.2
86.6
115
0.47
0.71
0.94
1.2
1.4
1.9
2.4
2.8
3.8
4.7
5.6
7.2
8.9
10.7
14.3
17.9
18.8
24
30
36
45.5
56.8
72.1
96.2
5.5
8.3
11
14
17
23
27
33
44
55
67
84
105
126
169
184
184
282
353
423
534
668
849
1127
4.6
7
9.2
12
14
19
24
27
37
46
55
71
87
105
140
175
184
235
294
353
446
557
707
943
125
140
155
165
175
190
205
215
235
250
260
315
320
320
320
320
320
370
370
530
530
530
1000
1000
307
342
380
405
429
466
502
527
576
613
637
775
785
785
785
785
785
912
912
1275
1275
1275
2452
2452
31
35
39
41
44
48
51
54
59
63
65
79
80
80
80
80
80
93
93
130
130
130
250
250
1230
1370
1520
1620
1720
1860
2010
2110
2300
2450
2550
3090
3140
3140
3140
3140
3140
3630
3630
5190
5190
5190
9800
9800
35
45
55
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
10
2386854 140
154
505.5(522.5)
68
6854
54
38.3136φ49
φ35H8
φ85h7φ49
φ35H8
φ85h7
2 2
1423838 66
20 20
φ135
100 (200 )
77
6262124
95 95
Flange surface Flange surface
138
Safety cap F3S-35(attachment)
4-φ16.5 4-φ14
4-M16×P2 4-M16×P258 58
76
87
87
69
6948.8174
φ20
103119.5
291.58769 167
14
185
563(580) 77
7575150
108 108
Flange surface Flange surface164
Safety cap F3S-45(attachment)
4-φ20.5
4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.57376
73
1685050 68
26 26
φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7
2 2
31.75
100
φ135
(200 )
φ115
4-φ17.5
φ20
149169.5
336116
9416
198220
630.5(647.5)
130
130
108
10859.3260
88
100100200
143 143
Flange surface Flange surface216
Safety cap F3S-5055(attachment)
4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5
4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5
2206161 98
32 32
φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7 φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7
2 2
φ115
100 (200 )
φ13534
φ115
3-M4
27.7
Performance Table/ Dimension
Performance Table/ Dimension
(Note) 1. 2. 3.
The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 33 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.
Model Code P.12
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
(Concentric Hollow Shaft)F3S Type
Frequency (Hz) Start System
Capacitor Start
Protective Cooling system
Voltage (V)
Rated Current (A)
Rated Rotation Speed(rpm)
Insulation ClassificationCapacityMotor Specs.
Standard Voltage (Continuous Rated 4 Poles)
Motor Capacity Designation
Totally Enclosed fan-cooled
Motor Capacity
Actual Reduction Ratio
(Fraction)
Frame No.
Reduction Ratio
Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)
Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L
Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load
Output Shaft Allowable TorquePage of Dimension Diagram shown,
Fig. No. and Round Weight
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor
The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.
Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)
3938
F3 Series 1-phase 400W
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 60Hz50Hz kgfN
kgf・mN・m
F3SM(F3SB)
1-phase 400W
30
35
kgfN
P.38 Fig.31 17.5kg (20kg)
P.39 Fig.32 21kg
(23.5kg)
P.39 Fig.33 30kg(32.5kg)
P.39 Fig.34 85kg(87.5kg)
*
*
*
400W 400 50/60100/100 8.7/7.9 1440/1730 B
Fig.31
Round Weight 17.5kg(20kg)
F3SM-30-5~60-400(F3SB-30-5~60-400)
CAD Data: F3SM-30-400
(CAD Data: F3SB -30-400)
Fig.32
Round Weight 21kg(23.5kg)
F3SM-35-80~240-400(F3SB-35-80~240-400)
CAD Data: F3SM-35-400
(CAD Data: F3SB -35-400)
Fig.33
Round Weight 30kg(32.5kg)
F3SM-45-300~375-400(F3SB-45-300~375-400)
CAD Data: F3SM-45-400
(CAD Data: F3SB -45-400)
Fig.34
Round Weight 85kg(87.5kg)
F3SM-55-450~600-400(F3SB-55-450~600-400)
CAD Data: F3SM-55-400
(CAD Data: F3SB -55-400)
Safety cap F3S-30(attachment)
1243333 58
17 17
2 2
φ44
φ30H8
φ75h7φ44
φ30H8
φ75h7
8
1595848 91
101
437(444)
58
5848
48
33.3116
186
40.5 40.5
78100
7 7
5353106120
φ128 φ162
(200 )
10
2226854 140
154
495.5(502.5)
68
6854
54
38.3136φ49
φ35H8
φ85h7φ49
φ35H8
φ85h7
2 2
1423838 66
20 20
58 58
78186 100 (200 )
7 7
6262124138
φ162
4-M10×P1.5
82 82
Flange surface Flange surface
4-M10×P1.5
4-M16×P2
95 95
Flange surface Flange surface
4-M16×P2
Safety cap F3S-35(attachment)
4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6
4-φ16.5 4-φ14
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
F3S Type
45
55
1/ 5
1/ 7.5
1/ 10
1/ 12.5
1/ 15
1/ 20
1/ 25
1/ 30
1/ 40
1/ 50
1/ 60
1/ 80
1/100
1/120
1/160
1/200
1/240
1/300
1/375
1/450
1/600
300
200
150
120
100
75
60
50
37.5
30
25
18.8
15
12.5
9.4
7.5
6.3
5
4
3.3
2.5
1/
2/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1547/
13/
7/
7/
5
15
10
235
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
80
1880
120
160
200
240
452640
4715
3120
4160
360
240
180
144
120
90
72
60
45
36
30
22.5
18
15
11.3
9
7.5
6
4.8
4
3
1.1
1.7
2.3
2.8
3.4
4.5
5.6
6.8
9
11.3
13.6
17.2
21.5
25.8
27.6
27.6
27.6
57.7
72.1
86.6
115
0.94
1.4
1.9
2.4
2.8
3.8
4.7
5.6
7.5
9.4
11.3
14.3
17.9
21.5
27.6
27.6
27.6
48.1
60.1
72.1
96.2
11
17
23
27
33
44
55
67
88
111
133
169
211
253
270
270
270
565
707
849
1127
9.2
14
19
24
27
37
46
55
74
92
111
140
175
211
270
270
270
471
589
707
943
155
180
195
210
220
245
260
270
290
305
315
355
360
360
370
370
370
530
530
1000
1000
375
438
475
506
539
600
637
662
711
747
767
873
883
883
912
912
912
1275
1275
2452
2452
38
45
48
52
55
61
65
68
73
76
78
89
90
90
93
93
93
130
130
250
250
1520
1760
1910
2060
2160
2400
2550
2650
2840
2990
3090
3480
3530
3530
3630
3630
3630
5190
5190
9800
9800
φ20
103119.5
291.58769 167
14
185
614(621)
87
87
69
6948.8174
(200 ) 77
7575150
108 108
Flange surface Flange surface164
Safety cap F3S-45(attachment)
4-φ20.5
4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.573 73
1685050 68
26 26
φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7
2 2 100
φ16038
4-φ17.5
φ20
149169.5
336
11694
16
198
220
680(687)
130
130
108
108
59.3260
88
100100
200
143 143
Flange surface Flange surface216
Safety cap F3S-5055
(attachment)
4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5
4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5
2206161 98
32 32
φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7
2 2
42
100
(200 )
φ160
3-M4
Performance Table/ Dimension
Performance Table/ Dimension
(Note) 1. 2. 3.
The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 33 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.
Model Code P.12
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
(Concentric Hollow Shaft)F3S Type
Frequency (Hz) Start System
Capacitor Start
Protective Cooling system
Voltage (V)
Rated Current (A)
Rated Rotation Speed(rpm)
Insulation ClassificationCapacityMotor Specs.
Standard Voltage (Continuous Rated 4 Poles)
Motor Capacity Designation
Totally Enclosed fan-cooled
Motor Capacity
Actual Reduction Ratio
(Fraction)
Frame No.
Reduction Ratio
Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)
Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L
Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load
Output Shaft Allowable TorquePage of Dimension Diagram shown,
Fig. No. and Round Weight
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor
The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.
Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)
3938
F3 Series 1-phase 400W
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 60Hz50Hz kgfN
kgf・mN・m
F3SM(F3SB)
1-phase 400W
30
35
kgfN
P.38 Fig.31 17.5kg (20kg)
P.39 Fig.32 21kg
(23.5kg)
P.39 Fig.33 30kg(32.5kg)
P.39 Fig.34 85kg(87.5kg)
*
*
*
400W 400 50/60100/100 8.7/7.9 1440/1730 B
Fig.31
Round Weight 17.5kg(20kg)
F3SM-30-5~60-400(F3SB-30-5~60-400)
CAD Data: F3SM-30-400
(CAD Data: F3SB -30-400)
Fig.32
Round Weight 21kg(23.5kg)
F3SM-35-80~240-400(F3SB-35-80~240-400)
CAD Data: F3SM-35-400
(CAD Data: F3SB -35-400)
Fig.33
Round Weight 30kg(32.5kg)
F3SM-45-300~375-400(F3SB-45-300~375-400)
CAD Data: F3SM-45-400
(CAD Data: F3SB -45-400)
Fig.34
Round Weight 85kg(87.5kg)
F3SM-55-450~600-400(F3SB-55-450~600-400)
CAD Data: F3SM-55-400
(CAD Data: F3SB -55-400)
Safety cap F3S-30(attachment)
1243333 58
17 17
2 2
φ44
φ30H8
φ75h7φ44
φ30H8
φ75h7
8
1595848 91
101
437(444)
58
5848
48
33.3116
186
40.5 40.5
78100
7 7
5353106120
φ128 φ162
(200 )
10
2226854 140
154
495.5(502.5)
68
6854
54
38.3136φ49
φ35H8
φ85h7φ49
φ35H8
φ85h7
2 2
1423838 66
20 20
58 58
78186 100 (200 )
7 7
6262124138
φ162
4-M10×P1.5
82 82
Flange surface Flange surface
4-M10×P1.5
4-M16×P2
95 95
Flange surface Flange surface
4-M16×P2
Safety cap F3S-35(attachment)
4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6
4-φ16.5 4-φ14
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
F3S Type
45
55
1/ 5
1/ 7.5
1/ 10
1/ 12.5
1/ 15
1/ 20
1/ 25
1/ 30
1/ 40
1/ 50
1/ 60
1/ 80
1/100
1/120
1/160
1/200
1/240
1/300
1/375
1/450
1/600
300
200
150
120
100
75
60
50
37.5
30
25
18.8
15
12.5
9.4
7.5
6.3
5
4
3.3
2.5
1/
2/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1547/
13/
7/
7/
5
15
10
235
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
80
1880
120
160
200
240
452640
4715
3120
4160
360
240
180
144
120
90
72
60
45
36
30
22.5
18
15
11.3
9
7.5
6
4.8
4
3
1.1
1.7
2.3
2.8
3.4
4.5
5.6
6.8
9
11.3
13.6
17.2
21.5
25.8
27.6
27.6
27.6
57.7
72.1
86.6
115
0.94
1.4
1.9
2.4
2.8
3.8
4.7
5.6
7.5
9.4
11.3
14.3
17.9
21.5
27.6
27.6
27.6
48.1
60.1
72.1
96.2
11
17
23
27
33
44
55
67
88
111
133
169
211
253
270
270
270
565
707
849
1127
9.2
14
19
24
27
37
46
55
74
92
111
140
175
211
270
270
270
471
589
707
943
155
180
195
210
220
245
260
270
290
305
315
355
360
360
370
370
370
530
530
1000
1000
375
438
475
506
539
600
637
662
711
747
767
873
883
883
912
912
912
1275
1275
2452
2452
38
45
48
52
55
61
65
68
73
76
78
89
90
90
93
93
93
130
130
250
250
1520
1760
1910
2060
2160
2400
2550
2650
2840
2990
3090
3480
3530
3530
3630
3630
3630
5190
5190
9800
9800
φ20
103119.5
291.58769 167
14
185
614(621)
87
87
69
6948.8174
(200 ) 77
7575150
108 108
Flange surface Flange surface164
Safety cap F3S-45(attachment)
4-φ20.5
4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.573 73
1685050 68
26 26
φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7
2 2 100
φ16038
4-φ17.5
φ20
149169.5
336
11694
16
198
220
680(687)
130
130
108
108
59.3260
88
100100
200
143 143
Flange surface Flange surface216
Safety cap F3S-5055
(attachment)
4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5
4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5
2206161 98
32 32
φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7
2 2
42
100
(200 )
φ160
3-M4
Performance Table/ Dimension
Performance Table/ Dimension
(Note) 1. 2. 3.
The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 33 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.
Model Code P.12
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
(Concentric Hollow Shaft)F3S Type
Frequency (Hz) Start System
Capacitor Start
Protective Cooling system
Voltage (V)
Rated Current (A)
Rated Rotation Speed(rpm)
Insulation ClassificationCapacityMotor Specs.
Standard Voltage (Continuous Rated 4 Poles)
Motor Capacity Designation
Totally Enclosed fan-cooled
Motor Capacity
Actual Reduction Ratio
(Fraction)
Frame No.
Reduction Ratio
Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)
Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L
Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load
Output Shaft Allowable TorquePage of Dimension Diagram shown,
Fig. No. and Round Weight
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor
The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.
Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)
41
F3F3F
40
Gearmotor
Performance TableDimension diagram
GearmotorBrake Gearmotor
Concentric Solid Shaft
Series
Type
●The output rotation speed is the value corresponds to the motor synchronous speed and the nominal reduction ratio. ●The shaded areas in the performance table shows that in case gearmotors are wired according to the diagram shown on page 122, L-shaft rotates clockwise while R and T-shafts rotate counterclockwise when viewing from output shaft side. (Refer to the diagram shown below.)
【Remarks】
3-Phase
L-shaft R-shaft T-shaft
41
F3F3F
40
Gearmotor
Performance TableDimension diagram
GearmotorBrake Gearmotor
Concentric Solid Shaft
Series
Type
●The output rotation speed is the value corresponds to the motor synchronous speed and the nominal reduction ratio. ●The shaded areas in the performance table shows that in case gearmotors are wired according to the diagram shown on page 122, L-shaft rotates clockwise while R and T-shafts rotate counterclockwise when viewing from output shaft side. (Refer to the diagram shown below.)
【Remarks】
3-Phase
L-shaft R-shaft T-shaft
4342
F3 Series 3-phase 0.1kW
0.1kW T010 50/60/60200/200/220 0.61/0.54/0.54 1420/1700/1720 B
1/
2/
1/
2/
1/
1/
1/
2/
1/
1/
1/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
5
15
10
25
15
20
25
59
40
50
59
80
1880
120
160
200
240*
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz kgfN
kgf・mN・m
F3FM(F3FB)
3-phase 0.1kW
18
22
1/ 5
1/ 7.5
1/ 10
1/ 12.5
1/ 15
1/ 20
1/ 25
1/ 30
1/ 40
1/ 50
1/ 60
1/ 80
1/100
1/120
1/160
1/200
1/240
300
200
150
120
100
75
60
50
37.5
30
25
18.8
15
12.5
9.4
7.5
6.3
360
240
180
144
120
90
72
60
45
36
30
22.5
18
15
11.3
9
7.5
90
100
110
120
125
140
150
160
175
190
190
260
260
260
260
260
260
880
980
1080
1180
1230
1370
1470
1570
1720
1860
1860
2550
2550
2550
2550
2550
2550
P.43 Fig.35 6.5kg (8kg)
P.43 Fig.36 8.5kg (10kg)
0.26
0.39
0.53
0.66
0.79
1.1
1.3
1.6
2.1
2.6
3.2
4
5
6
8
10
10.3
0.22
0.33
0.44
0.55
0.66
0.88
1.1
1.3
1.8
2.2
2.6
3.3
4.2
5
6.7
8.3
10
2.5
3.8
5.2
6.5
7.7
11
13
16
21
25
31
39
49
59
78
98
101
2.2
3.2
4.3
5.4
6.5
8.6
11
13
18
22
25
32
41
49
66
81
98
Fig.35
Round Weight 6.5kg(8kg)
F3FM-18 -5~60-T010A(F3FB-18 -5~60-T010A)
CAD Data: F3FM-18(LRT)-T010A
(CAD Data: F3FB -18(LRT)-T010A)
Fig.36
Round Weight 8.5kg(10kg)
LRTLRT
F3FM-22 -80~240-T010A(F3FB-22 -80~240-T010A)
CAD Data: F3FM-22(LRT)-T010A
(CAD Data: F3FB -22(LRT)-T010A)
LRTLRT
127
20.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
38.5
38.5
38.5
6
68.578.5
97 φ135
116.5
47.5(87.5)
256.5(296.5)
28□70
(200 )
φ115
3939 7
27273030
778 3838
37 37
154
φ53h7
φ18h6φ18h6
3939 7
2730
77838
37 37
123
φ53h7
φ18h6
3939 7
2730
778 38
37 37
(57.5) (57.5) (57.5)
φ53h7
φ18h6
(144.5) 134
77 5050100
39.5 39.5
196
6φ135
116.5
53.5
53.5
43.5
43.5
24.5
107
15953.543.5 95.5
105.5
287.5(327.5)
47.5(87.5)
28□70
(200 )
φ115φ66h7
φ22h6φ22h6
3540
3540
484877 5050
100
39.5 39.5
155
φ66h7
φ22h6
3540
4877 5050
100
39.5 39.5
155.5
φ66h7
φ22h6
3540
48
(165.5)
Flange surface Flange surface Flange surface Flange surfaceFlange surface Flange surface
4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5
Flange surface Flange surfaceFlange surface Flange surface
Flange surface Flange surface
4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.54-M10×P1.54-M10×P1.5
4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6 4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6 4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6
4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6 4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6 4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6
(57.5) (57.5) (57.5)
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
F3F Type
Performance Table/ Dimension
Performance Table/ Dimension
(Note) 1. 2. 3.
The allowable O.H.L. values shown are the ones measured at the center of the output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 41 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.
Model Code P.12
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
(Concentric Solid Shaft)F3F Type
Motor Specs. Standard Voltage
(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)
CapacityMotor Capacity Designation
Frequency (Hz)
Voltage (V)
Rated Current (A)
Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)
Insulation Classification
Protective Cooling system
Totally Enclosed non-ventilated (Totally Enclosed fan-cooled)
Motor Capacity
Actual Reduction Ratio
(Fraction)
Frame No.
Reduction Ratio
Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)
Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L
Output Shaft Allowable Torque Page of Dimension Diagram shown, Fig. No. and Round Weight
L-shaft R-shaft T-shaft
L-shaft R-shaft T-shaft
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor
The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.
Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)
4342
F3 Series 3-phase 0.1kW
0.1kW T010 50/60/60200/200/220 0.61/0.54/0.54 1420/1700/1720 B
1/
2/
1/
2/
1/
1/
1/
2/
1/
1/
1/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
5
15
10
25
15
20
25
59
40
50
59
80
1880
120
160
200
240*
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz kgfN
kgf・mN・m
F3FM(F3FB)
3-phase 0.1kW
18
22
1/ 5
1/ 7.5
1/ 10
1/ 12.5
1/ 15
1/ 20
1/ 25
1/ 30
1/ 40
1/ 50
1/ 60
1/ 80
1/100
1/120
1/160
1/200
1/240
300
200
150
120
100
75
60
50
37.5
30
25
18.8
15
12.5
9.4
7.5
6.3
360
240
180
144
120
90
72
60
45
36
30
22.5
18
15
11.3
9
7.5
90
100
110
120
125
140
150
160
175
190
190
260
260
260
260
260
260
880
980
1080
1180
1230
1370
1470
1570
1720
1860
1860
2550
2550
2550
2550
2550
2550
P.43 Fig.35 6.5kg (8kg)
P.43 Fig.36 8.5kg (10kg)
0.26
0.39
0.53
0.66
0.79
1.1
1.3
1.6
2.1
2.6
3.2
4
5
6
8
10
10.3
0.22
0.33
0.44
0.55
0.66
0.88
1.1
1.3
1.8
2.2
2.6
3.3
4.2
5
6.7
8.3
10
2.5
3.8
5.2
6.5
7.7
11
13
16
21
25
31
39
49
59
78
98
101
2.2
3.2
4.3
5.4
6.5
8.6
11
13
18
22
25
32
41
49
66
81
98
Fig.35
Round Weight 6.5kg(8kg)
F3FM-18 -5~60-T010A(F3FB-18 -5~60-T010A)
CAD Data: F3FM-18(LRT)-T010A
(CAD Data: F3FB -18(LRT)-T010A)
Fig.36
Round Weight 8.5kg(10kg)
LRTLRT
F3FM-22 -80~240-T010A(F3FB-22 -80~240-T010A)
CAD Data: F3FM-22(LRT)-T010A
(CAD Data: F3FB -22(LRT)-T010A)
LRTLRT
127
20.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
38.5
38.5
38.5
6
68.578.5
97 φ135
116.5
47.5(87.5)
256.5(296.5)
28□70
(200 )
φ115
3939 7
27273030
778 3838
37 37
154
φ53h7
φ18h6φ18h6
3939 7
2730
77838
37 37
123
φ53h7
φ18h6
3939 7
2730
778 38
37 37
(57.5) (57.5) (57.5)
φ53h7
φ18h6
(144.5) 134
77 5050100
39.5 39.5
196
6φ135
116.5
53.5
53.5
43.5
43.5
24.5
107
15953.543.5 95.5
105.5
287.5(327.5)
47.5(87.5)
28□70
(200 )
φ115φ66h7
φ22h6φ22h6
3540
3540
484877 5050
100
39.5 39.5
155
φ66h7
φ22h6
3540
4877 5050
100
39.5 39.5
155.5
φ66h7
φ22h6
3540
48
(165.5)
Flange surface Flange surface Flange surface Flange surfaceFlange surface Flange surface
4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5
Flange surface Flange surfaceFlange surface Flange surface
Flange surface Flange surface
4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.54-M10×P1.54-M10×P1.5
4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6 4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6 4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6
4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6 4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6 4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6
(57.5) (57.5) (57.5)
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
F3F Type
Performance Table/ Dimension
Performance Table/ Dimension
(Note) 1. 2. 3.
The allowable O.H.L. values shown are the ones measured at the center of the output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 41 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.
Model Code P.12
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
(Concentric Solid Shaft)F3F Type
Motor Specs. Standard Voltage
(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)
CapacityMotor Capacity Designation
Frequency (Hz)
Voltage (V)
Rated Current (A)
Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)
Insulation Classification
Protective Cooling system
Totally Enclosed non-ventilated (Totally Enclosed fan-cooled)
Motor Capacity
Actual Reduction Ratio
(Fraction)
Frame No.
Reduction Ratio
Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)
Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L
Output Shaft Allowable Torque Page of Dimension Diagram shown, Fig. No. and Round Weight
L-shaft R-shaft T-shaft
L-shaft R-shaft T-shaft
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor
The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.
Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)
4544
F3 Series 3-phase 0.2kW
0.2kW T020 50/60/60200/200/220 1.1/1.0/1.0 1420/1710/1720 B
1/
2/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
5
15
10
235
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
80
1880
120
160
200
240
*
*
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz kgfN
kgf・mN・m
F3FM(F3FB)
3-phase 0.2kW
22
28
1/ 5
1/ 7.5
1/ 10
1/ 12.5
1/ 15
1/ 20
1/ 25
1/ 30
1/ 40
1/ 50
1/ 60
1/ 80
1/100
1/120
1/160
1/200
1/240
300
200
150
120
100
75
60
50
37.5
30
25
18.8
15
12.5
9.4
7.5
6.3
360
240
180
144
120
90
72
60
45
36
30
22.5
18
15
11.3
9
7.5
130
145
155
165
175
195
210
220
245
260
260
315
320
320
320
320
320
1270
1420
1520
1620
1720
1910
2060
2160
2400
2550
2550
3090
3140
3140
3140
3140
3140
P.45 Fig.37 9.5kg (11kg)
P.45 Fig.38 11kg
(12.5kg)
0.56
0.85
1.1
1.4
1.7
2.3
2.8
3.4
4.5
5.6
6.8
8.6
10.7
12.9
17.2
18.8
18.8
0.47
0.71
0.94
1.2
1.4
1.9
2.4
2.8
3.8
4.7
5.6
7.2
8.9
10.7
14.3
17.9
18.8
5.5
8.3
11
14
17
23
27
33
44
55
67
84
105
126
169
184
184
4.6
7.0
9.2
12
14
19
24
27
37
46
55
71
87
105
140
175
184
Fig.37
Round Weight 9.5kg(11kg)
F3FM-22 -5~60-T020A(F3FB-22 -5~60-T020A)
CAD Data: F3FM-22(LRT)-T020A
(CAD Data: F3FB -22(LRT)-T020A)
Fig.38
Round Weight 11kg(12.5kg)
LRTLRT
F3FM-28 -80~240-T020A(F3FB-28 -80~240-T020A)
CAD Data: F3FM-28(LRT)-T020A
(CAD Data: F3FB -28(LRT)-T020A)
LRTLRT
24.5
φ135
116.5
14053.543.5 76.5
86.5
315(332)
28□70
(200 )
78.5(95.5)
φ115
53.5
53.5
43.5
43.5
1076
77 5050100
39.5 39.564.5(61)
196
φ66h7
φ22h6φ22h6
3540
3540
484877 5050
100
39.5 39.564.5(61)
φ66h7
φ22h6
3540
4877 5050
100
39.5 39.564.5(61)
155165.5
φ66h7
φ22h6
3540
48155
159(162.5)
φ135
116.5
31
1805846 110
122
354.5(371.5)
28□7078.5(95.5)
(200 )
58
5846
46 8116 φ115
77 5353106
45.5 45.564.5(61)
φ75h7
φ28h6
4045
5377 5353
106
45.5 45.564.5(61)
166173.5
φ75h7
φ28h6
4045
5377 5353
106
45.5 45.564.5(61)
212
φ75h7
φ28h6φ28h6
4045
4045
5353
Flange surface Flange surface Flange surface Flange surfaceFlange surface Flange surface
4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.54-M10×P1.5
4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5
Flange surface Flange surface Flange surface Flange surfaceFlange surface Flange surface
4-M12×P1.75 4-M12×P1.75 4-M12×P1.754-M12×P1.754-M12×P1.75 4-M12×P1.75
4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6 4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6 4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6
4-φ12.5 4-φ10.6 4-φ12.5 4-φ10.6 4-φ12.5 4-φ10.6
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
F3F Type
170.5(167) 166
Performance Table/ Dimension
Performance Table/ Dimension
(Note) 1. 2. 3.
The allowable O.H.L. values shown are the ones measured at the center of the output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 41 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.
Model Code P.12
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
(Concentric Solid Shaft)F3F Type
Motor Specs. Standard Voltage
(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)
CapacityMotor Capacity Designation
Frequency (Hz)
Voltage (V)
Rated Current (A)
Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)
Insulation Classification
Protective Cooling system
Totally Enclosed fan-cooled
Motor Capacity
Actual Reduction Ratio
(Fraction)
Frame No.
Reduction Ratio
Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)
Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L
Output Shaft Allowable Torque Page of Dimension Diagram shown, Fig. No. and Round Weight
L-shaft R-shaft T-shaft
L-shaft R-shaft T-shaft
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor
The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.
Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)
4544
F3 Series 3-phase 0.2kW
0.2kW T020 50/60/60200/200/220 1.1/1.0/1.0 1420/1710/1720 B
1/
2/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
5
15
10
235
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
80
1880
120
160
200
240
*
*
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz kgfN
kgf・mN・m
F3FM(F3FB)
3-phase 0.2kW
22
28
1/ 5
1/ 7.5
1/ 10
1/ 12.5
1/ 15
1/ 20
1/ 25
1/ 30
1/ 40
1/ 50
1/ 60
1/ 80
1/100
1/120
1/160
1/200
1/240
300
200
150
120
100
75
60
50
37.5
30
25
18.8
15
12.5
9.4
7.5
6.3
360
240
180
144
120
90
72
60
45
36
30
22.5
18
15
11.3
9
7.5
130
145
155
165
175
195
210
220
245
260
260
315
320
320
320
320
320
1270
1420
1520
1620
1720
1910
2060
2160
2400
2550
2550
3090
3140
3140
3140
3140
3140
P.45 Fig.37 9.5kg (11kg)
P.45 Fig.38 11kg
(12.5kg)
0.56
0.85
1.1
1.4
1.7
2.3
2.8
3.4
4.5
5.6
6.8
8.6
10.7
12.9
17.2
18.8
18.8
0.47
0.71
0.94
1.2
1.4
1.9
2.4
2.8
3.8
4.7
5.6
7.2
8.9
10.7
14.3
17.9
18.8
5.5
8.3
11
14
17
23
27
33
44
55
67
84
105
126
169
184
184
4.6
7.0
9.2
12
14
19
24
27
37
46
55
71
87
105
140
175
184
Fig.37
Round Weight 9.5kg(11kg)
F3FM-22 -5~60-T020A(F3FB-22 -5~60-T020A)
CAD Data: F3FM-22(LRT)-T020A
(CAD Data: F3FB -22(LRT)-T020A)
Fig.38
Round Weight 11kg(12.5kg)
LRTLRT
F3FM-28 -80~240-T020A(F3FB-28 -80~240-T020A)
CAD Data: F3FM-28(LRT)-T020A
(CAD Data: F3FB -28(LRT)-T020A)
LRTLRT
24.5
φ135
116.5
14053.543.5 76.5
86.5
315(332)
28□70
(200 )
78.5(95.5)
φ115
53.5
53.5
43.5
43.5
1076
77 5050100
39.5 39.564.5(61)
196
φ66h7
φ22h6φ22h6
3540
3540
484877 5050
100
39.5 39.564.5(61)
φ66h7
φ22h6
3540
4877 5050
100
39.5 39.564.5(61)
155165.5
φ66h7
φ22h6
3540
48155
159(162.5)
φ135
116.5
31
1805846 110
122
354.5(371.5)
28□7078.5(95.5)
(200 )
58
5846
46 8116 φ115
77 5353106
45.5 45.564.5(61)
φ75h7
φ28h6
4045
5377 5353
106
45.5 45.564.5(61)
166173.5
φ75h7
φ28h6
4045
5377 5353
106
45.5 45.564.5(61)
212
φ75h7
φ28h6φ28h6
4045
4045
5353
Flange surface Flange surface Flange surface Flange surfaceFlange surface Flange surface
4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.54-M10×P1.5
4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5
Flange surface Flange surface Flange surface Flange surfaceFlange surface Flange surface
4-M12×P1.75 4-M12×P1.75 4-M12×P1.754-M12×P1.754-M12×P1.75 4-M12×P1.75
4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6 4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6 4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6
4-φ12.5 4-φ10.6 4-φ12.5 4-φ10.6 4-φ12.5 4-φ10.6
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
F3F Type
170.5(167) 166
Performance Table/ Dimension
Performance Table/ Dimension
(Note) 1. 2. 3.
The allowable O.H.L. values shown are the ones measured at the center of the output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 41 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.
Model Code P.12
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
(Concentric Solid Shaft)F3F Type
Motor Specs. Standard Voltage
(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)
CapacityMotor Capacity Designation
Frequency (Hz)
Voltage (V)
Rated Current (A)
Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)
Insulation Classification
Protective Cooling system
Totally Enclosed fan-cooled
Motor Capacity
Actual Reduction Ratio
(Fraction)
Frame No.
Reduction Ratio
Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)
Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L
Output Shaft Allowable Torque Page of Dimension Diagram shown, Fig. No. and Round Weight
L-shaft R-shaft T-shaft
L-shaft R-shaft T-shaft
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor
The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.
Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)
4746
F3 Series 3-phase 0.4kW
0.4kW T040 50/60/60200/200/220 2.1/1.8/1.8 1410/1690/1710 B
1/
2/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
5
15
10
235
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
80
1880
120
160
200
240
*
*
*
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz kgfN
kgf・mN・m
F3FM(F3FB)
3-phase 0.4kW
28
32
1/ 5
1/ 7.5
1/ 10
1/ 12.5
1/ 15
1/ 20
1/ 25
1/ 30
1/ 40
1/ 50
1/ 60
1/ 80
1/100
1/120
1/160
1/200
1/240
300
200
150
120
100
75
60
50
37.5
30
25
18.8
15
12.5
9.4
7.5
6.3
360
240
180
144
120
90
72
60
45
36
30
22.5
18
15
11.3
9
7.5
150
170
185
200
210
235
250
265
285
305
315
340
345
345
365
370
370
1470
1670
1810
1960
2060
2300
2450
2600
2790
2990
3090
3330
3380
3380
3580
3630
3630
P.47 Fig.39 13kg
(14.5kg)
P.47 Fig.40 17kg
(19kg)
1.1
1.7
2.3
2.8
3.4
4.5
5.6
6.8
9
11.3
13.6
17.2
21.5
25.8
27.6
27.6
27.6
0.94
1.4
1.9
2.4
2.8
3.8
4.7
5.6
7.5
9.4
11.3
14.3
17.9
21.5
27.6
27.6
27.6
11
17
23
27
33
44
55
67
88
111
133
169
211
253
270
270
270
9.2
14
19
24
27
37
46
55
74
92
111
140
175
211
270
270
270
Fig.39
Round Weight 13kg(14.5kg)
F3FM-28 -5~60-T040A(F3FB-28 -5~60-T040A)
CAD Data: F3FM-28(LRT)-T040A
(CAD Data: F3FB -28(LRT)-T040A)
Fig.40
Round Weight 17kg(19kg)
LRTLRT
F3FM-32 -80~240-T040A(F3FB-32 -80~240-T040A)
CAD Data: F3FM-32(LRT)-T040A
(CAD Data: F3FB -32(LRT)-T040A)
LRTLRT
φ141
122.5
1595848 91
101
360(379.5)
28□7084.5(104)
58
5848
48 8
116
(200 )
φ128
77 5353106
40.5 40.569.5
212
φ75h7
φ28h6φ28h6
4045
4045
535377 5353
106
40.5 40.569.5
175.5
φ75h7
φ28h6
4045
5377 5353
106
40.5 40.569.5
166176.5
φ75h7
φ28h6
4045
53
φ141
122.5
10
2226854 140
154
418.5(438)
28□7084.5(104)
68
6854
54
35
136
(200 )
φ128
77 6262124
58 5869.5
250
φ85h7
φ32h6φ32h6
5055
5055
636377 6262
124
58 5869.5
194
φ85h7
φ32h6
5055
6377 6262
124
58 5869.5
194195.5
φ85h7
φ32h6
5055
63
Flange surface Flange surface Flange surface Flange surfaceFlange surface Flange surface
4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.54-M10×P1.5
4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.54-M10×P1.5
Flange surface Flange surface Flange surface Flange surfaceFlange surface Flange surface
4-M16×P2 4-M16×P2 4-M16×P24-M16×P2
4-M16×P2 4-M16×P2
4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6 4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6 4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6
4-φ16.5 4-φ14 4-φ16.5 4-φ14 4-φ16.5 4-φ14
31
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
F3F Type
Performance Table/ Dimension
Performance Table/ Dimension
(Note) 1. 2. 3.
The allowable O.H.L. values shown are the ones measured at the center of the output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 41 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.
Model Code P.12
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
(Concentric Solid Shaft)F3F Type
Motor Specs. Standard Voltage
(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)
CapacityMotor Capacity Designation
Frequency (Hz)
Voltage (V)
Rated Current (A)
Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)
Insulation Classification
Protective Cooling system
Totally Enclosed fan-cooled
Motor Capacity
Actual Reduction Ratio
(Fraction)
Frame No.
Reduction Ratio
Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)
Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L
Output Shaft Allowable Torque Page of Dimension Diagram shown, Fig. No. and Round Weight
L-shaft R-shaft T-shaft
L-shaft R-shaft T-shaft
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor
The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.
Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)
4746
F3 Series 3-phase 0.4kW
0.4kW T040 50/60/60200/200/220 2.1/1.8/1.8 1410/1690/1710 B
1/
2/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
5
15
10
235
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
80
1880
120
160
200
240
*
*
*
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz kgfN
kgf・mN・m
F3FM(F3FB)
3-phase 0.4kW
28
32
1/ 5
1/ 7.5
1/ 10
1/ 12.5
1/ 15
1/ 20
1/ 25
1/ 30
1/ 40
1/ 50
1/ 60
1/ 80
1/100
1/120
1/160
1/200
1/240
300
200
150
120
100
75
60
50
37.5
30
25
18.8
15
12.5
9.4
7.5
6.3
360
240
180
144
120
90
72
60
45
36
30
22.5
18
15
11.3
9
7.5
150
170
185
200
210
235
250
265
285
305
315
340
345
345
365
370
370
1470
1670
1810
1960
2060
2300
2450
2600
2790
2990
3090
3330
3380
3380
3580
3630
3630
P.47 Fig.39 13kg
(14.5kg)
P.47 Fig.40 17kg
(19kg)
1.1
1.7
2.3
2.8
3.4
4.5
5.6
6.8
9
11.3
13.6
17.2
21.5
25.8
27.6
27.6
27.6
0.94
1.4
1.9
2.4
2.8
3.8
4.7
5.6
7.5
9.4
11.3
14.3
17.9
21.5
27.6
27.6
27.6
11
17
23
27
33
44
55
67
88
111
133
169
211
253
270
270
270
9.2
14
19
24
27
37
46
55
74
92
111
140
175
211
270
270
270
Fig.39
Round Weight 13kg(14.5kg)
F3FM-28 -5~60-T040A(F3FB-28 -5~60-T040A)
CAD Data: F3FM-28(LRT)-T040A
(CAD Data: F3FB -28(LRT)-T040A)
Fig.40
Round Weight 17kg(19kg)
LRTLRT
F3FM-32 -80~240-T040A(F3FB-32 -80~240-T040A)
CAD Data: F3FM-32(LRT)-T040A
(CAD Data: F3FB -32(LRT)-T040A)
LRTLRT
φ141
122.5
1595848 91
101
360(379.5)
28□7084.5(104)
58
5848
48 8
116
(200 )
φ128
77 5353106
40.5 40.569.5
212
φ75h7
φ28h6φ28h6
4045
4045
535377 5353
106
40.5 40.569.5
175.5
φ75h7
φ28h6
4045
5377 5353
106
40.5 40.569.5
166176.5
φ75h7
φ28h6
4045
53
φ141
122.5
10
2226854 140
154
418.5(438)
28□7084.5(104)
68
6854
54
35
136
(200 )
φ128
77 6262124
58 5869.5
250
φ85h7
φ32h6φ32h6
5055
5055
636377 6262
124
58 5869.5
194
φ85h7
φ32h6
5055
6377 6262
124
58 5869.5
194195.5
φ85h7
φ32h6
5055
63
Flange surface Flange surface Flange surface Flange surfaceFlange surface Flange surface
4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.54-M10×P1.5
4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.54-M10×P1.5
Flange surface Flange surface Flange surface Flange surfaceFlange surface Flange surface
4-M16×P2 4-M16×P2 4-M16×P24-M16×P2
4-M16×P2 4-M16×P2
4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6 4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6 4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6
4-φ16.5 4-φ14 4-φ16.5 4-φ14 4-φ16.5 4-φ14
31
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
F3F Type
Performance Table/ Dimension
Performance Table/ Dimension
(Note) 1. 2. 3.
The allowable O.H.L. values shown are the ones measured at the center of the output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 41 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.
Model Code P.12
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
(Concentric Solid Shaft)F3F Type
Motor Specs. Standard Voltage
(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)
CapacityMotor Capacity Designation
Frequency (Hz)
Voltage (V)
Rated Current (A)
Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)
Insulation Classification
Protective Cooling system
Totally Enclosed fan-cooled
Motor Capacity
Actual Reduction Ratio
(Fraction)
Frame No.
Reduction Ratio
Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)
Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L
Output Shaft Allowable Torque Page of Dimension Diagram shown, Fig. No. and Round Weight
L-shaft R-shaft T-shaft
L-shaft R-shaft T-shaft
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor
The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.
Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)
4948
F3 Series 3-phase 0.75kW
0.75kW 075 50/60/60200/200/220 3.7/3.3/3.2 1430/1720/1730 B
1/
2/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
5
15
10
235
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
80
1880
120
160
200
240
*
*
*
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz kgfN
kgf・mN・m
F3FM(F3FB)
3-phase 0.75kW
32
40
1/ 5
1/ 7.5
1/ 10
1/ 12.5
1/ 15
1/ 20
1/ 25
1/ 30
1/ 40
1/ 50
1/ 60
1/ 80
1/100
1/120
1/160
1/200
1/240
300
200
150
120
100
75
60
50
37.5
30
25
18.8
15
12.5
9.4
7.5
6.3
360
240
180
144
120
90
72
60
45
36
30
22.5
18
15
11.3
9
7.5
180
205
225
240
255
275
295
310
335
340
340
455
455
455
495
530
530
1760
2010
2210
2350
2500
2700
2890
3040
3280
3330
3330
4460
4460
4460
4850
5190
5190
P.49 Fig.41 19kg
(21kg)
P.49 Fig.42 27kg
(29kg)
2.1
3.2
4.2
5.3
6.4
8.5
10.6
12.7
16.9
21.2
25.4
32.2
40.3
48.3
56.5
56.5
56.5
1.8
2.6
3.5
4.4
5.3
7.1
8.8
10.6
14.1
17.7
21.2
26.8
33.5
40.3
53.7
56.5
56.5
21
31
41
52
63
83
104
124
166
208
249
316
395
473
554
554
554
18
25
34
43
52
70
86
104
138
173
208
263
328
395
526
554
554
Fig.41
Round Weight 19kg(21kg)
F3FM-32 -5~60-075(F3FB-32 -5~60-075)
CAD Data: F3FM-32(LRT)-075
(CAD Data: F3FB -32(LRT)-075)
Fig.42
Round Weight 27kg(29kg)
LRTLRT
F3FM-40 -80~240-075(F3FB-40 -80~240-075)
CAD Data: F3FM-40(LRT)-075
(CAD Data: F3FB -40(LRT)-075)
LRTLRT
φ162
φ20122
89101(108)
12
2728769 167
185
491(498)
87
8769
69
43
174
73 73
78
(200 )
φ160
82
103119.5
77 7575150296
φ100h7
φ40h6φ40h6
6065
6065
7373
73 73
78
82
77 7575150
230
φ100h7
φ40h6
6065
73
73 73
78
82
77 7575150
230
φ100h7
φ40h6
6065
73
φ162
122
101(108) 48 48
78
10
89
1856856 105
117
406.5(413.5)
(200 )
φ160
68
6856
56
35
136
82
77 6262124250
φ85h7
φ32h6φ32h6
5055
5055
6363
48 48
78
82
77 6262124
φ85h7
φ32h6
5055
63
48 48
78
82
77 6262124
194206
φ85h7
φ32h6
5055
63194203
Flange surface Flange surface Flange surface Flange surfaceFlange surface Flange surface
4-M12×P1.75 4-M12×P1.754-M12×P1.754-M12×P1.75
4-M12×P1.75 4-M12×P1.75
Flange surface Flange surface Flange surface Flange surfaceFlange surface Flange surface
4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.54-M20×P2.54-M20×P2.5
4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.5
4-φ12.5 4-φ10.6 4-φ12.5 4-φ10.6 4-φ12.5 4-φ10.6
4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5
4-φ20.5
4-φ17.5
4-φ20.5
4-φ17.5
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
F3F Type
Performance Table/ Dimension
Performance Table/ Dimension
(Note) 1. 2. 3.
The allowable O.H.L. values shown are the ones measured at the center of the output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 41 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.
Model Code P.12
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
(Concentric Solid Shaft)F3F Type
Motor Specs. Standard Voltage
(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)
CapacityMotor Capacity Designation
Frequency (Hz)
Voltage (V)
Rated Current (A)
Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)
Insulation Classification
Protective Cooling system
Totally Enclosed fan-cooled
Motor Capacity
Actual Reduction Ratio
(Fraction)
Frame No.
Reduction Ratio
Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)
Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L
Output Shaft Allowable Torque Page of Dimension Diagram shown, Fig. No. and Round Weight
L-shaft R-shaft T-shaft
L-shaft R-shaft T-shaft
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor
The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.
Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)
4948
F3 Series 3-phase 0.75kW
0.75kW 075 50/60/60200/200/220 3.7/3.3/3.2 1430/1720/1730 B
1/
2/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
5
15
10
235
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
80
1880
120
160
200
240
*
*
*
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz kgfN
kgf・mN・m
F3FM(F3FB)
3-phase 0.75kW
32
40
1/ 5
1/ 7.5
1/ 10
1/ 12.5
1/ 15
1/ 20
1/ 25
1/ 30
1/ 40
1/ 50
1/ 60
1/ 80
1/100
1/120
1/160
1/200
1/240
300
200
150
120
100
75
60
50
37.5
30
25
18.8
15
12.5
9.4
7.5
6.3
360
240
180
144
120
90
72
60
45
36
30
22.5
18
15
11.3
9
7.5
180
205
225
240
255
275
295
310
335
340
340
455
455
455
495
530
530
1760
2010
2210
2350
2500
2700
2890
3040
3280
3330
3330
4460
4460
4460
4850
5190
5190
P.49 Fig.41 19kg
(21kg)
P.49 Fig.42 27kg
(29kg)
2.1
3.2
4.2
5.3
6.4
8.5
10.6
12.7
16.9
21.2
25.4
32.2
40.3
48.3
56.5
56.5
56.5
1.8
2.6
3.5
4.4
5.3
7.1
8.8
10.6
14.1
17.7
21.2
26.8
33.5
40.3
53.7
56.5
56.5
21
31
41
52
63
83
104
124
166
208
249
316
395
473
554
554
554
18
25
34
43
52
70
86
104
138
173
208
263
328
395
526
554
554
Fig.41
Round Weight 19kg(21kg)
F3FM-32 -5~60-075(F3FB-32 -5~60-075)
CAD Data: F3FM-32(LRT)-075
(CAD Data: F3FB -32(LRT)-075)
Fig.42
Round Weight 27kg(29kg)
LRTLRT
F3FM-40 -80~240-075(F3FB-40 -80~240-075)
CAD Data: F3FM-40(LRT)-075
(CAD Data: F3FB -40(LRT)-075)
LRTLRT
φ162
φ20122
89101(108)
12
2728769 167
185
491(498)
87
8769
69
43
174
73 73
78
(200 )
φ160
82
103119.5
77 7575150296
φ100h7
φ40h6φ40h6
6065
6065
7373
73 73
78
82
77 7575150
230
φ100h7
φ40h6
6065
73
73 73
78
82
77 7575150
230
φ100h7
φ40h6
6065
73
φ162
122
101(108) 48 48
78
10
89
1856856 105
117
406.5(413.5)
(200 )
φ160
68
6856
56
35
136
82
77 6262124250
φ85h7
φ32h6φ32h6
5055
5055
6363
48 48
78
82
77 6262124
φ85h7
φ32h6
5055
63
48 48
78
82
77 6262124
194206
φ85h7
φ32h6
5055
63194203
Flange surface Flange surface Flange surface Flange surfaceFlange surface Flange surface
4-M12×P1.75 4-M12×P1.754-M12×P1.754-M12×P1.75
4-M12×P1.75 4-M12×P1.75
Flange surface Flange surface Flange surface Flange surfaceFlange surface Flange surface
4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.54-M20×P2.54-M20×P2.5
4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.5
4-φ12.5 4-φ10.6 4-φ12.5 4-φ10.6 4-φ12.5 4-φ10.6
4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5
4-φ20.5
4-φ17.5
4-φ20.5
4-φ17.5
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
F3F Type
Performance Table/ Dimension
Performance Table/ Dimension
(Note) 1. 2. 3.
The allowable O.H.L. values shown are the ones measured at the center of the output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 41 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.
Model Code P.12
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
(Concentric Solid Shaft)F3F Type
Motor Specs. Standard Voltage
(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)
CapacityMotor Capacity Designation
Frequency (Hz)
Voltage (V)
Rated Current (A)
Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)
Insulation Classification
Protective Cooling system
Totally Enclosed fan-cooled
Motor Capacity
Actual Reduction Ratio
(Fraction)
Frame No.
Reduction Ratio
Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)
Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L
Output Shaft Allowable Torque Page of Dimension Diagram shown, Fig. No. and Round Weight
L-shaft R-shaft T-shaft
L-shaft R-shaft T-shaft
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor
The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.
Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)
5150
F3 Series 3-phase 1.5kW
1.5kW 150 50/60/60200/200/220 6.6/6.1/5.8 1430/1720/1730 B
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz kgfN
kgf・mN・m
3-phase 1.5kW
40
1/ 5
1/ 7.5
1/10
1/12.5
1/15
1/20
1/25
1/30
1/40
1/50
1/60
300
200
150
120
100
75
60
50
37.5
30
25
1/
2/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
5
15
10
235
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
360
240
180
144
120
90
72
60
45
36
30
4.2
6.4
8.5
10.6
12.7
16.9
21.2
25.4
33.9
42.4
50.8
3.5
5.3
7.1
8.8
10.6
14.1
17.7
21.2
28.2
35.3
42.4
41
63
83
104
124
166
208
249
332
416
498
34
52
70
86
104
138
173
208
276
346
416
255
290
320
345
360
395
425
440
455
455
455
2500
2840
3140
3380
3530
3870
4170
4310
4460
4460
4460
P.50 Fig.43 35kg
(38kg)
F3FM(F3FB)
Round Weight 35kg(38kg)
Fig.43 F3FM-40 -5~60-150(F3FB-40 -5~60-150)
CAD Data: F3FM-40(LRT)-150
(CAD Data: F3FB -40(LRT)-150)
LRTLRT
φ186
133
89111.5(132)
1287
8773
73
43
174
2358773 134
148
508(528.5)
63 63
86
82φ20
98.5115
φ179
(250 ) 77 7575150296
φ100h7
φ40h6φ40h6
6065
6065
7373
63 63
86
82
77 7575150
234.5
φ100h7
φ40h6
6065
73
63 63
86
82
77 7575150
230241
φ100h7
φ40h6
6065
73230
Flange surface Flange surface Flange surface Flange surfaceFlange surface Flange surface
4-M16×P2 4-M16×P2 4-M16×P24-M16×P2
4-M16×P2 4-M16×P2
4-φ16.5 4-φ14 4-φ16.5 4-φ14 4-φ16.5 4-φ14
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
F3F Type
Performance Table/ Dimension
Performance Table/ Dimension
(Note) 1. 2.The allowable O.H.L. values shown are the ones measured at the center of the output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 41 regarding rotation direction of output shaft.
Model Code P.12
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
(Concentric Solid Shaft)F3F Type
Motor Specs. Standard Voltage
(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)
CapacityMotor Capacity Designation
Frequency (Hz)
Voltage (V)
Rated Current (A)
Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)
Insulation Classification
Protective Cooling system
Totally Enclosed fan-cooled
Motor Capacity
Actual Reduction Ratio
(Fraction)
Frame No.
Reduction Ratio
Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)
Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L
Output Shaft Allowable Torque Page of Dimension Diagram shown, Fig. No. and Round Weight
L-shaft R-shaft T-shaft
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor
The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.
Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)
5150
F3 Series 3-phase 1.5kW
1.5kW 150 50/60/60200/200/220 6.6/6.1/5.8 1430/1720/1730 B
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz kgfN
kgf・mN・m
3-phase 1.5kW
40
1/ 5
1/ 7.5
1/10
1/12.5
1/15
1/20
1/25
1/30
1/40
1/50
1/60
300
200
150
120
100
75
60
50
37.5
30
25
1/
2/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
5
15
10
235
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
360
240
180
144
120
90
72
60
45
36
30
4.2
6.4
8.5
10.6
12.7
16.9
21.2
25.4
33.9
42.4
50.8
3.5
5.3
7.1
8.8
10.6
14.1
17.7
21.2
28.2
35.3
42.4
41
63
83
104
124
166
208
249
332
416
498
34
52
70
86
104
138
173
208
276
346
416
255
290
320
345
360
395
425
440
455
455
455
2500
2840
3140
3380
3530
3870
4170
4310
4460
4460
4460
P.50 Fig.43 35kg
(38kg)
F3FM(F3FB)
Round Weight 35kg(38kg)
Fig.43 F3FM-40 -5~60-150(F3FB-40 -5~60-150)
CAD Data: F3FM-40(LRT)-150
(CAD Data: F3FB -40(LRT)-150)
LRTLRT
φ186
133
89111.5(132)
1287
8773
73
43
174
2358773 134
148
508(528.5)
63 63
86
82φ20
98.5115
φ179
(250 ) 77 7575150296
φ100h7
φ40h6φ40h6
6065
6065
7373
63 63
86
82
77 7575150
234.5
φ100h7
φ40h6
6065
73
63 63
86
82
77 7575150
230241
φ100h7
φ40h6
6065
73230
Flange surface Flange surface Flange surface Flange surfaceFlange surface Flange surface
4-M16×P2 4-M16×P2 4-M16×P24-M16×P2
4-M16×P2 4-M16×P2
4-φ16.5 4-φ14 4-φ16.5 4-φ14 4-φ16.5 4-φ14
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
F3F Type
Performance Table/ Dimension
Performance Table/ Dimension
(Note) 1. 2.The allowable O.H.L. values shown are the ones measured at the center of the output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 41 regarding rotation direction of output shaft.
Model Code P.12
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
(Concentric Solid Shaft)F3F Type
Motor Specs. Standard Voltage
(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)
CapacityMotor Capacity Designation
Frequency (Hz)
Voltage (V)
Rated Current (A)
Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)
Insulation Classification
Protective Cooling system
Totally Enclosed fan-cooled
Motor Capacity
Actual Reduction Ratio
(Fraction)
Frame No.
Reduction Ratio
Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)
Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L
Output Shaft Allowable Torque Page of Dimension Diagram shown, Fig. No. and Round Weight
L-shaft R-shaft T-shaft
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor
The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.
Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)
5352
F3 Series 3-phase 2.2kW
2.2kW 220 200/200/22050/60/60 9.0/8.6/8.0 1410/1690/1710 B
Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 60Hz50Hz kgfN
kgf・mN・m
F3FM(F3FB)
3-phase 2.2kW
40
1/ 5
1/ 7.5
1/10
1/12.5
1/15
1/20
1/25
1/30
300
200
150
120
100
75
60
50
1/
2/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
5
15
10
235
15
20
25
30
360
240
180
144
120
90
72
60
6.2
9.3
12.4
15.5
18.6
24.9
31.1
37.3
5.2
7.8
10.4
12.9
15.5
20.7
25.9
31.1
61
91
122
152
182
244
305
366
51
76
102
126
152
203
254
305
300
330
360
390
420
450
450
450
800
900
967
1040
1067
1067
1067
1067
82
92
99
106
109
109
109
109
2940
3230
3530
3820
4120
4410
4410
4410
kgfN
P.52 Fig.44 38kg
(41kg)
Fig.44
Round Weight 38kg(41kg)
F3FM-40 -5~30-220(F3FB-40 -5~30-220)
CAD Data: F3FM-40(LRT)-220
(CAD Data: F3FB -40(LRT)-220)
F3F Type
LRTLRT
φ186
133
89111.5(132)
1287
8773
73
43
174
63 63
86
82
φ20
98.5115
77 7575150296
φ100h7
φ40h6φ40h6
6065
6065
7373
Flange surfaceFlange surface Flange surfaceFlange surface Flange surface
4-M16×P24-M16×P2 4-M16×P2
4-φ16.5
2358773 134
148
533(553.5)
(250 )
φ179
4-φ14
63 63
86
82
77 7575150
φ100h7
φ40h6
6065
73
Flange surface
4-M16×P2 4-M16×P2
4-φ16.5 4-φ14
63 63
86
82
77 7575150
φ100h7
φ40h6
6065
73
4-M16×P2
4-φ16.5 4-φ14
234.5230
241230
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
Performance Table/ Dimension
Performance Table/ Dimension
(Note) 1. 2.The allowable O.H.L. values shown are the ones measured at the center of the output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 41 regarding rotation direction of output shaft.
Model Code P.12
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
(Concentric Solid Shaft)F3F Type
Motor Specs. Standard Voltage
(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)
CapacityMotor Capacity Designation
Frequency (Hz)
Voltage (V)
Rated Current (A)
Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)
Insulation Classification
Protective Cooling system
Totally Enclosed fan-cooled
Motor Capacity
Actual Reduction Ratio
(Fraction)
Frame No.
Reduction Ratio
Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)
Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L
Output Shaft Allowable Torque Page of Dimension Diagram shown, Fig. No. and Round Weight
L-shaft R-shaft T-shaft
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor
The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.
Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)
5352
F3 Series 3-phase 2.2kW
2.2kW 220 200/200/22050/60/60 9.0/8.6/8.0 1410/1690/1710 B
Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 60Hz50Hz kgfN
kgf・mN・m
F3FM(F3FB)
3-phase 2.2kW
40
1/ 5
1/ 7.5
1/10
1/12.5
1/15
1/20
1/25
1/30
300
200
150
120
100
75
60
50
1/
2/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
5
15
10
235
15
20
25
30
360
240
180
144
120
90
72
60
6.2
9.3
12.4
15.5
18.6
24.9
31.1
37.3
5.2
7.8
10.4
12.9
15.5
20.7
25.9
31.1
61
91
122
152
182
244
305
366
51
76
102
126
152
203
254
305
300
330
360
390
420
450
450
450
800
900
967
1040
1067
1067
1067
1067
82
92
99
106
109
109
109
109
2940
3230
3530
3820
4120
4410
4410
4410
kgfN
P.52 Fig.44 38kg
(41kg)
Fig.44
Round Weight 38kg(41kg)
F3FM-40 -5~30-220(F3FB-40 -5~30-220)
CAD Data: F3FM-40(LRT)-220
(CAD Data: F3FB -40(LRT)-220)
F3F Type
LRTLRT
φ186
133
89111.5(132)
1287
8773
73
43
174
63 63
86
82
φ20
98.5115
77 7575150296
φ100h7
φ40h6φ40h6
6065
6065
7373
Flange surfaceFlange surface Flange surfaceFlange surface Flange surface
4-M16×P24-M16×P2 4-M16×P2
4-φ16.5
2358773 134
148
533(553.5)
(250 )
φ179
4-φ14
63 63
86
82
77 7575150
φ100h7
φ40h6
6065
73
Flange surface
4-M16×P2 4-M16×P2
4-φ16.5 4-φ14
63 63
86
82
77 7575150
φ100h7
φ40h6
6065
73
4-M16×P2
4-φ16.5 4-φ14
234.5230
241230
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
Performance Table/ Dimension
Performance Table/ Dimension
(Note) 1. 2.The allowable O.H.L. values shown are the ones measured at the center of the output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 41 regarding rotation direction of output shaft.
Model Code P.12
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
(Concentric Solid Shaft)F3F Type
Motor Specs. Standard Voltage
(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)
CapacityMotor Capacity Designation
Frequency (Hz)
Voltage (V)
Rated Current (A)
Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)
Insulation Classification
Protective Cooling system
Totally Enclosed fan-cooled
Motor Capacity
Actual Reduction Ratio
(Fraction)
Frame No.
Reduction Ratio
Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)
Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L
Output Shaft Allowable Torque Page of Dimension Diagram shown, Fig. No. and Round Weight
L-shaft R-shaft T-shaft
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor
The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.
Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)
Concentric Hollow Shaft
55
F3F3S
IP-65
54
Gearmotor
Model・Type Designation
Water-ResistantGearmotorBrake Gearmotor
3-Phase
0.1kW~2.2kW
200V 50/60Hz, 220V/60Hz
Class B
Direct start
Totally Enclosed fan-cooled(Totally Enclosed non-ventilated for 0.1kW)
4
Continuous Rating
Hypoid gear and Helical gear
Grease Lubrication(Maintenance Free)
New JIS Key(JIS 1301-1976 class)
SUS420J2(Water-Resistant W/Carbon Steel Shaft is S43C)
Aluminium die-cast
-10℃~40℃
100% max.(without any dew condensation)
1,000m max.
Indoors
Anion painting, Acrylic paint
Gray(Mansel code: 9B6/0.5)
No restriction in the mounting angle.(horizontally, vertically or heeling angle)
Motor Part
Ambient Conditions
Painting
Mounting Direction
Speed Reduction Part
Number of phase
Capacity
Power Source
Insulation Classification
Starting Method
Protective cooling Method
Number of Pole
Rating
Reduction Method
Lubrication
Output Shaft
Output Shaft Material
Case Material
Ambient Temperature
Ambient Humidity
Altitude
Installation Location
Painting Method
Painting Color
EnvironmentWell ventilated place free from corrosive gas, Should not be used in water and the place where high-hydrostatic pressure receives.
Series
Type
Concentric Hollow Shaft
55
F3F3S
IP-65
54
Gearmotor
Model・Type Designation
Water-ResistantGearmotorBrake Gearmotor
3-Phase
0.1kW~2.2kW
200V 50/60Hz, 220V/60Hz
Class B
Direct start
Totally Enclosed fan-cooled(Totally Enclosed non-ventilated for 0.1kW)
4
Continuous Rating
Hypoid gear and Helical gear
Grease Lubrication(Maintenance Free)
New JIS Key(JIS 1301-1976 class)
SUS420J2(Water-Resistant W/Carbon Steel Shaft is S43C)
Aluminium die-cast
-10℃~40℃
100% max.(without any dew condensation)
1,000m max.
Indoors
Anion painting, Acrylic paint
Gray(Mansel code: 9B6/0.5)
No restriction in the mounting angle.(horizontally, vertically or heeling angle)
Motor Part
Ambient Conditions
Painting
Mounting Direction
Speed Reduction Part
Number of phase
Capacity
Power Source
Insulation Classification
Starting Method
Protective cooling Method
Number of Pole
Rating
Reduction Method
Lubrication
Output Shaft
Output Shaft Material
Case Material
Ambient Temperature
Ambient Humidity
Altitude
Installation Location
Painting Method
Painting Color
EnvironmentWell ventilated place free from corrosive gas, Should not be used in water and the place where high-hydrostatic pressure receives.
Series
Type
5756
F3SV-30-50-T040E
F3SV-30-50-T040EX-AA
F3SV-30-50-T040EX-AB
F3SV-30-50-T040EX-DC
F3SW
F3SV
F3SG
F3SH
(Note 1) Please note that only F3S Type(hollow shaft) is available and F3F Type(solid shaft) is not available in the F3-Series water-resistant/outdoor type.
(Note)
F3S Type(Hollow Shaft)Model Lineup
20
25
1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40
1/80 1/100 1/120
30 1/300 1/375
35 1/450 1/600 1/750
45 1/900 1/1200
55 1/1500
1/160 1/200 1/240
1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/240
1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/240
1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/240
1/50 1/60
1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40
1/50 1/60
1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40
1/50 1/60
1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40
1/50 1/60
1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40
1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30
1/50 1/60
25
30
35
45
F3SW
F3SG
Separated rectifier type is the standard specification of the terminal box in brake gearmotors. When you need the rectifier built-in type, contact us with the following manner. We will do the wiring accordingly. For details, refer to page 137.
■Model・Type Code (Option)
T040 E⑧
X⑨
AA⑩
F3 Series Water-resistant/Outdoor gearmotors are classified by codes as shown below. Specify these codes in your inquiry and order.
①Series Name
②Classification by Mount Form
③Classification by Motor Type
④Frame Number and Diameter of Output Shaft
⑤Reduction Ratio
⑥Motor Type and Capacity
⑦Option
⑧Terminal box
⑨Auxiliary Code
F3
S
W
V
G
H
Output Shaft Diameter(bore)
5 : 1/5 240 : 1/240 1500 : 1/1500
T010
T020
T040
075
150
220
Blank
W
E
Blank
X
: F3 Series(Concentric Hollow Shaft)
: Hollow Shaft Type
: With Water-resistant Motor W/SUS Shaft(JIS SUS420J2)
: With Water-resistant Brake Motor W/SUS Shaft(JIS SUS420J2)
: With Water-resistant Motor W/Carbon Steel Shaft(JIS:S43C)
: With Water-resistant Brake Motor W/Carbon Steel Shaft(JIS:S43C)
: 3-phase 0.1 kW
: 3-phase 0.2 kW
: 3-phase 0.4 kW
: 3-phase 0.75kW
: 3-phase 1.5 kW
: 3-phase 2.2 kW
: Standard Voltage
: High Voltage
: Terminal Box for with Water-resistant, type only.(Standard Specs.)
: Standard Specs.
: Code to identify additional special specs.
3-phase: 200V/50Hz、200V/60Hz、220V/60Hz
3-phase: 380V/50Hz、400V/50Hz、400V/60Hz、440V/60Hz
(Note 1)
(Note) 1.
30
1/300 1/37535
1/450 1/600 1/75045
1/900 1/120055
35
1/300 1/37545
1/450 1/60055
45
1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/24055
1/30055
45
1/40 1/50 1/6050
1/80 1/100 1/12055
F3 Series F3S Type
F3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft) F3F Type(Concentric Solid Shaft)F3 Series
Model and Type Designation
Model and Type Designation
① ② ④ ③
Type
S W 30 50
⑥
T040
⑦ ⑧ ⑨ ⑩
F3S V 45 240 075F3 AA
Frame Number
Auxiliary Mark
Spec. Designation
⑤ X
EE
W
Motor Capacity OptionReduction
Ratio
⑩Spec. DesignationNote: Spec. Designation does not appear on the
product type designation in the nameplate. It is specified on the additional numbers in the nameplate.
Standard Model
Lineup
Standard Model Lineup
●Specification Code for Rectifier built-in Wiring For details, refer to the Specification Code Table on page 137. ●Instruction for terminal box position. Refer to the specification code list on page 141 for details.
Terminal box
Standard (rectifier separated)
AC Switching A
AC Switching B
DC Switching
⑩The wiring method indication code does not appear on the product-type name. It appears in the supplemental number column on the nameplate.
TypeType Code when ordering(Example) (Indicate this type cord in your order.)
Refer to the above table.
Refer to the above table.
Refer to the table on the left.
⑧Terminal box
⑨Auxiliary Code
⑩Wiring Method
Capacity・Option
When ordering brake gearmotors, indicate the wiring method too as stated above.
Indication Code(Note)
Type Reduction Ratio4P Motor Capacity
Frame Number
Water-Resistant W/Carbon Steel Shaft Brake Gearmotor
Water-Resistant W/SUS Shaft Gearmotor
Water-Resistant W/SUS Shaft Brake Gearmotor
Water-Resistant W/SUS Shaft Gearmotor
Water-Resistant W/Carbon Steel Shaft
Gearmotor
Water-Resistant W/Carbon Steel Shaft
Gearmotor
3-phase 0.1kW
3-phase 0.2kW
3-phase 0.4kW
3-phase 0.75kW
3-phase 1.5kW
3-phase 2.2kW
The models enclosed with are limited torque type. Be sure to check allowable torque in the performance table.
5756
F3SV-30-50-T040E
F3SV-30-50-T040EX-AA
F3SV-30-50-T040EX-AB
F3SV-30-50-T040EX-DC
F3SW
F3SV
F3SG
F3SH
(Note 1) Please note that only F3S Type(hollow shaft) is available and F3F Type(solid shaft) is not available in the F3-Series water-resistant/outdoor type.
(Note)
F3S Type(Hollow Shaft)Model Lineup
20
25
1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40
1/80 1/100 1/120
30 1/300 1/375
35 1/450 1/600 1/750
45 1/900 1/1200
55 1/1500
1/160 1/200 1/240
1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/240
1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/240
1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/240
1/50 1/60
1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40
1/50 1/60
1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40
1/50 1/60
1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40
1/50 1/60
1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40
1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30
1/50 1/60
25
30
35
45
F3SW
F3SG
Separated rectifier type is the standard specification of the terminal box in brake gearmotors. When you need the rectifier built-in type, contact us with the following manner. We will do the wiring accordingly. For details, refer to page 137.
■Model・Type Code (Option)
T040 E⑧
X⑨
AA⑩
F3 Series Water-resistant/Outdoor gearmotors are classified by codes as shown below. Specify these codes in your inquiry and order.
①Series Name
②Classification by Mount Form
③Classification by Motor Type
④Frame Number and Diameter of Output Shaft
⑤Reduction Ratio
⑥Motor Type and Capacity
⑦Option
⑧Terminal box
⑨Auxiliary Code
F3
S
W
V
G
H
Output Shaft Diameter(bore)
5 : 1/5 240 : 1/240 1500 : 1/1500
T010
T020
T040
075
150
220
Blank
W
E
Blank
X
: F3 Series(Concentric Hollow Shaft)
: Hollow Shaft Type
: With Water-resistant Motor W/SUS Shaft(JIS SUS420J2)
: With Water-resistant Brake Motor W/SUS Shaft(JIS SUS420J2)
: With Water-resistant Motor W/Carbon Steel Shaft(JIS:S43C)
: With Water-resistant Brake Motor W/Carbon Steel Shaft(JIS:S43C)
: 3-phase 0.1 kW
: 3-phase 0.2 kW
: 3-phase 0.4 kW
: 3-phase 0.75kW
: 3-phase 1.5 kW
: 3-phase 2.2 kW
: Standard Voltage
: High Voltage
: Terminal Box for with Water-resistant, type only.(Standard Specs.)
: Standard Specs.
: Code to identify additional special specs.
3-phase: 200V/50Hz、200V/60Hz、220V/60Hz
3-phase: 380V/50Hz、400V/50Hz、400V/60Hz、440V/60Hz
(Note 1)
(Note) 1.
30
1/300 1/37535
1/450 1/600 1/75045
1/900 1/120055
35
1/300 1/37545
1/450 1/60055
45
1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/24055
1/30055
45
1/40 1/50 1/6050
1/80 1/100 1/12055
F3 Series F3S Type
F3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft) F3F Type(Concentric Solid Shaft)F3 Series
Model and Type Designation
Model and Type Designation
① ② ④ ③
Type
S W 30 50
⑥
T040
⑦ ⑧ ⑨ ⑩
F3S V 45 240 075F3 AA
Frame Number
Auxiliary Mark
Spec. Designation
⑤ X
EE
W
Motor Capacity OptionReduction
Ratio
⑩Spec. DesignationNote: Spec. Designation does not appear on the
product type designation in the nameplate. It is specified on the additional numbers in the nameplate.
Standard Model
Lineup
Standard Model Lineup
●Specification Code for Rectifier built-in Wiring For details, refer to the Specification Code Table on page 137. ●Instruction for terminal box position. Refer to the specification code list on page 141 for details.
Terminal box
Standard (rectifier separated)
AC Switching A
AC Switching B
DC Switching
⑩The wiring method indication code does not appear on the product-type name. It appears in the supplemental number column on the nameplate.
TypeType Code when ordering(Example) (Indicate this type cord in your order.)
Refer to the above table.
Refer to the above table.
Refer to the table on the left.
⑧Terminal box
⑨Auxiliary Code
⑩Wiring Method
Capacity・Option
When ordering brake gearmotors, indicate the wiring method too as stated above.
Indication Code(Note)
Type Reduction Ratio4P Motor Capacity
Frame Number
Water-Resistant W/Carbon Steel Shaft Brake Gearmotor
Water-Resistant W/SUS Shaft Gearmotor
Water-Resistant W/SUS Shaft Brake Gearmotor
Water-Resistant W/SUS Shaft Gearmotor
Water-Resistant W/Carbon Steel Shaft
Gearmotor
Water-Resistant W/Carbon Steel Shaft
Gearmotor
3-phase 0.1kW
3-phase 0.2kW
3-phase 0.4kW
3-phase 0.75kW
3-phase 1.5kW
3-phase 2.2kW
The models enclosed with are limited torque type. Be sure to check allowable torque in the performance table.
59
F3F3S
58
A
GearmotorConcentric Hollow Shaft IP-65
Performance TableDimension diagram
Water-ResistantGearmotorBrake Gearmotor
●The output rotation speed is the value corresponds to the motor synchronous speed and the nominal reduction ratio. ● The shaded area in the Performance Table indicates that in the case that gearmotors are wired according to the diagram on 134, the shaft rotates clockwise when viewing from side , as in the direction of the arrow shown in the following Dimension Diagrams.
【Remarks】
3-Phase
Series
Type
A
59
F3F3S
58
A
GearmotorConcentric Hollow Shaft IP-65
Performance TableDimension diagram
Water-ResistantGearmotorBrake Gearmotor
●The output rotation speed is the value corresponds to the motor synchronous speed and the nominal reduction ratio. ● The shaded area in the Performance Table indicates that in the case that gearmotors are wired according to the diagram on 134, the shaft rotates clockwise when viewing from side , as in the direction of the arrow shown in the following Dimension Diagrams.
【Remarks】
3-Phase
Series
Type
A
6160
F3 Series 3-phase 0.1kW
0.1kW T010 50/60/60200/200/220 0.61/0.54/0.54 1420/1700/1720 B Totally Enclosed
Fig.45
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 60Hz50Hz kgfN
kgf・mN・mF3SW (F3SV)
F3SG (F3SH)
3-phase 0.1kW
20 25
kgfN
P.61 Fig.45 6.5kg (8kg)
P.61 Fig.46 8kg
(9.5kg)
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
*
Round Weight 6.5kg(8kg)
F3S -20-5~60-T010E(F3S -20-5~60-T010E)
CAD Data: F3S -20-T010E
(CAD Data: F3S -20-T010E)
Fig.46
Round Weight 8kg(9.5kg)
F3S -25-80~240-T010E(F3S -25-80~240-T010E)
CAD Data: F3S -25-T010E
(CAD Data: F3S -25-T010E)
WG
VH
WG
VH
W G
V H
W G
V H
Fig.47
Round Weight 10.5kg(12kg)
F3S -30-300~375-T010E(F3S -30-300~375-T010E)
CAD Data: F3S -30-T010E
(CAD Data: F3S -30-T010E)
WG
VH
W G
V H
108.5
108.5
48.5
48.5
38.5
38.522.897
127
6
48.538.5 68.5
78.5
256.5(308)
962424 48
13 13
2 2
φ29
φ20H8 φ20H8
φ29φ53h7 φ53h7
3939
77 7892
64 64
Safety cap F3S-20(attachment)
Safety cap F3S-20(attachment)
Flange surface
Flange surface Flange surface
Flange surface Flange surface
Flange surface
37 37
4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5
4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6
φ115
28□80
53.5
53.5
43.5
43.528.3107
8
15953.543.5 95.5
105.5
287.5(339)
φ115
1182727 64
14 14
φ39 φ39
φ25H8 φ25H8
φ66h7 φ66h7
2 2
77
5050100114
79 79
4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6
39.5 39.5
4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5
28□80
F3S Type
1/ 5
1/ 7.5
1/ 10
1/ 12.5
1/ 15
1/ 20
1/ 25
1/ 30
1/ 40
1/ 50
1/ 60
1/ 80
1/ 100
1/ 120
1/ 160
1/ 200
1/ 240
1/ 300
1/ 375
1/ 450
1/ 600
1/ 750
1/ 900
1/1200
1/1500
300
200
150
120
100
75
60
50
37.5
30
25
18.8
15
12.5
9.4
7.5
6.3
5
4
3.3
2.5
2
1.7
1.3
1
1/
2/
1/
2/
1/
1/
1/
2/
1/
1/
1/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
77/
11/
8/
133/
14/
7/
7/
7/
5
15
10
25
15
20
25
59
40
50
59
80
1880
120
160
200
240
23400
4095
3655
80410
10105
6360
8480
10600
360
240
180
144
120
90
72
60
45
36
30
22.5
18
15
11.3
9
7.5
6
4.8
4
3
2.4
2
1.5
1.2
0.26
0.39
0.53
0.66
0.79
1.1
1.3
1.6
2.1
2.6
3.2
4
5
6
8
10
10.3
13.4
16.8
20.2
25.3
31.7
40.9
54.5
72.1
0.22
0.33
0.44
0.55
0.66
0.88
1.1
1.3
1.8
2.2
2.6
3.3
4.2
5
6.7
8.3
10
11.2
14
16.8
21.1
26.4
34.1
45.4
60.1
2.5
3.8
5.2
6.5
7.7
11
13
16
21
25
31
39
49
59
78
98
101
131
165
198
248
311
401
534
707
2.2
3.2
4.3
5.4
6.5
8.6
11
13
18
22
25
32
41
49
66
81
98
110
137
165
207
259
334
445
589
100
110
120
130
135
150
160
170
185
190
190
260
260
260
260
260
260
320
320
370
370
370
530
530
1000
244
270
294
316
333
373
392
422
451
471
471
637
637
637
637
637
637
785
785
912
912
912
1275
1275
2452
25
28
30
32
34
38
40
43
46
48
48
65
65
65
65
65
65
80
80
93
93
93
130
130
250
980
1080
1180
1270
1320
1470
1570
1670
1810
1860
1860
2550
2550
2550
2550
2550
2550
3140
3140
3630
3630
3630
5190
5190
9800
30
35
45
55
P.61 Fig.47 10.5kg(12kg)
P.62 Fig.48 14kg(15.5kg)
P.62 Fig.49 21kg(22.5kg)
P.62 Fig.50 76kg(77.5kg)
108.5
1243333 58
17 17
φ44
φ30H8
φ75h7
2 2
φ44
φ30H8
φ75h7
77
5353106
Safety cap F3S-30(attachment)
82 82
120
4-φ12.5 4-φ10.6
4-M12×P1.75 4-M12×P1.7545.5 45.5
1925846 110
122
358.5(410)
8
φ11558
58
46
4633.3116
23.7
28□80
Performance Table/ Dimension
Performance Table/ Dimension
(Note) 1. 2. 3.
The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 59 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.
Model Code P.56
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
Water-Resistant IP65 F3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)
Motor Specs. Standard Voltage
(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)
CapacityMotor Capacity Designation
Frequency (Hz)
Voltage (V)
Rated Current (A)
Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)
Insulation Classification
Protective Cooling system
Motor Capacity
Actual Reduction Ratio
(Fraction)
Frame No.
Reduction Ratio
Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)
Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L
Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load
Output Shaft Allowable TorquePage of Dimension Diagram shown,
Fig. No. and Round Weight
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor
The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.
Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)
6160
F3 Series 3-phase 0.1kW
0.1kW T010 50/60/60200/200/220 0.61/0.54/0.54 1420/1700/1720 B Totally Enclosed
Fig.45
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 60Hz50Hz kgfN
kgf・mN・mF3SW (F3SV)
F3SG (F3SH)
3-phase 0.1kW
20 25
kgfN
P.61 Fig.45 6.5kg (8kg)
P.61 Fig.46 8kg
(9.5kg)
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
*
Round Weight 6.5kg(8kg)
F3S -20-5~60-T010E(F3S -20-5~60-T010E)
CAD Data: F3S -20-T010E
(CAD Data: F3S -20-T010E)
Fig.46
Round Weight 8kg(9.5kg)
F3S -25-80~240-T010E(F3S -25-80~240-T010E)
CAD Data: F3S -25-T010E
(CAD Data: F3S -25-T010E)
WG
VH
WG
VH
W G
V H
W G
V H
Fig.47
Round Weight 10.5kg(12kg)
F3S -30-300~375-T010E(F3S -30-300~375-T010E)
CAD Data: F3S -30-T010E
(CAD Data: F3S -30-T010E)
WG
VH
W G
V H
108.5
108.5
48.5
48.5
38.5
38.522.897
127
6
48.538.5 68.5
78.5
256.5(308)
962424 48
13 13
2 2
φ29
φ20H8 φ20H8
φ29φ53h7 φ53h7
3939
77 7892
64 64
Safety cap F3S-20(attachment)
Safety cap F3S-20(attachment)
Flange surface
Flange surface Flange surface
Flange surface Flange surface
Flange surface
37 37
4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5
4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6
φ115
28□80
53.5
53.5
43.5
43.528.3107
8
15953.543.5 95.5
105.5
287.5(339)
φ115
1182727 64
14 14
φ39 φ39
φ25H8 φ25H8
φ66h7 φ66h7
2 2
77
5050100114
79 79
4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6
39.5 39.5
4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5
28□80
F3S Type
1/ 5
1/ 7.5
1/ 10
1/ 12.5
1/ 15
1/ 20
1/ 25
1/ 30
1/ 40
1/ 50
1/ 60
1/ 80
1/ 100
1/ 120
1/ 160
1/ 200
1/ 240
1/ 300
1/ 375
1/ 450
1/ 600
1/ 750
1/ 900
1/1200
1/1500
300
200
150
120
100
75
60
50
37.5
30
25
18.8
15
12.5
9.4
7.5
6.3
5
4
3.3
2.5
2
1.7
1.3
1
1/
2/
1/
2/
1/
1/
1/
2/
1/
1/
1/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
77/
11/
8/
133/
14/
7/
7/
7/
5
15
10
25
15
20
25
59
40
50
59
80
1880
120
160
200
240
23400
4095
3655
80410
10105
6360
8480
10600
360
240
180
144
120
90
72
60
45
36
30
22.5
18
15
11.3
9
7.5
6
4.8
4
3
2.4
2
1.5
1.2
0.26
0.39
0.53
0.66
0.79
1.1
1.3
1.6
2.1
2.6
3.2
4
5
6
8
10
10.3
13.4
16.8
20.2
25.3
31.7
40.9
54.5
72.1
0.22
0.33
0.44
0.55
0.66
0.88
1.1
1.3
1.8
2.2
2.6
3.3
4.2
5
6.7
8.3
10
11.2
14
16.8
21.1
26.4
34.1
45.4
60.1
2.5
3.8
5.2
6.5
7.7
11
13
16
21
25
31
39
49
59
78
98
101
131
165
198
248
311
401
534
707
2.2
3.2
4.3
5.4
6.5
8.6
11
13
18
22
25
32
41
49
66
81
98
110
137
165
207
259
334
445
589
100
110
120
130
135
150
160
170
185
190
190
260
260
260
260
260
260
320
320
370
370
370
530
530
1000
244
270
294
316
333
373
392
422
451
471
471
637
637
637
637
637
637
785
785
912
912
912
1275
1275
2452
25
28
30
32
34
38
40
43
46
48
48
65
65
65
65
65
65
80
80
93
93
93
130
130
250
980
1080
1180
1270
1320
1470
1570
1670
1810
1860
1860
2550
2550
2550
2550
2550
2550
3140
3140
3630
3630
3630
5190
5190
9800
30
35
45
55
P.61 Fig.47 10.5kg(12kg)
P.62 Fig.48 14kg(15.5kg)
P.62 Fig.49 21kg(22.5kg)
P.62 Fig.50 76kg(77.5kg)
108.5
1243333 58
17 17
φ44
φ30H8
φ75h7
2 2
φ44
φ30H8
φ75h7
77
5353106
Safety cap F3S-30(attachment)
82 82
120
4-φ12.5 4-φ10.6
4-M12×P1.75 4-M12×P1.7545.5 45.5
1925846 110
122
358.5(410)
8
φ11558
58
46
4633.3116
23.7
28□80
Performance Table/ Dimension
Performance Table/ Dimension
(Note) 1. 2. 3.
The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 59 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.
Model Code P.56
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
Water-Resistant IP65 F3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)
Motor Specs. Standard Voltage
(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)
CapacityMotor Capacity Designation
Frequency (Hz)
Voltage (V)
Rated Current (A)
Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)
Insulation Classification
Protective Cooling system
Motor Capacity
Actual Reduction Ratio
(Fraction)
Frame No.
Reduction Ratio
Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)
Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L
Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load
Output Shaft Allowable TorquePage of Dimension Diagram shown,
Fig. No. and Round Weight
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor
The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.
Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)
6362
F3 Series 3-phase 0.1kW
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
Fig.48
Round Weight 14kg(15.5kg)
F3S -35-450~750-T010E(F3S -35-450~750-T010E)
CAD Data: F3S -35-T010E
(CAD Data: F3S -35-T010E)
WG
VH
W G
V H
Fig.49
Round Weight 21kg(22.5kg)
F3S -45-900~1200-T010E(F3S -45-900~1200-T010E)
CAD Data: F3S -45-T010E
(CAD Data: F3S -45-T010E)
WG
VH
W G
V H
Fig.50
Round Weight 76kg(77.5kg)
F3S -55-1500-T010E(F3S -55-1500-T010E)
CAD Data: F3S -55-T010E
(CAD Data: F3S -55-T010E)
WG
VH
W G
V H
F3S Type
2386854 140
154
404.5(456)
10
φ11568
68
54
5438.3136
77
6262124
95 95
138
Safety capF3S-35(attachment)
4-φ16.5 4-φ14
4-M16×P2 4-M16×P258 58
φ49
φ35H8
φ85h7φ49
φ35H8
φ85h7
2 2
1423838 66
20 20
26.5
108.5
28□80
φ20
103119.5
291.58769 167
14
185
466.5(518)
φ11587
87
69
6948.8174
77
7575150
108 108
164
Safety cap F3S-45
4-φ20.5
4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.573 73
4-φ17.5
1685050 68
26 26
φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7
2 2
34
108.5
28□80
108.5
28□80
φ20
149169.5
336
11694
16
198
220
534.5
(574.5)
130
130
108
108
59.3260
88
100100
200
143 143
216
Safety capF3S-5055
4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5
4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5
2206161 98
32 32
φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7 φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7
2 2
φ11534
3-M4
Performance Table/ Dimension
Performance Table/ Dimension
Model Code P.56
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor
Water-Resistant IP65 F3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)
Flange surface Flange surface
(attachment)
Flange surface Flange surface
(attachment)
Flange surface Flange surface
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.
6362
F3 Series 3-phase 0.1kW
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
Fig.48
Round Weight 14kg(15.5kg)
F3S -35-450~750-T010E(F3S -35-450~750-T010E)
CAD Data: F3S -35-T010E
(CAD Data: F3S -35-T010E)
WG
VH
W G
V H
Fig.49
Round Weight 21kg(22.5kg)
F3S -45-900~1200-T010E(F3S -45-900~1200-T010E)
CAD Data: F3S -45-T010E
(CAD Data: F3S -45-T010E)
WG
VH
W G
V H
Fig.50
Round Weight 76kg(77.5kg)
F3S -55-1500-T010E(F3S -55-1500-T010E)
CAD Data: F3S -55-T010E
(CAD Data: F3S -55-T010E)
WG
VH
W G
V H
F3S Type
2386854 140
154
404.5(456)
10
φ11568
68
54
5438.3136
77
6262124
95 95
138
Safety capF3S-35(attachment)
4-φ16.5 4-φ14
4-M16×P2 4-M16×P258 58
φ49
φ35H8
φ85h7φ49
φ35H8
φ85h7
2 2
1423838 66
20 20
26.5
108.5
28□80
φ20
103119.5
291.58769 167
14
185
466.5(518)
φ11587
87
69
6948.8174
77
7575150
108 108
164
Safety cap F3S-45
4-φ20.5
4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.573 73
4-φ17.5
1685050 68
26 26
φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7
2 2
34
108.5
28□80
108.5
28□80
φ20
149169.5
336
11694
16
198
220
534.5
(574.5)
130
130
108
108
59.3260
88
100100
200
143 143
216
Safety capF3S-5055
4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5
4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5
2206161 98
32 32
φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7 φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7
2 2
φ11534
3-M4
Performance Table/ Dimension
Performance Table/ Dimension
Model Code P.56
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor
Water-Resistant IP65 F3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)
Flange surface Flange surface
(attachment)
Flange surface Flange surface
(attachment)
Flange surface Flange surface
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.
6564
F3 Series 3-phase 0.2kW
0.2kW T020 50/60/60200/200/220 1.1/1.0/1.0 1420/1710/1720 B
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 60Hz50Hz kgfN
kgf・mN・m
3-phase 0.2kW
25 30
kgfN
P.64 Fig.51 8.5kg (10kg)
P.65 Fig.52 10kg
(11.5kg)
P.65 Fig.53 15kg(16.5kg)
P.65 Fig.54 22kg(23.5kg)
P.65 Fig.55 77kg(78.5kg)
Fig.51
Round Weight 8.5kg(10kg)
F3S -25-5~60-T020E(F3S -25-5~60-T020E)
CAD Data: F3S -25-T020E
(CAD Data: F3S -25-T020E)
Fig.52
Round Weight 10kg(11.5kg)
F3S -30-80~240-T020E(F3S -30-80~240-T020E)
CAD Data: F3S -30-T020E
(CAD Data: F3S -30-T020E)
F3SW (F3SV)
F3SG (F3SH)
WG
VH
W G
V H
WG
VH
W G
V H
Fig.53
Round Weight 15kg(16.5kg)
F3S -35-300~375-T020E(F3S -35-300~375-T020E)
CAD Data: F3S -35-T020E
(CAD Data: F3S -35-T020E)
WG
VH
W G
V H
Fig.54
Round Weight 22kg(23.5kg)
F3S -45-450~750-T020E(F3S -45-450~750-T020E)
CAD Data: F3S -45-T020E
(CAD Data: F3S -45-T020E)
WG
VH
W G
V H
Fig.55
Round Weight 77kg(78.5kg)
F3S -55-900~1200-T020E(F3S -55-900~1200-T020E)
CAD Data: F3S -55-T020E
(CAD Data: F3S -55-T020E)
WG
VH
W G
V H
φ135
108.5
8
28□80
1182727 64
14 14
φ39 φ39
φ25H8 φ25H8
φ66h7 φ66h7
2 2
53.5
53.5
43.5
43.528.3107
775050
100Safety cap F3S-25
114
79 79
128.5
39.5 39.561
4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5
4-φ10.5
14053.543.5 76.5
86.5
314.5(364.5)
φ115
φ135
108.5
8
1805846 110
122124
3333 5817 17
φ44
φ30H8
φ75h7
58
5846
46
33.3116
2 2
φ44
φ30H8
φ75h7
Safety cap F3S-30
7 7
5353106120
82 82
128.5
45.5 45.561
4-M12×P1.75 4-M12×P1.75
4-φ12.5 4-φ10.6
28□80
354(404)
F3S Type
*
*
1/ 5
1/ 7.5
1/ 10
1/ 12.5
1/ 15
1/ 20
1/ 25
1/ 30
1/ 40
1/ 50
1/ 60
1/ 80
1/ 100
1/ 120
1/ 160
1/ 200
1/ 240
1/ 300
1/ 375
1/ 450
1/ 600
1/ 750
1/ 900
1/1200
300
200
150
120
100
75
60
50
37.5
30
25
18.8
15
12.5
9.4
7.5
6.3
5
4
3.3
2.5
2
1.7
1.3
1/
2/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
34/
7/
13/
221/
13/
7/
7/
5
15
10
235
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
80
1880
120
160
200
240
10105
2580
5740
137760
10045
6360
8480
360
240
180
144
120
90
72
60
45
36
30
22.5
18
15
11.3
9
7.5
6
4.8
4
3
2.4
2
1.5
0.56
0.85
1.1
1.4
1.7
2.3
2.8
3.4
4.5
5.6
6.8
8.6
10.7
12.9
17.9
18.8
18.8
28.8
36
43.2
54.5
68.2
86.6
115
0.47
0.71
0.94
1.2
1.4
1.9
2.4
2.8
3.8
4.7
5.6
7.2
8.9
10.7
14.3
17.9
18.8
24
30
36
45.5
56.8
72.1
96.2
5.5
8.3
11
14
17
23
27
33
44
55
67
84
105
126
169
184
184
282
353
423
534
668
849
1127
4.6
7
9.2
12
14
19
24
27
37
46
55
71
87
105
140
175
184
235
294
353
446
557
707
943
125
140
155
165
175
190
205
215
235
250
260
315
320
320
320
320
320
370
370
530
530
530
1000
1000
307
342
380
405
429
466
502
527
576
613
637
775
785
785
785
785
785
912
912
1275
1275
1275
2452
2452
31
35
39
41
44
48
51
54
59
63
65
79
80
80
80
80
80
93
93
130
130
130
250
250
1230
1370
1520
1620
1720
1860
2010
2110
2300
2450
2550
3090
3140
3140
3140
3140
3140
3630
3630
5190
5190
5190
9800
9800
35
45
55
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
φ135
108.5
28□80
2386854 140
154
10
68
68
54
54
27.7136
(505)
77
6262124
95 95
138
Safety cap F3S-35
4-φ16.5 4-φ14
4-M16×P2 4-M16×P258 58
φ49
φ35H8
φ85h7φ49
φ35H8
φ85h7
2 2
1423838 66
20 20
φ115
38.3
455.5
291.58769 167
14
185
512.5(562.5)
φ20
103119.5
77
7575150
108 108
164
Safety cap F3S-45
4-φ20.5
4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.573 73
4-φ17.5
1685050 68
26 26
φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7
2 2
87
87
69
6948.8174
31.75φ115 φ135
108.5
28□80
φ135
108.528□80
φ25
149169.5
336
9416
198
580(630)
130
130
108
10859.3260
φ11534
88
100100200
143 143
216
Safety cap F3S-5055
4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5
4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5
2206161 98
32 32
φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7 φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7
2 2
116
3-M4
220
Performance Table/ Dimension
Performance Table/ Dimension
(Note) 1. 2. 3.
The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 59 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.
Model Code P.56
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
Water-Resistant IP65 F3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)
Motor Specs. Standard Voltage
(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)
CapacityMotor Capacity Designation
Frequency (Hz)
Voltage (V)
Rated Current (A)
Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)
Insulation Classification
Protective Cooling system
Totally Enclosed fan-cooled
Motor Capacity
Actual Reduction Ratio
(Fraction)
Frame No.
Reduction Ratio
Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)
Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L
Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load
Output Shaft Allowable TorquePage of Dimension Diagram shown,
Fig. No. and Round Weight
(attachment)
Flange surface Flange surface
(attachment)
(attachment)
(attachment)
(attachment)
Flange surface Flange surface
Flange surface Flange surface
Flange surface Flange surface
Flange surface Flange surface
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor
The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.
Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)
6564
F3 Series 3-phase 0.2kW
0.2kW T020 50/60/60200/200/220 1.1/1.0/1.0 1420/1710/1720 B
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 60Hz50Hz kgfN
kgf・mN・m
3-phase 0.2kW
25 30
kgfN
P.64 Fig.51 8.5kg (10kg)
P.65 Fig.52 10kg
(11.5kg)
P.65 Fig.53 15kg(16.5kg)
P.65 Fig.54 22kg(23.5kg)
P.65 Fig.55 77kg(78.5kg)
Fig.51
Round Weight 8.5kg(10kg)
F3S -25-5~60-T020E(F3S -25-5~60-T020E)
CAD Data: F3S -25-T020E
(CAD Data: F3S -25-T020E)
Fig.52
Round Weight 10kg(11.5kg)
F3S -30-80~240-T020E(F3S -30-80~240-T020E)
CAD Data: F3S -30-T020E
(CAD Data: F3S -30-T020E)
F3SW (F3SV)
F3SG (F3SH)
WG
VH
W G
V H
WG
VH
W G
V H
Fig.53
Round Weight 15kg(16.5kg)
F3S -35-300~375-T020E(F3S -35-300~375-T020E)
CAD Data: F3S -35-T020E
(CAD Data: F3S -35-T020E)
WG
VH
W G
V H
Fig.54
Round Weight 22kg(23.5kg)
F3S -45-450~750-T020E(F3S -45-450~750-T020E)
CAD Data: F3S -45-T020E
(CAD Data: F3S -45-T020E)
WG
VH
W G
V H
Fig.55
Round Weight 77kg(78.5kg)
F3S -55-900~1200-T020E(F3S -55-900~1200-T020E)
CAD Data: F3S -55-T020E
(CAD Data: F3S -55-T020E)
WG
VH
W G
V H
φ135
108.5
8
28□80
1182727 64
14 14
φ39 φ39
φ25H8 φ25H8
φ66h7 φ66h7
2 2
53.5
53.5
43.5
43.528.3107
775050
100Safety cap F3S-25
114
79 79
128.5
39.5 39.561
4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5
4-φ10.5
14053.543.5 76.5
86.5
314.5(364.5)
φ115
φ135
108.5
8
1805846 110
122124
3333 5817 17
φ44
φ30H8
φ75h7
58
5846
46
33.3116
2 2
φ44
φ30H8
φ75h7
Safety cap F3S-30
7 7
5353106120
82 82
128.5
45.5 45.561
4-M12×P1.75 4-M12×P1.75
4-φ12.5 4-φ10.6
28□80
354(404)
F3S Type
*
*
1/ 5
1/ 7.5
1/ 10
1/ 12.5
1/ 15
1/ 20
1/ 25
1/ 30
1/ 40
1/ 50
1/ 60
1/ 80
1/ 100
1/ 120
1/ 160
1/ 200
1/ 240
1/ 300
1/ 375
1/ 450
1/ 600
1/ 750
1/ 900
1/1200
300
200
150
120
100
75
60
50
37.5
30
25
18.8
15
12.5
9.4
7.5
6.3
5
4
3.3
2.5
2
1.7
1.3
1/
2/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
34/
7/
13/
221/
13/
7/
7/
5
15
10
235
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
80
1880
120
160
200
240
10105
2580
5740
137760
10045
6360
8480
360
240
180
144
120
90
72
60
45
36
30
22.5
18
15
11.3
9
7.5
6
4.8
4
3
2.4
2
1.5
0.56
0.85
1.1
1.4
1.7
2.3
2.8
3.4
4.5
5.6
6.8
8.6
10.7
12.9
17.9
18.8
18.8
28.8
36
43.2
54.5
68.2
86.6
115
0.47
0.71
0.94
1.2
1.4
1.9
2.4
2.8
3.8
4.7
5.6
7.2
8.9
10.7
14.3
17.9
18.8
24
30
36
45.5
56.8
72.1
96.2
5.5
8.3
11
14
17
23
27
33
44
55
67
84
105
126
169
184
184
282
353
423
534
668
849
1127
4.6
7
9.2
12
14
19
24
27
37
46
55
71
87
105
140
175
184
235
294
353
446
557
707
943
125
140
155
165
175
190
205
215
235
250
260
315
320
320
320
320
320
370
370
530
530
530
1000
1000
307
342
380
405
429
466
502
527
576
613
637
775
785
785
785
785
785
912
912
1275
1275
1275
2452
2452
31
35
39
41
44
48
51
54
59
63
65
79
80
80
80
80
80
93
93
130
130
130
250
250
1230
1370
1520
1620
1720
1860
2010
2110
2300
2450
2550
3090
3140
3140
3140
3140
3140
3630
3630
5190
5190
5190
9800
9800
35
45
55
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
φ135
108.5
28□80
2386854 140
154
10
68
68
54
54
27.7136
(505)
77
6262124
95 95
138
Safety cap F3S-35
4-φ16.5 4-φ14
4-M16×P2 4-M16×P258 58
φ49
φ35H8
φ85h7φ49
φ35H8
φ85h7
2 2
1423838 66
20 20
φ115
38.3
455.5
291.58769 167
14
185
512.5(562.5)
φ20
103119.5
77
7575150
108 108
164
Safety cap F3S-45
4-φ20.5
4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.573 73
4-φ17.5
1685050 68
26 26
φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7
2 2
87
87
69
6948.8174
31.75φ115 φ135
108.5
28□80
φ135
108.528□80
φ25
149169.5
336
9416
198
580(630)
130
130
108
10859.3260
φ11534
88
100100200
143 143
216
Safety cap F3S-5055
4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5
4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5
2206161 98
32 32
φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7 φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7
2 2
116
3-M4
220
Performance Table/ Dimension
Performance Table/ Dimension
(Note) 1. 2. 3.
The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 59 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.
Model Code P.56
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
Water-Resistant IP65 F3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)
Motor Specs. Standard Voltage
(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)
CapacityMotor Capacity Designation
Frequency (Hz)
Voltage (V)
Rated Current (A)
Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)
Insulation Classification
Protective Cooling system
Totally Enclosed fan-cooled
Motor Capacity
Actual Reduction Ratio
(Fraction)
Frame No.
Reduction Ratio
Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)
Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L
Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load
Output Shaft Allowable TorquePage of Dimension Diagram shown,
Fig. No. and Round Weight
(attachment)
Flange surface Flange surface
(attachment)
(attachment)
(attachment)
(attachment)
Flange surface Flange surface
Flange surface Flange surface
Flange surface Flange surface
Flange surface Flange surface
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor
The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.
Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)
6766
F3 Series 3-phase 0.4kW
0.4kW T040 50/60/60200/200/220 2.1/1.8/1.8 1410/1690/1710 B
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 60Hz50Hz kgfN
kgf・mN・m
3-phase 0.4kW
30
35
kgfN
P.66 Fig.56 11.5kg (13kg)
P.67 Fig.57 15kg
(17kg) *
*
*
Fig.56
Round Weight 11.5kg(13kg)
F3S -30-5~60-T040E(F3S -30-5~60-T040E)
CAD Data: F3S -30-T040E
(CAD Data: F3S -30-T040E)
Fig.57
Round Weight 15kg(17kg)
F3S -35-80~240-T040E(F3S -35-80~240-T040E)
CAD Data: F3S -35-T040E
(CAD Data: F3S -35-T040E)
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
F3SW (F3SV)
F3SG (F3SH)
WG
VH
W G
V H
WG
VH
W G
V H
Fig.58
Round Weight 24kg(26kg)
F3S -45-300~375-T040E(F3S -45-300~375-T040E)
CAD Data: F3S -45-T040E
(CAD Data: F3S -45-T040E)
WG
VH
W G
V H
Fig.59
Round Weight 79kg(81kg)
F3S -55-450~600-T040E(F3S -55-450~600-T040E)
CAD Data: F3S -55-T040E
(CAD Data: F3S -55-T040E)
WG
VH
W G
V H
φ141
114.5
8
1595848 91
101
358.5(416.5)
58
5848
48
33.3116
1243333 58
17 17
2 2
φ44
φ30H8
φ75h7φ44
φ30H8
φ75h7φ128
Safety capF3S-30
7 7106120
82 82
40.5 40.5
4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5
4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6
5353
14069.5
28□80
φ141
114.5
10
2226854 140
154
417(475)
28□80
68
6854
54
38.3136φ49
φ35H8
φ85h7φ49
φ35H8
φ85h7
2 2
1423838 66
20 20 Safety cap F3S-35
7 7
6262124138
95 95
58 58
69.5
4-M16×P2 4-M16×P2
4-φ16.5
φ128
F3S Type
45
55
1/ 5
1/ 7.5
1/ 10
1/ 12.5
1/ 15
1/ 20
1/ 25
1/ 30
1/ 40
1/ 50
1/ 60
1/ 80
1/100
1/120
1/160
1/200
1/240
1/300
1/375
1/450
1/600
300
200
150
120
100
75
60
50
37.5
30
25
18.8
15
12.5
9.4
7.5
6.3
5
4
3.3
2.5
1/
2/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1547/
13/
7/
7/
5
15
10
235
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
80
1880
120
160
200
240
452640
4715
3120
4160
360
240
180
144
120
90
72
60
45
36
30
22.5
18
15
11.3
9
7.5
6
4.8
4
3
1.1
1.7
2.3
2.8
3.4
4.5
5.6
6.8
9
11.3
13.6
17.2
21.5
25.8
27.6
27.6
27.6
57.7
72.1
86.6
115
0.94
1.4
1.9
2.4
2.8
3.8
4.7
5.6
7.5
9.4
11.3
14.3
17.9
21.5
27.6
27.6
27.6
48.1
60.1
72.1
96.2
11
17
23
27
33
44
55
67
88
111
133
169
211
253
270
270
270
565
707
849
1127
9.2
14
19
24
27
37
46
55
74
92
111
140
175
211
270
270
270
471
589
707
943
155
180
195
210
220
245
260
270
290
305
315
355
360
360
370
370
370
530
530
1000
1000
375
438
475
506
539
600
637
662
711
747
767
873
883
883
912
912
912
1275
1275
2452
2452
38
45
48
52
55
61
65
68
73
76
78
89
90
90
93
93
93
130
130
250
250
1520
1760
1910
2060
2160
2400
2550
2650
2840
2990
3090
3480
3530
3530
3630
3630
3630
5190
5190
9800
9800
P.67 Fig.58 24kg(26kg)
P.67 Fig.59 79kg(81kg)
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
φ141
114.5
28□80
77
7575150
108 108
164
Safety cap F3S-45
4-φ20.5
4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.573 73
4-φ17.5
1685050 68
26 26
φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7
2 2
87
87
69
6948.8174
φ20
103119.5
291.587
69 16714
185
535.5(593.5)
φ12838
336
11694
16
198
220
130
130
108
108
59.3260
88
100100
200
143 143
216
Protective cap F3S-5055
4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5
4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5
2206161 98
32 32
φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7
2 2 φ25
149169.5
42φ141
114.5
28□80
601.5
(659.5)
φ128
3-M4
Performance Table/ Dimension
Performance Table/ Dimension
(Note) 1. 2. 3.
The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 59 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.
Model Code P.56
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
Water-Resistant IP65 F3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)
Motor Specs. Standard Voltage
(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)
CapacityMotor Capacity Designation
Frequency (Hz)
Voltage (V)
Rated Current (A)
Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)
Insulation Classification
Protective Cooling system
Totally Enclosed fan-cooled
Motor Capacity
Actual Reduction Ratio
(Fraction)
Frame No.
Reduction Ratio
Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)
Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L
Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load
Output Shaft Allowable TorquePage of Dimension Diagram shown,
Fig. No. and Round Weight
(attachment)
Flange surface Flange surface
(attachment)
(attachment)
(attachment)
Flange surface Flange surface
Flange surface Flange surface
Flange surface Flange surface
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor
The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.
Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)
6766
F3 Series 3-phase 0.4kW
0.4kW T040 50/60/60200/200/220 2.1/1.8/1.8 1410/1690/1710 B
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 60Hz50Hz kgfN
kgf・mN・m
3-phase 0.4kW
30
35
kgfN
P.66 Fig.56 11.5kg (13kg)
P.67 Fig.57 15kg
(17kg) *
*
*
Fig.56
Round Weight 11.5kg(13kg)
F3S -30-5~60-T040E(F3S -30-5~60-T040E)
CAD Data: F3S -30-T040E
(CAD Data: F3S -30-T040E)
Fig.57
Round Weight 15kg(17kg)
F3S -35-80~240-T040E(F3S -35-80~240-T040E)
CAD Data: F3S -35-T040E
(CAD Data: F3S -35-T040E)
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
F3SW (F3SV)
F3SG (F3SH)
WG
VH
W G
V H
WG
VH
W G
V H
Fig.58
Round Weight 24kg(26kg)
F3S -45-300~375-T040E(F3S -45-300~375-T040E)
CAD Data: F3S -45-T040E
(CAD Data: F3S -45-T040E)
WG
VH
W G
V H
Fig.59
Round Weight 79kg(81kg)
F3S -55-450~600-T040E(F3S -55-450~600-T040E)
CAD Data: F3S -55-T040E
(CAD Data: F3S -55-T040E)
WG
VH
W G
V H
φ141
114.5
8
1595848 91
101
358.5(416.5)
58
5848
48
33.3116
1243333 58
17 17
2 2
φ44
φ30H8
φ75h7φ44
φ30H8
φ75h7φ128
Safety capF3S-30
7 7106120
82 82
40.5 40.5
4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5
4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6
5353
14069.5
28□80
φ141
114.5
10
2226854 140
154
417(475)
28□80
68
6854
54
38.3136φ49
φ35H8
φ85h7φ49
φ35H8
φ85h7
2 2
1423838 66
20 20 Safety cap F3S-35
7 7
6262124138
95 95
58 58
69.5
4-M16×P2 4-M16×P2
4-φ16.5
φ128
F3S Type
45
55
1/ 5
1/ 7.5
1/ 10
1/ 12.5
1/ 15
1/ 20
1/ 25
1/ 30
1/ 40
1/ 50
1/ 60
1/ 80
1/100
1/120
1/160
1/200
1/240
1/300
1/375
1/450
1/600
300
200
150
120
100
75
60
50
37.5
30
25
18.8
15
12.5
9.4
7.5
6.3
5
4
3.3
2.5
1/
2/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1547/
13/
7/
7/
5
15
10
235
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
80
1880
120
160
200
240
452640
4715
3120
4160
360
240
180
144
120
90
72
60
45
36
30
22.5
18
15
11.3
9
7.5
6
4.8
4
3
1.1
1.7
2.3
2.8
3.4
4.5
5.6
6.8
9
11.3
13.6
17.2
21.5
25.8
27.6
27.6
27.6
57.7
72.1
86.6
115
0.94
1.4
1.9
2.4
2.8
3.8
4.7
5.6
7.5
9.4
11.3
14.3
17.9
21.5
27.6
27.6
27.6
48.1
60.1
72.1
96.2
11
17
23
27
33
44
55
67
88
111
133
169
211
253
270
270
270
565
707
849
1127
9.2
14
19
24
27
37
46
55
74
92
111
140
175
211
270
270
270
471
589
707
943
155
180
195
210
220
245
260
270
290
305
315
355
360
360
370
370
370
530
530
1000
1000
375
438
475
506
539
600
637
662
711
747
767
873
883
883
912
912
912
1275
1275
2452
2452
38
45
48
52
55
61
65
68
73
76
78
89
90
90
93
93
93
130
130
250
250
1520
1760
1910
2060
2160
2400
2550
2650
2840
2990
3090
3480
3530
3530
3630
3630
3630
5190
5190
9800
9800
P.67 Fig.58 24kg(26kg)
P.67 Fig.59 79kg(81kg)
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
φ141
114.5
28□80
77
7575150
108 108
164
Safety cap F3S-45
4-φ20.5
4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.573 73
4-φ17.5
1685050 68
26 26
φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7
2 2
87
87
69
6948.8174
φ20
103119.5
291.587
69 16714
185
535.5(593.5)
φ12838
336
11694
16
198
220
130
130
108
108
59.3260
88
100100
200
143 143
216
Protective cap F3S-5055
4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5
4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5
2206161 98
32 32
φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7
2 2 φ25
149169.5
42φ141
114.5
28□80
601.5
(659.5)
φ128
3-M4
Performance Table/ Dimension
Performance Table/ Dimension
(Note) 1. 2. 3.
The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 59 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.
Model Code P.56
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
Water-Resistant IP65 F3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)
Motor Specs. Standard Voltage
(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)
CapacityMotor Capacity Designation
Frequency (Hz)
Voltage (V)
Rated Current (A)
Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)
Insulation Classification
Protective Cooling system
Totally Enclosed fan-cooled
Motor Capacity
Actual Reduction Ratio
(Fraction)
Frame No.
Reduction Ratio
Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)
Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L
Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load
Output Shaft Allowable TorquePage of Dimension Diagram shown,
Fig. No. and Round Weight
(attachment)
Flange surface Flange surface
(attachment)
(attachment)
(attachment)
Flange surface Flange surface
Flange surface Flange surface
Flange surface Flange surface
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor
The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.
Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)
6968
F3 Series 3-phase 0.75kW
0.75kW 075 50/60/60200/200/220 3.7/3.3/3.2 1430/1720/1730 B
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 60Hz50Hz kgfN
kgf・mN・m
3-phase 0.75kW
35
45
kgfN
P.69 Fig.60 17.5kg
(19.5kg)
P.69 Fig.61 25kg
(27kg) *
*
*
Fig.60
Round Weight 17.5kg(19.5kg)
F3S -35-5~60-075E(F3S -35-5~60-075E)
CAD Data: F3S -35-075E
(CAD Data: F3S -35-075E)
Fig.61
Round Weight 25kg(27kg)
F3S -45-80~240-075E(F3S -45-80~240-075E)
CAD Data: F3S -45-075E
(CAD Data: F3S -45-075E)
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
F3SW (F3SV)
F3SG (F3SH)
WG
VH
WG
VH
W G
V H
W G
V H
Fig.62
Round Weight 82kg(85kg)
F3S -55-300-075E(F3S -55-300-075E)
CAD Data: F3S -55-075E
(CAD Data: F3S -55-075E)
WG
VH
W G
V H
φ162
126.5
□80 28
10
1856856 105
117
405(474.5)
φ160
68
6856
56
38.3136
1423838 66
20 20
2 2
φ49
φ35H8
φ85h7φ49
φ35H8
φ85h7
Safety cap F3S-35
7 7
6262124138
48 48
78159
4-M12×P1.75 4-M12×P1.75
95 95
4-φ12.5 4-φ10.6
1685050 68
26 26
φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7
2 2
φ162
φ20
14
2728769 167
185
489.5
87
8769
69
48.8174 φ160103
119.5
Safety cap F3S-45
7 7
7575150164
73 73
78
4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.5
108 108
4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5
159
28□80
(559)
F3S Type
55
1/ 5
1/ 7.5
1/ 10
1/ 12.5
1/ 15
1/ 20
1/ 25
1/ 30
1/ 40
1/ 50
1/ 60
1/ 80
1/100
1/120
1/160
1/200
1/240
1/300
300
200
150
120
100
75
60
50
37.5
30
25
18.8
15
12.5
9.4
7.5
6.3
5
1/
2/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
7/
5
15
10
235
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
80
1880
120
160
200
240
2120
360
240
180
144
120
90
72
60
45
36
30
22.5
18
15
11.3
9
7.5
6
2.1
3.2
4.2
5.3
6.4
8.5
10.6
12.7
16.9
21.2
25.4
32.2
40.3
48.3
56.5
56.5
56.5
108
1.8
2.6
3.5
4.4
5.3
7.1
8.8
10.6
14.1
17.7
21.2
26.8
33.5
40.3
53.7
56.5
56.5
90.2
21
31
41
52
63
83
104
124
166
208
249
316
395
473
554
554
554
1058
18
25
34
43
52
70
86
104
138
173
208
263
328
395
526
554
554
884
200
230
250
265
280
305
325
335
355
355
355
485
485
485
530
530
530
1000
500
567
613
669
686
747
796
821
870
870
870
1177
1177
1177
1275
1275
1275
2452
51
58
63
68
70
76
81
84
89
89
89
120
120
120
130
130
130
250
1960
2250
2450
2600
2740
2990
3190
3280
3480
3480
3480
4750
4750
4750
5190
5190
5190
9800 P.69 Fig.62 82kg(85kg)
φ162
126.5
336116
9416
198220
634.5(704)
130
130
108
108
59.3260
88
100100
200
143 143
216
Safety cap F3S-5055
4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5
4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5
2206161 98
32 32
φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7
2 2
φ16051
φ25
149169.5
28□80
3-M4
126.5
Performance Table/ Dimension
Performance Table/ Dimension
(Note) 1. 2. 3.
The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 59 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.
Model Code P.56
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
Water-Resistant IP65 F3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)
Motor Specs. Standard Voltage
(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)
CapacityMotor Capacity Designation
Frequency (Hz)
Voltage (V)
Rated Current (A)
Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)
Insulation Classification
Protective Cooling system
Totally Enclosed fan-cooled
Motor Capacity
Actual Reduction Ratio
(Fraction)
Frame No.
Reduction Ratio
Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)
Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L
Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load
Output Shaft Allowable TorquePage of Dimension Diagram shown,
Fig. No. and Round Weight
(attachment)
(attachment)
(attachment)
Flange surface Flange surface
Flange surface Flange surface
Flange surface Flange surface
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor
The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.
Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)
6968
F3 Series 3-phase 0.75kW
0.75kW 075 50/60/60200/200/220 3.7/3.3/3.2 1430/1720/1730 B
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 60Hz50Hz kgfN
kgf・mN・m
3-phase 0.75kW
35
45
kgfN
P.69 Fig.60 17.5kg
(19.5kg)
P.69 Fig.61 25kg
(27kg) *
*
*
Fig.60
Round Weight 17.5kg(19.5kg)
F3S -35-5~60-075E(F3S -35-5~60-075E)
CAD Data: F3S -35-075E
(CAD Data: F3S -35-075E)
Fig.61
Round Weight 25kg(27kg)
F3S -45-80~240-075E(F3S -45-80~240-075E)
CAD Data: F3S -45-075E
(CAD Data: F3S -45-075E)
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
F3SW (F3SV)
F3SG (F3SH)
WG
VH
WG
VH
W G
V H
W G
V H
Fig.62
Round Weight 82kg(85kg)
F3S -55-300-075E(F3S -55-300-075E)
CAD Data: F3S -55-075E
(CAD Data: F3S -55-075E)
WG
VH
W G
V H
φ162
126.5
□80 28
10
1856856 105
117
405(474.5)
φ160
68
6856
56
38.3136
1423838 66
20 20
2 2
φ49
φ35H8
φ85h7φ49
φ35H8
φ85h7
Safety cap F3S-35
7 7
6262124138
48 48
78159
4-M12×P1.75 4-M12×P1.75
95 95
4-φ12.5 4-φ10.6
1685050 68
26 26
φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7
2 2
φ162
φ20
14
2728769 167
185
489.5
87
8769
69
48.8174 φ160103
119.5
Safety cap F3S-45
7 7
7575150164
73 73
78
4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.5
108 108
4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5
159
28□80
(559)
F3S Type
55
1/ 5
1/ 7.5
1/ 10
1/ 12.5
1/ 15
1/ 20
1/ 25
1/ 30
1/ 40
1/ 50
1/ 60
1/ 80
1/100
1/120
1/160
1/200
1/240
1/300
300
200
150
120
100
75
60
50
37.5
30
25
18.8
15
12.5
9.4
7.5
6.3
5
1/
2/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
7/
5
15
10
235
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
80
1880
120
160
200
240
2120
360
240
180
144
120
90
72
60
45
36
30
22.5
18
15
11.3
9
7.5
6
2.1
3.2
4.2
5.3
6.4
8.5
10.6
12.7
16.9
21.2
25.4
32.2
40.3
48.3
56.5
56.5
56.5
108
1.8
2.6
3.5
4.4
5.3
7.1
8.8
10.6
14.1
17.7
21.2
26.8
33.5
40.3
53.7
56.5
56.5
90.2
21
31
41
52
63
83
104
124
166
208
249
316
395
473
554
554
554
1058
18
25
34
43
52
70
86
104
138
173
208
263
328
395
526
554
554
884
200
230
250
265
280
305
325
335
355
355
355
485
485
485
530
530
530
1000
500
567
613
669
686
747
796
821
870
870
870
1177
1177
1177
1275
1275
1275
2452
51
58
63
68
70
76
81
84
89
89
89
120
120
120
130
130
130
250
1960
2250
2450
2600
2740
2990
3190
3280
3480
3480
3480
4750
4750
4750
5190
5190
5190
9800 P.69 Fig.62 82kg(85kg)
φ162
126.5
336116
9416
198220
634.5(704)
130
130
108
108
59.3260
88
100100
200
143 143
216
Safety cap F3S-5055
4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5
4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5
2206161 98
32 32
φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7
2 2
φ16051
φ25
149169.5
28□80
3-M4
126.5
Performance Table/ Dimension
Performance Table/ Dimension
(Note) 1. 2. 3.
The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 59 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.
Model Code P.56
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
Water-Resistant IP65 F3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)
Motor Specs. Standard Voltage
(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)
CapacityMotor Capacity Designation
Frequency (Hz)
Voltage (V)
Rated Current (A)
Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)
Insulation Classification
Protective Cooling system
Totally Enclosed fan-cooled
Motor Capacity
Actual Reduction Ratio
(Fraction)
Frame No.
Reduction Ratio
Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)
Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L
Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load
Output Shaft Allowable TorquePage of Dimension Diagram shown,
Fig. No. and Round Weight
(attachment)
(attachment)
(attachment)
Flange surface Flange surface
Flange surface Flange surface
Flange surface Flange surface
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
Gearmotor Brake Gearmotor
The values in parentheses in the Performance Table/Dimension Diagram indicate the values of brake gearmotors.
Gearmotor (Brake Gearmotor)
7170
1.5kW 150 50/60/60200/200/220 6.6/6.1/5.8 1430/1720/1730 B
F3SW F3SG
3-phase 1.5kW
45P.71 Fig.63 32kg
Fig.63
Round Weight 32kg
F3S -45-5~60-150E CAD Data: F3S -45-150E
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
WG
W G
Fig.64
Round Weight 86kg
F3S -55-80~240-150E CAD Data: F3S -55-150EWG
W G
φ186
137.5
□80 28
110.5
87
8773
73
48.8174
14
2358773 134
148
507
φ20
98.5115
φ179
1685050 68
26 26
φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7
2 2
Safety cap F3S-45
7 7150164
63 63
86
7575
179.5
4-M16×P2.0 4-M16×P2.0
108 108
4-φ16.5 4-φ14
F3S Type
55
1/ 5
1/ 7.5
1/ 10
1/ 12.5
1/ 15
1/ 20
1/ 25
1/ 30
1/ 40
1/ 50
1/ 60
1/ 80
1/100
1/120
1/160
1/200
1/240
300
200
150
120
100
75
60
50
37.5
30
25
18.8
15
12.5
9.4
7.5
6.3
1/
2/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
5
15
10
235
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
80
100
120
160
200
240
360
240
180
144
120
90
72
60
45
36
30
22.5
18
15
11.3
9
7.5
4.2
6.4
8.5
10.6
12.7
16.9
21.2
25.4
33.9
42.4
50.8
64.4
80.5
96.6
129
129
129
3.5
5.3
7.1
8.8
10.6
14.1
17.7
21.2
28.2
35.2
42.4
53.7
67.1
80.5
107
129
129
41
63
83
104
124
166
208
249
332
416
498
631
789
947
1264
1264
1264
34
52
70
86
104
138
173
208
276
345
416
526
658
789
1049
1264
1264
300
340
370
400
415
455
480
485
485
485
485
655
655
765
850
920
1000
800
900
967
1040
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1618
1618
1863
2059
2256
2452
82
92
99
106
109
109
109
109
109
109
109
165
165
190
210
230
250
2940
3330
3630
3920
4070
4460
4700
4750
4750
4750
4750
6420
6420
7500
8330
9020
9800
P.71 Fig.64 86kg
*
*
φ186
137.5
□80 28
110.5
336
11694
16
198
220
130
130
108
108
59.3260
88
100100
200
143 143
216
Safety cap F3S-5055
4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5
4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5
2206161 98
32 32
φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7
2 2 φ25
149169.5
597.5
φ179
3-M4
Performance Table/ Dimension
Performance Table/ Dimension
(Note) 1. 2. 3.
The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 59 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.
Model Code P.56
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
Motor Specs. Standard Voltage
(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)
CapacityMotor Capacity Designation
Frequency (Hz)
Voltage (V)
Rated Current (A)
Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)
Insulation Classification
Protective Cooling system
Totally Enclosed fan-cooled
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 60Hz50Hz kgfN
kgf・mN・m
kgfN
Motor Capacity
Actual Reduction Ratio
(Fraction)
Frame No.
Reduction Ratio
Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)
Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L
Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load
Output Shaft Allowable Torque Page of Dimension Diagram shown, Fig. No. and Round Weight
Gearmotor
F3 Series 3-phase 1.5kW
Water-Resistant IP65 F3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)
(attachment)
(attachment)
Flange surface Flange surface
Flange surface Flange surface
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
Gearmotor
7170
1.5kW 150 50/60/60200/200/220 6.6/6.1/5.8 1430/1720/1730 B
F3SW F3SG
3-phase 1.5kW
45P.71 Fig.63 32kg
Fig.63
Round Weight 32kg
F3S -45-5~60-150E CAD Data: F3S -45-150E
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
WG
W G
Fig.64
Round Weight 86kg
F3S -55-80~240-150E CAD Data: F3S -55-150EWG
W G
φ186
137.5
□80 28
110.5
87
8773
73
48.8174
14
2358773 134
148
507
φ20
98.5115
φ179
1685050 68
26 26
φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7
2 2
Safety cap F3S-45
7 7150164
63 63
86
7575
179.5
4-M16×P2.0 4-M16×P2.0
108 108
4-φ16.5 4-φ14
F3S Type
55
1/ 5
1/ 7.5
1/ 10
1/ 12.5
1/ 15
1/ 20
1/ 25
1/ 30
1/ 40
1/ 50
1/ 60
1/ 80
1/100
1/120
1/160
1/200
1/240
300
200
150
120
100
75
60
50
37.5
30
25
18.8
15
12.5
9.4
7.5
6.3
1/
2/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
5
15
10
235
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
80
100
120
160
200
240
360
240
180
144
120
90
72
60
45
36
30
22.5
18
15
11.3
9
7.5
4.2
6.4
8.5
10.6
12.7
16.9
21.2
25.4
33.9
42.4
50.8
64.4
80.5
96.6
129
129
129
3.5
5.3
7.1
8.8
10.6
14.1
17.7
21.2
28.2
35.2
42.4
53.7
67.1
80.5
107
129
129
41
63
83
104
124
166
208
249
332
416
498
631
789
947
1264
1264
1264
34
52
70
86
104
138
173
208
276
345
416
526
658
789
1049
1264
1264
300
340
370
400
415
455
480
485
485
485
485
655
655
765
850
920
1000
800
900
967
1040
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1618
1618
1863
2059
2256
2452
82
92
99
106
109
109
109
109
109
109
109
165
165
190
210
230
250
2940
3330
3630
3920
4070
4460
4700
4750
4750
4750
4750
6420
6420
7500
8330
9020
9800
P.71 Fig.64 86kg
*
*
φ186
137.5
□80 28
110.5
336
11694
16
198
220
130
130
108
108
59.3260
88
100100
200
143 143
216
Safety cap F3S-5055
4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5
4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5
2206161 98
32 32
φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7
2 2 φ25
149169.5
597.5
φ179
3-M4
Performance Table/ Dimension
Performance Table/ Dimension
(Note) 1. 2. 3.
The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 59 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.
Model Code P.56
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
Motor Specs. Standard Voltage
(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)
CapacityMotor Capacity Designation
Frequency (Hz)
Voltage (V)
Rated Current (A)
Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)
Insulation Classification
Protective Cooling system
Totally Enclosed fan-cooled
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 60Hz50Hz kgfN
kgf・mN・m
kgfN
Motor Capacity
Actual Reduction Ratio
(Fraction)
Frame No.
Reduction Ratio
Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)
Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L
Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load
Output Shaft Allowable Torque Page of Dimension Diagram shown, Fig. No. and Round Weight
Gearmotor
F3 Series 3-phase 1.5kW
Water-Resistant IP65 F3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)
(attachment)
(attachment)
Flange surface Flange surface
Flange surface Flange surface
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
Gearmotor
7372
Fig.65
Round Weight 35kg
F3S -45-5~30-220E CAD Data: F3S -45-220E
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
WG
Fig.66
Round Weight 44kg
F3S -50-40~60-220EWG
Fig.67
Round Weight 91kg
F3S -55-80~120-220EWG
W G
CAD Data: F3S -50-220EW G
CAD Data: F3S -55-220EW G
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 60Hz50Hz kgfN
kgf・mN・m
F3SW F3SG
3-phase 2.2kW
45
50
55
1/ 5
1/ 7.5
1/ 10
1/ 12.5
1/ 15
1/ 20
1/ 25
1/ 30
1/ 40
1/ 50
1/ 60
1/ 80
1/100
1/120
300
200
150
120
100
75
60
50
37.5
30
25
18.8
15
12.5
1/
2/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
5
15
10
235
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
80
100
120
360
240
180
144
120
90
72
60
45
36
30
22.5
18
15
6.2
9.3
12.4
15.5
18.6
24.9
31.1
37.3
49.7
62.1
74.6
94.5
118
129
5.2
7.8
10.4
12.9
15.5
20.7
25.9
31.1
41.4
51.8
62.1
78.7
98.4
118
61
91
122
152
182
244
305
366
487
609
731
926
1156
1264
51
76
102
126
152
203
254
305
406
508
609
771
964
1156
320
360
400
420
450
485
485
485
535
535
535
655
655
765
800
900
967
1040
1067
1067
1067
1067
1275
1275
1275
1618
1618
1863
82
92
99
106
109
109
109
109
130
130
130
165
165
190
3140
3530
3920
4120
4410
4750
4750
4750
5240
5240
5240
6420
6420
7500
kgfN
P.73 Fig.65 35kg
P.73 Fig.66 44kg
P.73 Fig.67 91kg
87
8773
73
48.8174
14
2358773 134
148
532
φ20
98.5115
1685050 68
26 26
φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7
2 2
Safety cap F3S-45
7 7150164
63 63
86
7575
179.5
4-M16×P2.0 4-M16×P2.0
108 108
4-φ16.5 4-φ14
φ186
137.5
□80 28
110.5
φ179
F3S Type
2.2kW 220 200/200/22050/60/60 9.0/8.6/8.0 1410/1690/1710 B
*
φ186
□80 28
110.5
106
10690
90
53.8212
1725555 62
29 29
179.5
4-φ16.5
14
304118102 170
186
611
φ20
121137.3
77
7777154
120 120
168
Safety cap F3S-5055
φ74 φ74
φ50H8 φ50H8
φ110h7 φ110h7
2 2
4-φ14
4-M16×P2.0 4-M16×P2.059 59
86
82
φ179
137.5
336
11694
16
198
220
622.5
130
130
108
108
59.3260
φ25
149169.5
φ186
□80 28
110.5
137.5
88
100100
200
143 143
216
Safety cap F3S-5055
4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5
4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5
2206161 98
32 32
φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7
2 2
3-M4
3-M4
Performance Table/ Dimension
Performance Table/ Dimension
(Note) 1. 2. 3.
The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 59 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.
Model Code P.56
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
Motor Specs. Standard Voltage
(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)
CapacityMotor Capacity Designation
Frequency (Hz)
Voltage (V)
Rated Current (A)
Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)
Insulation Classification
Protective Cooling system
Totally Enclosed fan-cooled
F3 Series 3-phase 2.2kW
Motor Capacity
Actual Reduction Ratio
(Fraction)
Frame No.
Reduction Ratio
Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)
Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L
Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load
Output Shaft Allowable TorquePage of Dimension Diagram shown,
Fig. No. and Round Weight
(attachment)
(attachment)
(attachment)
Flange surface Flange surface
Flange surface Flange surface
Flange surface Flange surface
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
Gearmotor
Water-Resistant IP65 F3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)
Gearmotor
7372
Fig.65
Round Weight 35kg
F3S -45-5~30-220E CAD Data: F3S -45-220E
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
WG
Fig.66
Round Weight 44kg
F3S -50-40~60-220EWG
Fig.67
Round Weight 91kg
F3S -55-80~120-220EWG
W G
CAD Data: F3S -50-220EW G
CAD Data: F3S -55-220EW G
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz 60Hz50Hz kgfN
kgf・mN・m
F3SW F3SG
3-phase 2.2kW
45
50
55
1/ 5
1/ 7.5
1/ 10
1/ 12.5
1/ 15
1/ 20
1/ 25
1/ 30
1/ 40
1/ 50
1/ 60
1/ 80
1/100
1/120
300
200
150
120
100
75
60
50
37.5
30
25
18.8
15
12.5
1/
2/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
5
15
10
235
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
80
100
120
360
240
180
144
120
90
72
60
45
36
30
22.5
18
15
6.2
9.3
12.4
15.5
18.6
24.9
31.1
37.3
49.7
62.1
74.6
94.5
118
129
5.2
7.8
10.4
12.9
15.5
20.7
25.9
31.1
41.4
51.8
62.1
78.7
98.4
118
61
91
122
152
182
244
305
366
487
609
731
926
1156
1264
51
76
102
126
152
203
254
305
406
508
609
771
964
1156
320
360
400
420
450
485
485
485
535
535
535
655
655
765
800
900
967
1040
1067
1067
1067
1067
1275
1275
1275
1618
1618
1863
82
92
99
106
109
109
109
109
130
130
130
165
165
190
3140
3530
3920
4120
4410
4750
4750
4750
5240
5240
5240
6420
6420
7500
kgfN
P.73 Fig.65 35kg
P.73 Fig.66 44kg
P.73 Fig.67 91kg
87
8773
73
48.8174
14
2358773 134
148
532
φ20
98.5115
1685050 68
26 26
φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7
2 2
Safety cap F3S-45
7 7150164
63 63
86
7575
179.5
4-M16×P2.0 4-M16×P2.0
108 108
4-φ16.5 4-φ14
φ186
137.5
□80 28
110.5
φ179
F3S Type
2.2kW 220 200/200/22050/60/60 9.0/8.6/8.0 1410/1690/1710 B
*
φ186
□80 28
110.5
106
10690
90
53.8212
1725555 62
29 29
179.5
4-φ16.5
14
304118102 170
186
611
φ20
121137.3
77
7777154
120 120
168
Safety cap F3S-5055
φ74 φ74
φ50H8 φ50H8
φ110h7 φ110h7
2 2
4-φ14
4-M16×P2.0 4-M16×P2.059 59
86
82
φ179
137.5
336
11694
16
198
220
622.5
130
130
108
108
59.3260
φ25
149169.5
φ186
□80 28
110.5
137.5
88
100100
200
143 143
216
Safety cap F3S-5055
4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5
4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5
2206161 98
32 32
φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7
2 2
3-M4
3-M4
Performance Table/ Dimension
Performance Table/ Dimension
(Note) 1. 2. 3.
The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 59 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.
Model Code P.56
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
Motor Specs. Standard Voltage
(Continuous Rated 4 Poles)
CapacityMotor Capacity Designation
Frequency (Hz)
Voltage (V)
Rated Current (A)
Rated Rotation Speed (rpm)
Insulation Classification
Protective Cooling system
Totally Enclosed fan-cooled
F3 Series 3-phase 2.2kW
Motor Capacity
Actual Reduction Ratio
(Fraction)
Frame No.
Reduction Ratio
Output Shaft Rotation Speed(rpm)
Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L
Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load
Output Shaft Allowable TorquePage of Dimension Diagram shown,
Fig. No. and Round Weight
(attachment)
(attachment)
(attachment)
Flange surface Flange surface
Flange surface Flange surface
Flange surface Flange surface
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
Gearmotor
Water-Resistant IP65 F3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)
Gearmotor
75
F3
74
Gearmotor
Series
Concentric Hollow Shaft
Reducer(Input/Output Shaft)Model・Type DesignationStandard Model Lineup
Equiv 0.1kW~Equiv2.2kW
Hypoid gear and Helical gear
Grease Lubrication(Maintenance Free)
New JIS Key(JIS 1301-1976 class)
S43C
Aluminium die-cast
-10℃~40℃
85% max.(without any dew condensation)
1,000m max.
Indoors
Anion painting, Acrylic paint
Gray(Mansel code: 9B6/0.5)
No restriction in the mounting angle.(horizontally, vertically or heeling angle)
Speed Reduction Part
Ambient Conditions
Painting
Mounting Direction
Reduction Method
Lubrication
Output Shaft
Case Material
Ambient Humidity
Altitude
Painting Method
Painting Color
Environment Well ventilated place free from corrosive gas, explosive gas vapor and/or dust.
Equivalent 4P motor capacity
Output Shaft Material
Ambient Temperature
Installation Location
75
F3
74
Gearmotor
Series
Concentric Hollow Shaft
Reducer(Input/Output Shaft)Model・Type DesignationStandard Model Lineup
Equiv 0.1kW~Equiv2.2kW
Hypoid gear and Helical gear
Grease Lubrication(Maintenance Free)
New JIS Key(JIS 1301-1976 class)
S43C
Aluminium die-cast
-10℃~40℃
85% max.(without any dew condensation)
1,000m max.
Indoors
Anion painting, Acrylic paint
Gray(Mansel code: 9B6/0.5)
No restriction in the mounting angle.(horizontally, vertically or heeling angle)
Speed Reduction Part
Ambient Conditions
Painting
Mounting Direction
Reduction Method
Lubrication
Output Shaft
Case Material
Ambient Humidity
Altitude
Painting Method
Painting Color
Environment Well ventilated place free from corrosive gas, explosive gas vapor and/or dust.
Equivalent 4P motor capacity
Output Shaft Material
Ambient Temperature
Installation Location
7776
20
25
25
30
35
45
45
0.1kW
0.2kW
0.4kW
0.75kW
1.5kW
2.2kW
1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40
1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/240
1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/240
1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/240
1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/240
1/50 1/60
1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40
1/50 1/60
1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40
1/50 1/60
1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40
1/50 1/60
1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40
1/5 1/7.5 1/10
50 1/40 1/50 1/60
55 1/80 1/100 1/120
1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30
1/50 1/60
F3S
30
35
45
1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/24055
Model and Type Designation F3 Series F3S Type(Hollow Shaft)
Model and Type Designation
F3S Type(Hollow Shaft)Model Lineup
F3 Series F3S Type
Standard Model
Lineup
Standard Model Lineup
F3 Series Input/Output Shaft type reducers are classified by codes as shown below. Specify these codes in your inquiry and order.
① ② ④ ③
Type
S 30 50
⑥
040
⑦ ⑧
F3S 45 240 075F3
Frame Number
Auxiliary Mark
Spec. Designation
⑤ X
Motor Capacity
Reduction Ratio
①Series Name
②Classification by Mount Form
③Classification by Motor Type
④Frame No. and Diameter of Output shaft
⑤Reduction Ratio
⑥Motor Designation and Capacity
F3
S
Blank
Diameter of Output shaft(bore)
5 : 1/5 240 : 1/240
010
020
040
075
150
220
Blank
X
Blank
: F3 Series(Concentric Hollow Shaft・Concentric Solid Shaft)
: Hollow Shaft Type
: Without Motor(Input/Output Shaft Type)
: Equiv 0.1 kW
: Equiv 0.2 kW
: Equiv 0.4 kW
: Equiv 0.75kW
: Equiv 1.5 kW
: Equiv 2.2 kW
: Standard Specs.
: Code to identify additional special specs.
: Standard Specs.
⑦Auxiliary Mark
(Note 1) F3 Series Input/Output Shaft type reducer is F3S type (hollow shaft) only, F3F type (solid shaft) is not available.
(Note 1)
⑧Spec. DesignationNote:Spec. Designation does not appear on the
product type designation in the nameplate. It is specified on the additional numbers in the nameplate.
Type Equivalent of 4P Motor Capacity Reduction RatioFrame
Number
Reducer (Input/Output Shaft Type)
(Note 1) The models enclosed with are limited torque type. Be sure to check allowable torque in the performance table.
7776
20
25
25
30
35
45
45
0.1kW
0.2kW
0.4kW
0.75kW
1.5kW
2.2kW
1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40
1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/240
1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/240
1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/240
1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/240
1/50 1/60
1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40
1/50 1/60
1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40
1/50 1/60
1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40
1/50 1/60
1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40
1/5 1/7.5 1/10
50 1/40 1/50 1/60
55 1/80 1/100 1/120
1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30
1/50 1/60
F3S
30
35
45
1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/24055
Model and Type Designation F3 Series F3S Type(Hollow Shaft)
Model and Type Designation
F3S Type(Hollow Shaft)Model Lineup
F3 Series F3S Type
Standard Model
Lineup
Standard Model Lineup
F3 Series Input/Output Shaft type reducers are classified by codes as shown below. Specify these codes in your inquiry and order.
① ② ④ ③
Type
S 30 50
⑥
040
⑦ ⑧
F3S 45 240 075F3
Frame Number
Auxiliary Mark
Spec. Designation
⑤ X
Motor Capacity
Reduction Ratio
①Series Name
②Classification by Mount Form
③Classification by Motor Type
④Frame No. and Diameter of Output shaft
⑤Reduction Ratio
⑥Motor Designation and Capacity
F3
S
Blank
Diameter of Output shaft(bore)
5 : 1/5 240 : 1/240
010
020
040
075
150
220
Blank
X
Blank
: F3 Series(Concentric Hollow Shaft・Concentric Solid Shaft)
: Hollow Shaft Type
: Without Motor(Input/Output Shaft Type)
: Equiv 0.1 kW
: Equiv 0.2 kW
: Equiv 0.4 kW
: Equiv 0.75kW
: Equiv 1.5 kW
: Equiv 2.2 kW
: Standard Specs.
: Code to identify additional special specs.
: Standard Specs.
⑦Auxiliary Mark
(Note 1) F3 Series Input/Output Shaft type reducer is F3S type (hollow shaft) only, F3F type (solid shaft) is not available.
(Note 1)
⑧Spec. DesignationNote:Spec. Designation does not appear on the
product type designation in the nameplate. It is specified on the additional numbers in the nameplate.
Type Equivalent of 4P Motor Capacity Reduction RatioFrame
Number
Reducer (Input/Output Shaft Type)
(Note 1) The models enclosed with are limited torque type. Be sure to check allowable torque in the performance table.
79
F3F3S
78
■Relation for Rotating Direction ( View from side , as in the direction of the arrow shown in the following diagram )The rotation directions shown by arrow just show the rotation in input/output shaft, and do not limit the rotation direction.
F3SType 0.1kW~2.2kW 1/5~1/60Reduction ratioMotor Capacity
F3SType 0.1kW~0.75kW 1/80~1/240Reduction ratioMotor Capacity
AA
A
Gearmotor
Series
Type
Reducer(Input/Output Shaft Type)Performance TableDimension diagram
Concentric Hollow Shaft
●The motor capacities are the values when 4 pole motor is applied.【Remark】
79
F3F3S
78
■Relation for Rotating Direction ( View from side , as in the direction of the arrow shown in the following diagram )The rotation directions shown by arrow just show the rotation in input/output shaft, and do not limit the rotation direction.
F3SType 0.1kW~2.2kW 1/5~1/60Reduction ratioMotor Capacity
F3SType 0.1kW~0.75kW 1/80~1/240Reduction ratioMotor Capacity
AA
A
Gearmotor
Series
Type
Reducer(Input/Output Shaft Type)Performance TableDimension diagram
Concentric Hollow Shaft
●The motor capacities are the values when 4 pole motor is applied.【Remark】
8180
Fig.68N・m kgf・m
kgfN
F3S
0.1kW
20
25
1/ 5
1/ 7.5
1/ 10
1/ 12.5
1/ 15
1/ 20
1/ 25
1/ 30
1/ 40
1/ 50
1/ 60
1/ 80
1/100
1/120
1/160
1/200
1/240
2.5
3.8
5.2
6.5
7.7
11
13
16
21
25
31
39
49
59
78
98
101
1/
2/
1/
2/
1/
1/
1/
2/
1/
1/
1/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
5
15
10
25
15
20
25
59
40
50
59
80
1880
120
160
200
240
0.26
0.39
0.53
0.66
0.79
1.0
1.3
1.6
2.1
2.6
3.2
4
5
6
8
10
10.3
196
196
20
20
100
110
120
130
135
150
160
170
185
190
190
260
260
260
260
260
260
244
270
294
316
333
373
392
422
451
471
471
637
637
637
637
637
637
25
28
30
32
34
38
40
43
46
48
48
65
65
65
65
65
65
980
1080
1180
1270
1320
1470
1570
1670
1810
1860
1860
2550
2550
2550
2550
2550
2550
kgfN
P.81 Fig.68 3.5kg
P.81 Fig.69 5kg
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
*
Round Weight 3.5kg
F3S-20-5~60-(010) CAD Data: F3S-20-010
Fig.69
Round Weight 5kg
F3S-25-80~240-(010) CAD Data: F3S-25-010
φ114.5
48.5
48.5
38.5
38.522.897
127
6
48.538.5 68.5
2522
13.5
78.5
208
962424 48
13 13
2 2
φ29
φ20H8 φ20H8
φ29φ53h7 φ53h7
3939
77 7892
64 64
Safety capF3S-20
37 374-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5
4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6
φ115
φ12h6 4
φ114.5
φ12h613.5
453.5
53.5
43.5
43.528.3107
8
15953.543.5 95.5
105.5
239
1182727 64
14 14
φ39 φ39
φ25H8 φ25H8
φ66h7 φ66h7
2 2
77
5050100
Safety cap F3S-25
114
79 79
4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6
39.5 39.54-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5
φ115
2522
F3S Type
(Note) 1. 2. 3.
The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 79 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.
Model Code P.76
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
F3 Series equiv 0.1kW
Reducer (Input/Output Shaft Type) F3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)
Performance Table/ Dimension
Performance Table/ Dimension
Allowable O.H.L.
output shaftinput shaft output shaftinput shaft
Output Shaft Allowable Torque Input(1500rpm) Equivalent
4P motor capacity
Frame No.
Reduction Ratio
Actual Reduction Ratio
(Fraction)
Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load
Page of Dimension Diagram shown,
Fig. No. and Round Weight
(attachment)
(attachment)
Flange surface
Flange surface Flange surface
Flange surface
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
8180
Fig.68N・m kgf・m
kgfN
F3S
0.1kW
20
25
1/ 5
1/ 7.5
1/ 10
1/ 12.5
1/ 15
1/ 20
1/ 25
1/ 30
1/ 40
1/ 50
1/ 60
1/ 80
1/100
1/120
1/160
1/200
1/240
2.5
3.8
5.2
6.5
7.7
11
13
16
21
25
31
39
49
59
78
98
101
1/
2/
1/
2/
1/
1/
1/
2/
1/
1/
1/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
5
15
10
25
15
20
25
59
40
50
59
80
1880
120
160
200
240
0.26
0.39
0.53
0.66
0.79
1.0
1.3
1.6
2.1
2.6
3.2
4
5
6
8
10
10.3
196
196
20
20
100
110
120
130
135
150
160
170
185
190
190
260
260
260
260
260
260
244
270
294
316
333
373
392
422
451
471
471
637
637
637
637
637
637
25
28
30
32
34
38
40
43
46
48
48
65
65
65
65
65
65
980
1080
1180
1270
1320
1470
1570
1670
1810
1860
1860
2550
2550
2550
2550
2550
2550
kgfN
P.81 Fig.68 3.5kg
P.81 Fig.69 5kg
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
*
Round Weight 3.5kg
F3S-20-5~60-(010) CAD Data: F3S-20-010
Fig.69
Round Weight 5kg
F3S-25-80~240-(010) CAD Data: F3S-25-010
φ114.5
48.5
48.5
38.5
38.522.897
127
6
48.538.5 68.5
2522
13.5
78.5
208
962424 48
13 13
2 2
φ29
φ20H8 φ20H8
φ29φ53h7 φ53h7
3939
77 7892
64 64
Safety capF3S-20
37 374-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5
4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6
φ115
φ12h6 4
φ114.5
φ12h613.5
453.5
53.5
43.5
43.528.3107
8
15953.543.5 95.5
105.5
239
1182727 64
14 14
φ39 φ39
φ25H8 φ25H8
φ66h7 φ66h7
2 2
77
5050100
Safety cap F3S-25
114
79 79
4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6
39.5 39.54-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5
φ115
2522
F3S Type
(Note) 1. 2. 3.
The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 79 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.
Model Code P.76
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
F3 Series equiv 0.1kW
Reducer (Input/Output Shaft Type) F3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)
Performance Table/ Dimension
Performance Table/ Dimension
Allowable O.H.L.
output shaftinput shaft output shaftinput shaft
Output Shaft Allowable Torque Input(1500rpm) Equivalent
4P motor capacity
Frame No.
Reduction Ratio
Actual Reduction Ratio
(Fraction)
Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load
Page of Dimension Diagram shown,
Fig. No. and Round Weight
(attachment)
(attachment)
Flange surface
Flange surface Flange surface
Flange surface
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
8382
Fig.70N・m kgf・m
kgfN
F3S
25
30
1/ 5
1/ 7.5
1/ 10
1/ 12.5
1/ 15
1/ 20
1/ 25
1/ 30
1/ 40
1/ 50
1/ 60
1/ 80
1/100
1/120
1/160
1/200
1/240
5.5
8.3
11
14
17
23
27
33
44
55
67
84
105
126
169
184
184
1/
2/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
5
15
10
235
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
80
1880
120
160
200
240
0.56
0.85
1.1
1.4
1.7
2.3
2.8
3.4
4.5
5.6
6.8
8.6
10.7
12.9
17.9
18.8
18.8
245
245
25
25
125
140
155
165
175
190
205
215
235
250
260
315
320
320
320
320
320
307
342
380
405
429
466
502
527
576
613
637
775
785
785
785
785
785
31
35
39
41
44
48
51
54
59
63
65
79
80
80
80
80
80
1230
1370
1520
1620
1720
1860
2010
2110
2300
2450
2550
3090
3140
3140
3140
3140
3140
kgfN
P.83 Fig.70 5kg
P.83 Fig.71 6.5kg
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
Round Weight 5kg
F3S-25-5~60-(020) CAD Data: F3S-25-020
Fig.71
Round Weight 6.5kg
F3S-30-80~240-(020) CAD Data: F3S-30-020
0.2kW
φ114.5
φ12h613.5
4
8
1182727 64
14 14
φ39 φ39
φ25H8 φ25H8
φ66h7 φ66h7
2 2
53.5
53.5
43.5
43.528.3107
77
5050100
Safety cap F3S-25
114
79 79
39.5 39.54-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5
4-φ10.5
14053.543.5 76.5
86.5
220.5
φ115
2522
8
1805846 110
1221243333 58
17 17
φ44
φ30H8
φ75h7
58
5846
46
33.3116
2 2
φ44
φ30H8
φ75h7
Safety cap F3S-30
7 7
5353106120
82 82
45.5 45.54-M12×P1.75 4-M12×P1.75
4-φ12.5 4-φ10.6
260
φ114.5
φ12h613.5
4
φ115
2522
F3S Type
*
*
(Note) 1. 2. 3.
The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 79 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.
Model Code P.76
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
F3 Series equiv 0.2kWF3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)
Performance Table/ Dimension
Performance Table/ Dimension
Allowable O.H.L.
output shaftinput shaft output shaftinput shaft
Output Shaft Allowable Torque Input(1500rpm) Equivalent
4P motor capacity
Frame No.
Reduction Ratio
Actual Reduction Ratio
(Fraction)
Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load
Page of Dimension Diagram shown,
Fig. No. and Round Weight
(attachment)
(attachment)
Flange surface
Flange surface Flange surface
Flange surface
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
Reducer (Input/Output Shaft Type)
8382
Fig.70N・m kgf・m
kgfN
F3S
25
30
1/ 5
1/ 7.5
1/ 10
1/ 12.5
1/ 15
1/ 20
1/ 25
1/ 30
1/ 40
1/ 50
1/ 60
1/ 80
1/100
1/120
1/160
1/200
1/240
5.5
8.3
11
14
17
23
27
33
44
55
67
84
105
126
169
184
184
1/
2/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
5
15
10
235
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
80
1880
120
160
200
240
0.56
0.85
1.1
1.4
1.7
2.3
2.8
3.4
4.5
5.6
6.8
8.6
10.7
12.9
17.9
18.8
18.8
245
245
25
25
125
140
155
165
175
190
205
215
235
250
260
315
320
320
320
320
320
307
342
380
405
429
466
502
527
576
613
637
775
785
785
785
785
785
31
35
39
41
44
48
51
54
59
63
65
79
80
80
80
80
80
1230
1370
1520
1620
1720
1860
2010
2110
2300
2450
2550
3090
3140
3140
3140
3140
3140
kgfN
P.83 Fig.70 5kg
P.83 Fig.71 6.5kg
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
Round Weight 5kg
F3S-25-5~60-(020) CAD Data: F3S-25-020
Fig.71
Round Weight 6.5kg
F3S-30-80~240-(020) CAD Data: F3S-30-020
0.2kW
φ114.5
φ12h613.5
4
8
1182727 64
14 14
φ39 φ39
φ25H8 φ25H8
φ66h7 φ66h7
2 2
53.5
53.5
43.5
43.528.3107
77
5050100
Safety cap F3S-25
114
79 79
39.5 39.54-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5
4-φ10.5
14053.543.5 76.5
86.5
220.5
φ115
2522
8
1805846 110
1221243333 58
17 17
φ44
φ30H8
φ75h7
58
5846
46
33.3116
2 2
φ44
φ30H8
φ75h7
Safety cap F3S-30
7 7
5353106120
82 82
45.5 45.54-M12×P1.75 4-M12×P1.75
4-φ12.5 4-φ10.6
260
φ114.5
φ12h613.5
4
φ115
2522
F3S Type
*
*
(Note) 1. 2. 3.
The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 79 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.
Model Code P.76
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
F3 Series equiv 0.2kWF3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)
Performance Table/ Dimension
Performance Table/ Dimension
Allowable O.H.L.
output shaftinput shaft output shaftinput shaft
Output Shaft Allowable Torque Input(1500rpm) Equivalent
4P motor capacity
Frame No.
Reduction Ratio
Actual Reduction Ratio
(Fraction)
Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load
Page of Dimension Diagram shown,
Fig. No. and Round Weight
(attachment)
(attachment)
Flange surface
Flange surface Flange surface
Flange surface
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
Reducer (Input/Output Shaft Type)
8584
Fig.72N・m kgf・m
kgfN
F3S
30
35
1/ 5
1/ 7.5
1/ 10
1/ 12.5
1/ 15
1/ 20
1/ 25
1/ 30
1/ 40
1/ 50
1/ 60
1/ 80
1/100
1/120
1/160
1/200
1/240
11
17
23
27
33
44
55
67
88
111
133
169
211
253
270
270
270
1/
2/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
5
15
10
235
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
80
1880
120
160
200
240
1.1
1.7
2.3
2.8
3.4
4.5
5.6
6.8
9
11.3
13.6
17.2
21.5
25.8
27.6
27.6
27.6
294
294
30
30
155
180
195
210
220
245
260
270
290
305
315
355
360
360
370
370
370
375
438
475
506
539
600
637
662
711
747
767
873
883
883
912
912
912
38
45
48
52
55
61
65
68
73
76
78
89
90
90
93
93
93
1520
1760
1910
2060
2160
2400
2550
2650
2840
2990
3090
3480
3530
3530
3630
3630
3630
kgfN
P.85 Fig.72 6kg
P.85 Fig.73 9.5kg
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
*
*
*
Round Weight 6kg
F3S-30-5~60-(040) CAD Data: F3S-30-040
Fig.73
Round Weight 9.5kg
F3S-35-80~240-(040) CAD Data: F3S-35-040
0.4kW
8
1595848 91
101
258
58
5848
48
33.3116
1243333 58
17 17
2 2
φ44
φ30H8
φ75h7φ44
φ30H8
φ75h7φ128
Safety cap F3S-30
7 7106120
82 82
40.5 40.54-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5
4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6
5353
φ127
φ15h6 175
3027
φ127
φ15h617
5
3027
10
2226854 140
154
316.5
68
6854
54
38.3136φ49
φ35H8
φ85h7φ49
φ35H8
φ85h7
2 2
1423838 66
20 20 Safety capF3S-35
7 7
6262124138
95 95
58 584-M16×P2 4-M16×P2
4-φ16.5
φ128
F3S Type
Performance Table/ Dimension
Performance Table/ Dimension
(Note) 1. 2. 3.
The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 79 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.
Model Code P.76
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
F3 Series equiv 0.4kW
Reducer (Input/Output Shaft Type) F3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)
Allowable O.H.L.
output shaftinput shaft output shaftinput shaft
Output Shaft Allowable Torque Input(1500rpm) Equivalent
4P motor capacity
Frame No.
Reduction Ratio
Actual Reduction Ratio
(Fraction)
Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load
Page of Dimension Diagram shown,
Fig. No. and Round Weight
(attachment)
(attachment)
Flange surface Flange surface
Flange surface Flange surface
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
8584
Fig.72N・m kgf・m
kgfN
F3S
30
35
1/ 5
1/ 7.5
1/ 10
1/ 12.5
1/ 15
1/ 20
1/ 25
1/ 30
1/ 40
1/ 50
1/ 60
1/ 80
1/100
1/120
1/160
1/200
1/240
11
17
23
27
33
44
55
67
88
111
133
169
211
253
270
270
270
1/
2/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
5
15
10
235
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
80
1880
120
160
200
240
1.1
1.7
2.3
2.8
3.4
4.5
5.6
6.8
9
11.3
13.6
17.2
21.5
25.8
27.6
27.6
27.6
294
294
30
30
155
180
195
210
220
245
260
270
290
305
315
355
360
360
370
370
370
375
438
475
506
539
600
637
662
711
747
767
873
883
883
912
912
912
38
45
48
52
55
61
65
68
73
76
78
89
90
90
93
93
93
1520
1760
1910
2060
2160
2400
2550
2650
2840
2990
3090
3480
3530
3530
3630
3630
3630
kgfN
P.85 Fig.72 6kg
P.85 Fig.73 9.5kg
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
*
*
*
Round Weight 6kg
F3S-30-5~60-(040) CAD Data: F3S-30-040
Fig.73
Round Weight 9.5kg
F3S-35-80~240-(040) CAD Data: F3S-35-040
0.4kW
8
1595848 91
101
258
58
5848
48
33.3116
1243333 58
17 17
2 2
φ44
φ30H8
φ75h7φ44
φ30H8
φ75h7φ128
Safety cap F3S-30
7 7106120
82 82
40.5 40.54-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5
4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6
5353
φ127
φ15h6 175
3027
φ127
φ15h617
5
3027
10
2226854 140
154
316.5
68
6854
54
38.3136φ49
φ35H8
φ85h7φ49
φ35H8
φ85h7
2 2
1423838 66
20 20 Safety capF3S-35
7 7
6262124138
95 95
58 584-M16×P2 4-M16×P2
4-φ16.5
φ128
F3S Type
Performance Table/ Dimension
Performance Table/ Dimension
(Note) 1. 2. 3.
The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 79 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.
Model Code P.76
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
F3 Series equiv 0.4kW
Reducer (Input/Output Shaft Type) F3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)
Allowable O.H.L.
output shaftinput shaft output shaftinput shaft
Output Shaft Allowable Torque Input(1500rpm) Equivalent
4P motor capacity
Frame No.
Reduction Ratio
Actual Reduction Ratio
(Fraction)
Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load
Page of Dimension Diagram shown,
Fig. No. and Round Weight
(attachment)
(attachment)
Flange surface Flange surface
Flange surface Flange surface
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
8786
Fig.74N・m kgf・m
kgfN
F3S
35
45
1/ 5
1/ 7.5
1/ 10
1/ 12.5
1/ 15
1/ 20
1/ 25
1/ 30
1/ 40
1/ 50
1/ 60
1/ 80
1/100
1/120
1/160
1/200
1/240
21
31
41
52
63
83
104
124
166
208
249
316
395
473
554
554
554
1/
2/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
5
15
10
235
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
80
1880
120
160
200
240
2.1
3.2
4.2
5.3
6.4
8.5
10.6
12.7
16.9
21.2
25.4
32.2
40.3
48.3
56.5
56.5
56.5
392
392
40
40
200
230
250
265
280
305
325
335
355
355
355
485
485
485
530
530
530
500
567
613
669
686
747
796
821
870
870
870
1177
1177
1177
1275
1275
1275
51
58
63
68
70
76
81
84
89
89
89
120
120
120
130
130
130
1960
2250
2450
2600
2740
2990
3190
3280
3480
3480
3480
4750
4750
4750
5190
5190
5190
kgfN
P.87 Fig.74 8kg
P.87 Fig.75 16.5kg
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
*
*
*
Round Weight 8kg
F3S-35-5~60-(075) CAD Data: F3S-35-075
Fig.75
Round Weight 16.5kg
F3S-45-80~240-(075) CAD Data: F3S-45-075
0.75kW
φ20h6 22.56
3532
10
1856856 105
117
296.5
φ142
68
6856
56
38.3136
1423838 66
20 20
2 2
φ49
φ35H8
φ85h7φ49
φ35H8
φ85h7
Safety cap F3S-35
7 7
6262124138
48 484-M12×P1.75 4-M12×P1.75
95 95
4-φ12.5 4-φ10.6
1685050 68
26 26
φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7
2 2 φ20
14
2728769 167
185
381
87
8769
69
48.8174103
119.5
Safety cap F3S-45
7 7
7575150164
73 734-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.5
108 108
4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5
φ20h622.5
6
3532
F3S Type
φ142
Performance Table/ Dimension
Performance Table/ Dimension
(Note) 1. 2. 3.
The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 79 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.
Model Code P.76
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
Allowable O.H.L.
output shaftinput shaft output shaftinput shaft
Output Shaft Allowable Torque Input(1500rpm) Equivalent
4P motor capacity
Frame No.
Reduction Ratio
Actual Reduction Ratio
(Fraction)
Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load
Page of Dimension Diagram shown,
Fig. No. and Round Weight
F3 Series equiv 0.75kW
Reducer (Input/Output Shaft Type) F3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)
(attachment)
(attachment)
Flange surface Flange surface
Flange surface Flange surface
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
8786
Fig.74N・m kgf・m
kgfN
F3S
35
45
1/ 5
1/ 7.5
1/ 10
1/ 12.5
1/ 15
1/ 20
1/ 25
1/ 30
1/ 40
1/ 50
1/ 60
1/ 80
1/100
1/120
1/160
1/200
1/240
21
31
41
52
63
83
104
124
166
208
249
316
395
473
554
554
554
1/
2/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
5
15
10
235
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
80
1880
120
160
200
240
2.1
3.2
4.2
5.3
6.4
8.5
10.6
12.7
16.9
21.2
25.4
32.2
40.3
48.3
56.5
56.5
56.5
392
392
40
40
200
230
250
265
280
305
325
335
355
355
355
485
485
485
530
530
530
500
567
613
669
686
747
796
821
870
870
870
1177
1177
1177
1275
1275
1275
51
58
63
68
70
76
81
84
89
89
89
120
120
120
130
130
130
1960
2250
2450
2600
2740
2990
3190
3280
3480
3480
3480
4750
4750
4750
5190
5190
5190
kgfN
P.87 Fig.74 8kg
P.87 Fig.75 16.5kg
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
*
*
*
Round Weight 8kg
F3S-35-5~60-(075) CAD Data: F3S-35-075
Fig.75
Round Weight 16.5kg
F3S-45-80~240-(075) CAD Data: F3S-45-075
0.75kW
φ20h6 22.56
3532
10
1856856 105
117
296.5
φ142
68
6856
56
38.3136
1423838 66
20 20
2 2
φ49
φ35H8
φ85h7φ49
φ35H8
φ85h7
Safety cap F3S-35
7 7
6262124138
48 484-M12×P1.75 4-M12×P1.75
95 95
4-φ12.5 4-φ10.6
1685050 68
26 26
φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7
2 2 φ20
14
2728769 167
185
381
87
8769
69
48.8174103
119.5
Safety cap F3S-45
7 7
7575150164
73 734-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.5
108 108
4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5
φ20h622.5
6
3532
F3S Type
φ142
Performance Table/ Dimension
Performance Table/ Dimension
(Note) 1. 2. 3.
The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 79 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.
Model Code P.76
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
Allowable O.H.L.
output shaftinput shaft output shaftinput shaft
Output Shaft Allowable Torque Input(1500rpm) Equivalent
4P motor capacity
Frame No.
Reduction Ratio
Actual Reduction Ratio
(Fraction)
Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load
Page of Dimension Diagram shown,
Fig. No. and Round Weight
F3 Series equiv 0.75kW
Reducer (Input/Output Shaft Type) F3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)
(attachment)
(attachment)
Flange surface Flange surface
Flange surface Flange surface
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
8988
N・m kgf・m
kgfN
F3S
45
55
1/ 5
1/ 7.5
1/ 10
1/ 12.5
1/ 15
1/ 20
1/ 25
1/ 30
1/ 40
1/ 50
1/ 60
1/ 80
1/100
1/120
1/160
1/200
1/240
41
63
83
104
124
166
208
249
332
416
498
631
789
947
1264
1264
1264
1/
2/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
5
15
10
235
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
80
100
120
160
200
240
4.2
6.4
8.5
10.6
12.7
16.9
21.2
25.4
33.9
42.4
50.8
64.4
80.5
96.6
129
129
129
392
392
40
40
300
340
370
400
415
455
480
485
485
485
485
655
655
765
850
920
1000
800
900
967
1040
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1618
1618
1863
2059
2256
2452
82
92
99
106
109
109
109
109
109
109
109
165
165
190
210
230
250
2940
3330
3630
3920
4070
4460
4700
4750
4750
4750
4750
6420
6420
7500
8330
9020
9800
kgfN
P.89 Fig.76 17kg
P.89 Fig.77 73kg
F3S-45-5~60-(150) CAD Data: F3S-45-150
1.5kW
Fig.76
Round Weight 17kg
F3S-55-80~240-(150)CAD Data: F3S-55-150Fig.77
Round Weight 73kg
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
87
8773
73
48.8174
14
2358773 134
148
384.5
φ20
98.5115
1685050 68
26 26
φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7
2 2
Safety cap F3S-45
7 7150164
63 63
7575
4-M16×P2.0 4-M16×P2.0
108 108
4-φ16.5 4-φ14
φ25h6 288
4035
F3S Type
φ165
*
*
2206161 98
32 32
φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7
2 2 φ25
149169.5
336
116
94
16
40
35
198
220
475
130
130
108
108
59.3260
88
100100
200
143 143
216
Safety cap F3S-5055
4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5
4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5
φ25h68 28
3-M4
Performance Table/ Dimension
Performance Table/ Dimension
(Note) 1. 2. 3.
The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 79 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.
Model Code P.76
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
F3 Series equiv 1.5kW
Reducer (Input/Output Shaft Type) F3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)
Allowable O.H.L.
output shaftinput shaft output shaftinput shaft
Output Shaft Allowable Torque Input(1500rpm) Equivalent
4P motor capacity
Frame No.
Reduction Ratio
Actual Reduction Ratio
(Fraction)
Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load
Page of Dimension Diagram shown,
Fig. No. and Round Weight
(attachment)
(attachment)
Flange surface
Flange surface Flange surface
Flange surface
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
8988
N・m kgf・m
kgfN
F3S
45
55
1/ 5
1/ 7.5
1/ 10
1/ 12.5
1/ 15
1/ 20
1/ 25
1/ 30
1/ 40
1/ 50
1/ 60
1/ 80
1/100
1/120
1/160
1/200
1/240
41
63
83
104
124
166
208
249
332
416
498
631
789
947
1264
1264
1264
1/
2/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
5
15
10
235
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
80
100
120
160
200
240
4.2
6.4
8.5
10.6
12.7
16.9
21.2
25.4
33.9
42.4
50.8
64.4
80.5
96.6
129
129
129
392
392
40
40
300
340
370
400
415
455
480
485
485
485
485
655
655
765
850
920
1000
800
900
967
1040
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1618
1618
1863
2059
2256
2452
82
92
99
106
109
109
109
109
109
109
109
165
165
190
210
230
250
2940
3330
3630
3920
4070
4460
4700
4750
4750
4750
4750
6420
6420
7500
8330
9020
9800
kgfN
P.89 Fig.76 17kg
P.89 Fig.77 73kg
F3S-45-5~60-(150) CAD Data: F3S-45-150
1.5kW
Fig.76
Round Weight 17kg
F3S-55-80~240-(150)CAD Data: F3S-55-150Fig.77
Round Weight 73kg
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
87
8773
73
48.8174
14
2358773 134
148
384.5
φ20
98.5115
1685050 68
26 26
φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7
2 2
Safety cap F3S-45
7 7150164
63 63
7575
4-M16×P2.0 4-M16×P2.0
108 108
4-φ16.5 4-φ14
φ25h6 288
4035
F3S Type
φ165
*
*
2206161 98
32 32
φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7
2 2 φ25
149169.5
336
116
94
16
40
35
198
220
475
130
130
108
108
59.3260
88
100100
200
143 143
216
Safety cap F3S-5055
4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5
4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5
φ25h68 28
3-M4
Performance Table/ Dimension
Performance Table/ Dimension
(Note) 1. 2. 3.
The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 79 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.
Model Code P.76
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
F3 Series equiv 1.5kW
Reducer (Input/Output Shaft Type) F3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)
Allowable O.H.L.
output shaftinput shaft output shaftinput shaft
Output Shaft Allowable Torque Input(1500rpm) Equivalent
4P motor capacity
Frame No.
Reduction Ratio
Actual Reduction Ratio
(Fraction)
Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load
Page of Dimension Diagram shown,
Fig. No. and Round Weight
(attachment)
(attachment)
Flange surface
Flange surface Flange surface
Flange surface
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
9190
N・m kgf・m
kgfN
F3S
45
50
55
61
91
122
152
182
244
305
366
487
609
731
926
1156
1264
1/
2/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
5
15
10
235
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
80
100
120
6.2
9.3
12.4
15.5
18.6
24.9
31.1
37.3
49.7
62.1
74.6
94.5
118
129
392 40
392 40
320
360
400
420
450
485
485
485
535
535
535
655
655
765
800
900
967
1040
1067
1067
1067
1067
1275
1275
1275
1618
1618
1863
82
92
99
106
109
109
109
109
130
130
130
165
165
190
3140
3530
3920
4120
4410
4750
4750
4750
5240
5240
5240
6420
6420
7500
kgfN
P.91 Fig.78 18kg
P.91 Fig.79 27kg
P.91 Fig.80 74kg
F3S-45-5~30-(220) CAD Data: F3S-45-220
2.2kW
Fig.78
Round Weight 18kg
F3S-50-40~60-(220)CAD Data: F3S-50-220Fig.79
Round Weight 27kg
F3S-55-80~120-(220)CAD Data: F3S-55-220Fig.80
Round Weight 74kg
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
1/ 5
1/ 7.5
1/ 10
1/ 12.5
1/ 15
1/ 20
1/ 25
1/ 30
1/ 40
1/ 50
1/ 60
1/ 80
1/100
1/120
87
8773
73
48.8174
14
2358773 134
148
396.5
φ20
98.5115
1685050 68
26 26
φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7
2 2
Safety cap F3S-45
7 7150164
63 63
7575
4-M16×P2.0 4-M16×P2.0
108 108
4-φ16.5 4-φ14
φ30h6 33
4540
F3S Type
φ165
106
10690
90
53.8212
1725555 62
29 29
4-φ16.5
14
304118102 170
186
475.5
φ20
121137.3
77
7777154
120 120
168
Safety cap F3S-5055
φ74 φ74
φ50H8 φ50H8
φ110h7 φ110h7
2 2
4-φ14
4-M16×P2.0 4-M16×P2.059 59
φ30h6 338
8
4540
φ25
149169.5
336
11694
16
45
40
198
220
487
130
130
108
108
59.3260
φ30h6
2206161 98
32 32
φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7
2 2
88
100100
200
143 143
216
Safety cap F3S-5055
4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5
4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5
338
3-M4
3-M4
*
Performance Table/ Dimension
Performance Table/ Dimension
(Note) 1. 2. 3.
The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 79 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.
Model Code P.76
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
Allowable O.H.L.
output shaftinput shaft output shaftinput shaft
Output Shaft Allowable Torque Input(1500rpm) Equivalent
4P motor capacity
Frame No.
Reduction Ratio
Actual Reduction Ratio
(Fraction)
Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load
Page of Dimension Diagram shown,
Fig. No. and Round Weight
F3 Series equiv 2.2kW
Reducer (Input/Output Shaft Type) F3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)
(attachment)
(attachment)
(attachment)
Flange surface
Flange surface Flange surface
Flange surface Flange surface
Flange surface
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
9190
N・m kgf・m
kgfN
F3S
45
50
55
61
91
122
152
182
244
305
366
487
609
731
926
1156
1264
1/
2/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
5
15
10
235
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
80
100
120
6.2
9.3
12.4
15.5
18.6
24.9
31.1
37.3
49.7
62.1
74.6
94.5
118
129
392 40
392 40
320
360
400
420
450
485
485
485
535
535
535
655
655
765
800
900
967
1040
1067
1067
1067
1067
1275
1275
1275
1618
1618
1863
82
92
99
106
109
109
109
109
130
130
130
165
165
190
3140
3530
3920
4120
4410
4750
4750
4750
5240
5240
5240
6420
6420
7500
kgfN
P.91 Fig.78 18kg
P.91 Fig.79 27kg
P.91 Fig.80 74kg
F3S-45-5~30-(220) CAD Data: F3S-45-220
2.2kW
Fig.78
Round Weight 18kg
F3S-50-40~60-(220)CAD Data: F3S-50-220Fig.79
Round Weight 27kg
F3S-55-80~120-(220)CAD Data: F3S-55-220Fig.80
Round Weight 74kg
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
1/ 5
1/ 7.5
1/ 10
1/ 12.5
1/ 15
1/ 20
1/ 25
1/ 30
1/ 40
1/ 50
1/ 60
1/ 80
1/100
1/120
87
8773
73
48.8174
14
2358773 134
148
396.5
φ20
98.5115
1685050 68
26 26
φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7
2 2
Safety cap F3S-45
7 7150164
63 63
7575
4-M16×P2.0 4-M16×P2.0
108 108
4-φ16.5 4-φ14
φ30h6 33
4540
F3S Type
φ165
106
10690
90
53.8212
1725555 62
29 29
4-φ16.5
14
304118102 170
186
475.5
φ20
121137.3
77
7777154
120 120
168
Safety cap F3S-5055
φ74 φ74
φ50H8 φ50H8
φ110h7 φ110h7
2 2
4-φ14
4-M16×P2.0 4-M16×P2.059 59
φ30h6 338
8
4540
φ25
149169.5
336
11694
16
45
40
198
220
487
130
130
108
108
59.3260
φ30h6
2206161 98
32 32
φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7
2 2
88
100100
200
143 143
216
Safety cap F3S-5055
4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5
4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5
338
3-M4
3-M4
*
Performance Table/ Dimension
Performance Table/ Dimension
(Note) 1. 2. 3.
The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 79 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.
Model Code P.76
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
Allowable O.H.L.
output shaftinput shaft output shaftinput shaft
Output Shaft Allowable Torque Input(1500rpm) Equivalent
4P motor capacity
Frame No.
Reduction Ratio
Actual Reduction Ratio
(Fraction)
Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load
Page of Dimension Diagram shown,
Fig. No. and Round Weight
F3 Series equiv 2.2kW
Reducer (Input/Output Shaft Type) F3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)
(attachment)
(attachment)
(attachment)
Flange surface
Flange surface Flange surface
Flange surface Flange surface
Flange surface
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
93
F3
92
S-Type Reducer(For Designated Motor)Model・Type DesignationStandard Model Lineup
Gearmotor
Series
Concentric Hollow Shaft
Equivalent 4P motor capacity
Speed Reduction Part
Ambient Conditions
Painting
Mounting Direction
Reduction Method
Lubrication
Output Shaft
Case Material
Ambient Humidity
Altitude
Painting Method
Painting Color
Environment
Output Shaft Material
Installation Location
Ambient Temperature
Equiv 0.1kW~Equiv2.2kW
Hypoid gear and Helical gear
Grease Lubrication(Maintenance Free)
New JIS Key(JIS 1301-1976 class)
S43C
Aluminium die-cast
-10℃~40℃
85% max.(without any dew condensation)
1,000m max.
Indoors
Anion painting, Acrylic paint
Gray(Mansel code: 9B6/0.5)
No restriction in the mounting angle.(horizontally, vertically or heeling angle)
Well ventilated place free from corrosive gas, explosive gas vapor and/or dust.
93
F3
92
S-Type Reducer(For Designated Motor)Model・Type DesignationStandard Model Lineup
Gearmotor
Series
Concentric Hollow Shaft
Equivalent 4P motor capacity
Speed Reduction Part
Ambient Conditions
Painting
Mounting Direction
Reduction Method
Lubrication
Output Shaft
Case Material
Ambient Humidity
Altitude
Painting Method
Painting Color
Environment
Output Shaft Material
Installation Location
Ambient Temperature
Equiv 0.1kW~Equiv2.2kW
Hypoid gear and Helical gear
Grease Lubrication(Maintenance Free)
New JIS Key(JIS 1301-1976 class)
S43C
Aluminium die-cast
-10℃~40℃
85% max.(without any dew condensation)
1,000m max.
Indoors
Anion painting, Acrylic paint
Gray(Mansel code: 9B6/0.5)
No restriction in the mounting angle.(horizontally, vertically or heeling angle)
Well ventilated place free from corrosive gas, explosive gas vapor and/or dust.
9594
F3SS
20
25
25
30
35
45
45
0.1kW
0.2kW
0.4kW
0.75kW
1.5kW
2.2kW
1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40
1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/240
1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/240
1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/240
1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/240
1/50 1/60
1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40
1/50 1/60
1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40
1/50 1/60
1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40
1/50 1/60
1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40
1/5 1/7.5 1/10
50 1/40 1/50 1/60
55 1/80 1/100 1/120
1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30
1/50 1/60
30
35
45
1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/24055
F3 Series F3S TypeModel and Type Designation F3 Series F3S Type(Hollow Shaft)
Model and Type Designation
Standard Model
Lineup
F3 Series S-Type Reducers are classified by codes as shown below. Specify these codes in your inquiry and order.
F
S
S
Diameter of Output shaft(bore)
5 : 1/5 240 : 1/240
010
020
040
075
150
220
Blank
X
: F3 Series(Concentric Hollow Shaft)
: Hollow Shaft Type
: Designated Motor Attachable(S-Type)
: Equiv 0.1 kW
: Equiv 0.2 kW
: Equiv 0.4 kW
: Equiv 0.75 kW
: Equiv 1.5 kW
: Equiv 2.2 kW
: Standard Specs.
: Code to identify additional special specs.
(Note 1) F3 Series S-type reducer is F3S type (hollow shaft) only, F3F type (solid shaft) is not available.
① ② ④ ⑤ ③
Type
S 30 50
⑥
040
⑦
F3S 45 240 075F3 X
Frame Number
Reduction Ratio
Motor Capacity
Auxiliary Mark
SS
①Series Name
②Classification by Mount Form
③Classification by Motor Type
④Frame No. and Diameter of Output shaft
⑤Reduction Ratio
⑥Motor Designation and Capacity
⑦Auxiliary Mark
(Note 1)
F3S Type(Hollow Shaft)Model Lineup
Equivalent of 4P Motor CapacityType Frame
Number Reduction Ratio
S-Type Reducer
(Note)1. The models enclosed with are limited torque type. Be sure to check allowable torque in the performance table.
9594
F3SS
20
25
25
30
35
45
45
0.1kW
0.2kW
0.4kW
0.75kW
1.5kW
2.2kW
1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40
1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/240
1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/240
1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/240
1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/240
1/50 1/60
1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40
1/50 1/60
1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40
1/50 1/60
1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40
1/50 1/60
1/5 1/7.5 1/10 1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40
1/5 1/7.5 1/10
50 1/40 1/50 1/60
55 1/80 1/100 1/120
1/12.5 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30
1/50 1/60
30
35
45
1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/24055
F3 Series F3S TypeModel and Type Designation F3 Series F3S Type(Hollow Shaft)
Model and Type Designation
Standard Model
Lineup
F3 Series S-Type Reducers are classified by codes as shown below. Specify these codes in your inquiry and order.
F
S
S
Diameter of Output shaft(bore)
5 : 1/5 240 : 1/240
010
020
040
075
150
220
Blank
X
: F3 Series(Concentric Hollow Shaft)
: Hollow Shaft Type
: Designated Motor Attachable(S-Type)
: Equiv 0.1 kW
: Equiv 0.2 kW
: Equiv 0.4 kW
: Equiv 0.75 kW
: Equiv 1.5 kW
: Equiv 2.2 kW
: Standard Specs.
: Code to identify additional special specs.
(Note 1) F3 Series S-type reducer is F3S type (hollow shaft) only, F3F type (solid shaft) is not available.
① ② ④ ⑤ ③
Type
S 30 50
⑥
040
⑦
F3S 45 240 075F3 X
Frame Number
Reduction Ratio
Motor Capacity
Auxiliary Mark
SS
①Series Name
②Classification by Mount Form
③Classification by Motor Type
④Frame No. and Diameter of Output shaft
⑤Reduction Ratio
⑥Motor Designation and Capacity
⑦Auxiliary Mark
(Note 1)
F3S Type(Hollow Shaft)Model Lineup
Equivalent of 4P Motor CapacityType Frame
Number Reduction Ratio
S-Type Reducer
(Note)1. The models enclosed with are limited torque type. Be sure to check allowable torque in the performance table.
97
F3F3S
96
Gearmotor
S-Type Reducer(For Designated Motor)
Concentric Hollow Shaft
Performance TableDimension diagram
Series
Type
●Output Shaft allowable torques are the values when using 4-pole motor. ●In case of using with motors other than 4-pole motor, the output allowable torque can be obtained by multiplying the torque correction coefficient indicated in page 144, to the written value. ●The direction of rotation of the output shaft against the same of the output/input shaft are shown in the page 79.
【Remarks】
97
F3F3S
96
Gearmotor
S-Type Reducer(For Designated Motor)
Concentric Hollow Shaft
Performance TableDimension diagram
Series
Type
●Output Shaft allowable torques are the values when using 4-pole motor. ●In case of using with motors other than 4-pole motor, the output allowable torque can be obtained by multiplying the torque correction coefficient indicated in page 144, to the written value. ●The direction of rotation of the output shaft against the same of the output/input shaft are shown in the page 79.
【Remarks】
9998
Fig.8150Hz 60Hz
N・m kgf・m
50Hz 60Hz N kgf F3SS
0.1kW
20
25
1/ 5
1/ 7.5
1/ 10
1/ 12.5
1/ 15
1/ 20
1/ 25
1/ 30
1/ 40
1/ 50
1/ 60
1/ 80
1/100
1/120
1/160
1/200
1/240
2.5
3.8
5.2
6.5
7.7
11
13
16
21
25
31
39
49
59
78
98
101
1/
2/
1/
2/
1/
1/
1/
2/
1/
1/
1/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
5
15
10
25
15
20
25
59
40
50
59
80
1880
120
160
200
240
2.2
3.2
4.3
5.4
6.5
8.6
11
13
18
22
25
32
41
49
66
81
98
0.26
0.39
0.53
0.66
0.79
1.1
1.3
1.6
2.1
2.6
3.2
4
5
6
8
10
10.3
100
110
120
130
135
150
160
170
185
190
190
260
260
260
260
260
260
980
1080
1180
1270
1320
1470
1570
1670
1810
1860
1860
2550
2550
2550
2550
2550
2550
244
270
294
316
333
373
392
422
451
471
471
637
637
637
637
637
637
25
28
30
32
34
38
40
43
46
48
48
65
65
65
65
65
65
0.22
0.33
0.44
0.55
0.66
0.88
1.1
1.3
1.8
2.2
2.6
3.3
4.2
5
6.7
8.3
10
kgfN
P.99 Fig.81 4kg
P.99 Fig.82 5.5kg
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
*
Round Weight 4kg
F3SS-20-5~60-(010) CAD Data: F3SS-20-010
Fig.82
Round Weight 5.5kg
F3SS -25-80~240-(010) CAD Data: F3SS-25-010
48.5
48.5
38.5
38.522.897
127
6
48.538.5 68.5
78.5
194.5
962424 48
13 13
2 2
φ29
φ20H8 φ20H8
φ29φ53h7 φ53h7
3939
77 7892
64 64
Safety cap F3S-20
4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5
4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6
37 37
53.5
53.5
43.5
43.528.3107
8
15953.543.5 95.5
105.5
225.5
1182727 64
14 14
φ39 φ39
φ25H8 φ25H8
φ66h7 φ66h7
2 2
77
5050100
Safety cap F3S-25
114
79 79
4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6
39.5 39.54-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5
F3S Type
84.5
φ110G75
10
φ130
φ160
5
10
S
84.5
φ110G7
φ130
φ160
S
Performance Table/ Dimension
(Note) 1. 2. 3.
The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 97 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.
Model Code P.94
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
Performance Table/ Dimension
F3 Series equiv 0.1kWF3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)S-Type Reducer
Designated Motor Attachable
Output Shaft Allowable TorqueEquivalent
4P motor capacity
Frame No.
Reduction Ratio
Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L.
Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load
Actual Reduction Ratio
(Fraction)
Page of Dimension Diagram shown,
Fig. No. and Round Weight
(attachment)
Flange surface
(attachment)
Flange surface Flange surface
Flange surface
4-M8XP1.25Depth 11(Penetrated)
φ11H7 Depth33
4-M8XP1.25Depth 11(Penetrated)
φ11H7 Depth33
(Basic □ face)S
(Basic □ face)S
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
9998
Fig.8150Hz 60Hz
N・m kgf・m
50Hz 60Hz N kgf F3SS
0.1kW
20
25
1/ 5
1/ 7.5
1/ 10
1/ 12.5
1/ 15
1/ 20
1/ 25
1/ 30
1/ 40
1/ 50
1/ 60
1/ 80
1/100
1/120
1/160
1/200
1/240
2.5
3.8
5.2
6.5
7.7
11
13
16
21
25
31
39
49
59
78
98
101
1/
2/
1/
2/
1/
1/
1/
2/
1/
1/
1/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
5
15
10
25
15
20
25
59
40
50
59
80
1880
120
160
200
240
2.2
3.2
4.3
5.4
6.5
8.6
11
13
18
22
25
32
41
49
66
81
98
0.26
0.39
0.53
0.66
0.79
1.1
1.3
1.6
2.1
2.6
3.2
4
5
6
8
10
10.3
100
110
120
130
135
150
160
170
185
190
190
260
260
260
260
260
260
980
1080
1180
1270
1320
1470
1570
1670
1810
1860
1860
2550
2550
2550
2550
2550
2550
244
270
294
316
333
373
392
422
451
471
471
637
637
637
637
637
637
25
28
30
32
34
38
40
43
46
48
48
65
65
65
65
65
65
0.22
0.33
0.44
0.55
0.66
0.88
1.1
1.3
1.8
2.2
2.6
3.3
4.2
5
6.7
8.3
10
kgfN
P.99 Fig.81 4kg
P.99 Fig.82 5.5kg
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
*
Round Weight 4kg
F3SS-20-5~60-(010) CAD Data: F3SS-20-010
Fig.82
Round Weight 5.5kg
F3SS -25-80~240-(010) CAD Data: F3SS-25-010
48.5
48.5
38.5
38.522.897
127
6
48.538.5 68.5
78.5
194.5
962424 48
13 13
2 2
φ29
φ20H8 φ20H8
φ29φ53h7 φ53h7
3939
77 7892
64 64
Safety cap F3S-20
4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5
4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6
37 37
53.5
53.5
43.5
43.528.3107
8
15953.543.5 95.5
105.5
225.5
1182727 64
14 14
φ39 φ39
φ25H8 φ25H8
φ66h7 φ66h7
2 2
77
5050100
Safety cap F3S-25
114
79 79
4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6
39.5 39.54-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5
F3S Type
84.5
φ110G75
10
φ130
φ160
5
10
S
84.5
φ110G7
φ130
φ160
S
Performance Table/ Dimension
(Note) 1. 2. 3.
The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 97 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.
Model Code P.94
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
Performance Table/ Dimension
F3 Series equiv 0.1kWF3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)S-Type Reducer
Designated Motor Attachable
Output Shaft Allowable TorqueEquivalent
4P motor capacity
Frame No.
Reduction Ratio
Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L.
Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load
Actual Reduction Ratio
(Fraction)
Page of Dimension Diagram shown,
Fig. No. and Round Weight
(attachment)
Flange surface
(attachment)
Flange surface Flange surface
Flange surface
4-M8XP1.25Depth 11(Penetrated)
φ11H7 Depth33
4-M8XP1.25Depth 11(Penetrated)
φ11H7 Depth33
(Basic □ face)S
(Basic □ face)S
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
101100
Fig.83
0.2kW
25
30
1/ 5
1/ 7.5
1/ 10
1/ 12.5
1/ 15
1/ 20
1/ 25
1/ 30
1/ 40
1/ 50
1/ 60
1/ 80
1/100
1/120
1/160
1/200
1/240
5.5
8.3
11
14
17
23
27
33
44
55
67
84
105
126
169
184
184
1/
2/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
5
15
10
235
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
80
1880
120
160
200
240
4.6
7
9.2
12
14
19
24
27
37
46
55
71
87
105
140
175
184
0.56
0.85
1.1
1.4
1.7
2.3
2.8
3.4
4.5
5.6
6.8
8.6
10.7
12.9
17.9
18.8
18.8
125
140
155
165
175
190
205
215
235
250
260
315
320
320
320
320
320
1230
1370
1520
1620
1720
1860
2010
2110
2300
2450
2550
3090
3140
3140
3140
3140
3140
307
342
380
405
429
466
502
527
576
613
637
775
785
785
785
785
785
31
35
39
41
44
48
51
54
59
63
65
79
80
80
80
80
80
0.47
0.71
0.94
1.2
1.4
1.9
2.4
2.8
3.8
4.7
5.6
7.2
8.9
10.7
14.3
17.9
18.8
P.101 Fig.83 5.5kg
P.101 Fig.84 7kg
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
Round Weight 5.5kg
F3SS-25-5~60-(020) CAD Data: F3SS-25-020
Fig.84
Round Weight 7kg
F3SS -30-80~240-(020) CAD Data: F3SS-30-020
8
1182727 64
14 14
φ39 φ39
φ25H8 φ25H8
φ66h7 φ66h7
2 2
53.5
53.5
43.5
43.528.3107
77
5050100
Safety cap F3S-25
114
79 79
39.5 39.5
4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5
4-φ10.5
14053.543.5 76.5
86.5
314.5
8
1805846 110
1221243333 58
17 17
φ44
φ30H8
φ75h7
58
5846
46
33.3116
2 2
φ44
φ30H8
φ75h7
Safety capF3S-30
7 7
5353106120
82 82
45.5 45.54-M12×P1.75 4-M12×P1.75
4-φ12.5 4-φ10.6
246.5
F3S Type
8
4.5
5
10φ110G7
130
160φ
φ
5
10
S
84.5
φ110G7
130
160φ
φ
S
*
*
Performance Table/ Dimension
Performance Table/ Dimension
(Note) 1. 2. 3.
The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 97 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.
Model Code P.94
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
50Hz 60Hz
N・m kgf・m
50Hz 60Hz N kgf F3SSkgfN
F3 Series equiv 0.2kWF3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)S-Type Reducer
Designated Motor Attachable
Output Shaft Allowable TorqueEquivalent
4P motor capacity
Frame No.
Reduction Ratio
Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L.
Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load
Actual Reduction Ratio
(Fraction)
Page of Dimension Diagram shown,
Fig. No. and Round Weight
4-M8XP1.25Depth 11(Penetrated)
φ11H7 Depth33
4-M8XP1.25Depth 11(Penetrated)
φ11H7 Depth33
(attachment)
(attachment)
Flange surface Flange surface
Flange surface Flange surface
(Basic □ face)S
(Basic □ face)S
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
101100
Fig.83
0.2kW
25
30
1/ 5
1/ 7.5
1/ 10
1/ 12.5
1/ 15
1/ 20
1/ 25
1/ 30
1/ 40
1/ 50
1/ 60
1/ 80
1/100
1/120
1/160
1/200
1/240
5.5
8.3
11
14
17
23
27
33
44
55
67
84
105
126
169
184
184
1/
2/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
5
15
10
235
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
80
1880
120
160
200
240
4.6
7
9.2
12
14
19
24
27
37
46
55
71
87
105
140
175
184
0.56
0.85
1.1
1.4
1.7
2.3
2.8
3.4
4.5
5.6
6.8
8.6
10.7
12.9
17.9
18.8
18.8
125
140
155
165
175
190
205
215
235
250
260
315
320
320
320
320
320
1230
1370
1520
1620
1720
1860
2010
2110
2300
2450
2550
3090
3140
3140
3140
3140
3140
307
342
380
405
429
466
502
527
576
613
637
775
785
785
785
785
785
31
35
39
41
44
48
51
54
59
63
65
79
80
80
80
80
80
0.47
0.71
0.94
1.2
1.4
1.9
2.4
2.8
3.8
4.7
5.6
7.2
8.9
10.7
14.3
17.9
18.8
P.101 Fig.83 5.5kg
P.101 Fig.84 7kg
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
Round Weight 5.5kg
F3SS-25-5~60-(020) CAD Data: F3SS-25-020
Fig.84
Round Weight 7kg
F3SS -30-80~240-(020) CAD Data: F3SS-30-020
8
1182727 64
14 14
φ39 φ39
φ25H8 φ25H8
φ66h7 φ66h7
2 2
53.5
53.5
43.5
43.528.3107
77
5050100
Safety cap F3S-25
114
79 79
39.5 39.5
4-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5
4-φ10.5
14053.543.5 76.5
86.5
314.5
8
1805846 110
1221243333 58
17 17
φ44
φ30H8
φ75h7
58
5846
46
33.3116
2 2
φ44
φ30H8
φ75h7
Safety capF3S-30
7 7
5353106120
82 82
45.5 45.54-M12×P1.75 4-M12×P1.75
4-φ12.5 4-φ10.6
246.5
F3S Type
8
4.5
5
10φ110G7
130
160φ
φ
5
10
S
84.5
φ110G7
130
160φ
φ
S
*
*
Performance Table/ Dimension
Performance Table/ Dimension
(Note) 1. 2. 3.
The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 97 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.
Model Code P.94
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
50Hz 60Hz
N・m kgf・m
50Hz 60Hz N kgf F3SSkgfN
F3 Series equiv 0.2kWF3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)S-Type Reducer
Designated Motor Attachable
Output Shaft Allowable TorqueEquivalent
4P motor capacity
Frame No.
Reduction Ratio
Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L.
Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load
Actual Reduction Ratio
(Fraction)
Page of Dimension Diagram shown,
Fig. No. and Round Weight
4-M8XP1.25Depth 11(Penetrated)
φ11H7 Depth33
4-M8XP1.25Depth 11(Penetrated)
φ11H7 Depth33
(attachment)
(attachment)
Flange surface Flange surface
Flange surface Flange surface
(Basic □ face)S
(Basic □ face)S
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
103102
Fig.85
0.4kW
30
35
1/ 5
1/ 7.5
1/ 10
1/ 12.5
1/ 15
1/ 20
1/ 25
1/ 30
1/ 40
1/ 50
1/ 60
1/ 80
1/100
1/120
1/160
1/200
1/240
11
17
23
27
33
44
55
67
88
111
133
169
211
253
270
270
270
9.2
14
19
24
27
37
46
55
74
92
111
140
175
211
270
270
270
1.1
1.7
2.3
2.8
3.4
4.5
5.6
6.8
9
11.3
13.6
17.2
21.5
25.8
27.6
27.6
27.6
155
180
195
210
220
245
260
270
290
305
315
355
360
360
370
370
370
1520
1760
1910
2060
2160
2400
2550
2650
2840
2990
3090
3480
3530
3530
3630
3630
3630
375
438
475
506
539
600
637
662
711
747
767
873
883
883
912
912
912
38
45
48
52
55
61
65
68
73
76
78
89
90
90
93
93
93
0.94
1.4
1.9
2.4
2.8
3.8
4.7
5.6
7.5
9.4
11.3
14.3
17.9
21.5
27.6
27.6
27.6
P.103 Fig.85 7kg
P.103 Fig.86 10.5kg
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
*
*
*
Round Weight 7kg
F3SS-30-5~60-(040)CAD Data: F3SS-30-040
Fig.86
Round Weight 10.5kg
F3SS-35-80~240-(040) CAD Data: F3SS-35-040
1/
2/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
5
15
10
235
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
80
1880
120
160
200
240
8
1595848 91
101
235.5
58
5848
48
33.3116
1243333 58
17 17
2 2
φ44
φ30H8
φ75h7φ44
φ30H8
φ75h7
Safety cap F3S-30
7 7106120
82 82
40.5 40.54-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5
4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6
5353
10
2226854 140
154
294
68
6854
54
38.3136φ49
φ35H8
φ85h7φ49
φ35H8
φ85h7
2 2
1423838 66
20 20 Safety cap F3S-35
7 7
6262124138
95 95
58 584-M16×P2 4-M16×P2
4-φ16.5
F3S Type
8
5
16
4.5
110G7
130
160φ
φ
φ
S
8
5
16
4.5
φ110G7
φ130
φ160
S
Performance Table/ Dimension
Performance Table/ Dimension
(Note) 1. 2. 3.
The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 97 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.
Model Code P.94
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
50Hz 60Hz
N・m kgf・m
50Hz 60Hz N kgf F3SSkgfN
F3 Series equiv 0.4kWF3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)S-Type Reducer
Designated Motor Attachable
Output Shaft Allowable TorqueEquivalent
4P motor capacity
Frame No.
Reduction Ratio
Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L.
Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load
Actual Reduction Ratio
(Fraction)
Page of Dimension Diagram shown,
Fig. No. and Round Weight
(Basic □ face)S
(Basic □ face)S
(attachment)
Flange surface Flange surface
4-M8XP1.25Depth 20
φ14F7 Depth36
(attachment)
Flange surface Flange surface
4-M8XP1.25Depth 20
φ14F7 Depth36
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
103102
Fig.85
0.4kW
30
35
1/ 5
1/ 7.5
1/ 10
1/ 12.5
1/ 15
1/ 20
1/ 25
1/ 30
1/ 40
1/ 50
1/ 60
1/ 80
1/100
1/120
1/160
1/200
1/240
11
17
23
27
33
44
55
67
88
111
133
169
211
253
270
270
270
9.2
14
19
24
27
37
46
55
74
92
111
140
175
211
270
270
270
1.1
1.7
2.3
2.8
3.4
4.5
5.6
6.8
9
11.3
13.6
17.2
21.5
25.8
27.6
27.6
27.6
155
180
195
210
220
245
260
270
290
305
315
355
360
360
370
370
370
1520
1760
1910
2060
2160
2400
2550
2650
2840
2990
3090
3480
3530
3530
3630
3630
3630
375
438
475
506
539
600
637
662
711
747
767
873
883
883
912
912
912
38
45
48
52
55
61
65
68
73
76
78
89
90
90
93
93
93
0.94
1.4
1.9
2.4
2.8
3.8
4.7
5.6
7.5
9.4
11.3
14.3
17.9
21.5
27.6
27.6
27.6
P.103 Fig.85 7kg
P.103 Fig.86 10.5kg
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
*
*
*
Round Weight 7kg
F3SS-30-5~60-(040)CAD Data: F3SS-30-040
Fig.86
Round Weight 10.5kg
F3SS-35-80~240-(040) CAD Data: F3SS-35-040
1/
2/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
5
15
10
235
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
80
1880
120
160
200
240
8
1595848 91
101
235.5
58
5848
48
33.3116
1243333 58
17 17
2 2
φ44
φ30H8
φ75h7φ44
φ30H8
φ75h7
Safety cap F3S-30
7 7106120
82 82
40.5 40.54-M10×P1.5 4-M10×P1.5
4-φ10.5 4-φ8.6
5353
10
2226854 140
154
294
68
6854
54
38.3136φ49
φ35H8
φ85h7φ49
φ35H8
φ85h7
2 2
1423838 66
20 20 Safety cap F3S-35
7 7
6262124138
95 95
58 584-M16×P2 4-M16×P2
4-φ16.5
F3S Type
8
5
16
4.5
110G7
130
160φ
φ
φ
S
8
5
16
4.5
φ110G7
φ130
φ160
S
Performance Table/ Dimension
Performance Table/ Dimension
(Note) 1. 2. 3.
The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 97 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.
Model Code P.94
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
50Hz 60Hz
N・m kgf・m
50Hz 60Hz N kgf F3SSkgfN
F3 Series equiv 0.4kWF3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)S-Type Reducer
Designated Motor Attachable
Output Shaft Allowable TorqueEquivalent
4P motor capacity
Frame No.
Reduction Ratio
Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L.
Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load
Actual Reduction Ratio
(Fraction)
Page of Dimension Diagram shown,
Fig. No. and Round Weight
(Basic □ face)S
(Basic □ face)S
(attachment)
Flange surface Flange surface
4-M8XP1.25Depth 20
φ14F7 Depth36
(attachment)
Flange surface Flange surface
4-M8XP1.25Depth 20
φ14F7 Depth36
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
105104
Fig.87
0.75kW
35
45
1/ 5
1/ 7.5
1/ 10
1/ 12.5
1/ 15
1/ 20
1/ 25
1/ 30
1/ 40
1/ 50
1/ 60
1/ 80
1/100
1/120
1/160
1/200
1/240
21
31
41
52
63
83
104
124
166
208
249
316
395
473
554
554
554
18
25
34
43
52
70
86
104
138
173
208
263
328
395
526
554
554
2.1
3.2
4.2
5.3
6.4
8.5
10.6
12.7
16.9
21.2
25.4
32.2
40.3
48.3
56.5
56.5
56.5
200
230
250
265
280
305
325
335
355
355
355
485
485
485
530
530
530
1960
2250
2450
2600
2740
2990
3190
3280
3480
3480
3480
4750
4750
4750
5190
5190
5190
500
567
613
669
686
747
796
821
870
870
870
1177
1177
1177
1275
1275
1275
51
58
63
68
70
76
81
84
89
89
89
120
120
120
130
130
130
1.8
2.6
3.5
4.4
5.3
7.1
8.8
10.6
14.1
17.7
21.2
26.8
33.5
40.3
53.7
56.5
56.5
P.105 Fig.87 9kg
P.105 Fig.88 17.5kg
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
*
*
*
Round Weight 9kg
F3SS-35-5~60-(075)CAD Data: F3SS-35-075
Fig.88
Round Weight 17.5kg
F3SS-45-80~240-(075) CAD Data: F3SS-45-075
1/
2/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
5
15
10
235
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
80
1880
120
160
200
240
10
1856856 105
117
265.5
68
6856
56
38.3136
1423838 66
20 20
2 2
φ49
φ35H8
φ85h7φ49
φ35H8
φ85h7
Safety cap F3S-35
7 7
6262124138
48 484-M12×P1.75 4-M12×P1.75
95 95
4-φ12.5 4-φ10.6
1685050 68
26 26
φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7
2 2 φ20
14
2728769 167
185
350
87
8769
69
48.8174103
119.5
Safety capF3S-45
7 7
7575150164
73 734-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.5
108 108
4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5
F3S Type
9
6
21.5
4.5
φ130G7
165
200φ
φ
S
9
6
21.5
4.5
φ130G7
165200φ
φ
S
Performance Table/ Dimension
Performance Table/ Dimension
(Note) 1. 2. 3.
The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 97 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.
Model Code P.94
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
50Hz 60Hz
N・m kgf・m
50Hz 60Hz N kgf F3SSkgfN
F3 Series equiv 0.75kWF3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)S-Type Reducer
Designated Motor Attachable
Output Shaft Allowable TorqueEquivalent
4P motor capacity
Frame No.
Reduction Ratio
Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L.
Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load
Actual Reduction Ratio
(Fraction)
Page of Dimension Diagram shown,
Fig. No. and Round Weight
(attachment)
(attachment)
Flange surface
Flange surface Flange surface
Flange surface
4-M10XP1.5Depth 23(Penetrated)
(Basic □ face)S
φ19F7 Depth42
4-M10XP1.5Depth 23(Penetrated)
(Basic □ face)S
φ19F7 Depth42
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
105104
Fig.87
0.75kW
35
45
1/ 5
1/ 7.5
1/ 10
1/ 12.5
1/ 15
1/ 20
1/ 25
1/ 30
1/ 40
1/ 50
1/ 60
1/ 80
1/100
1/120
1/160
1/200
1/240
21
31
41
52
63
83
104
124
166
208
249
316
395
473
554
554
554
18
25
34
43
52
70
86
104
138
173
208
263
328
395
526
554
554
2.1
3.2
4.2
5.3
6.4
8.5
10.6
12.7
16.9
21.2
25.4
32.2
40.3
48.3
56.5
56.5
56.5
200
230
250
265
280
305
325
335
355
355
355
485
485
485
530
530
530
1960
2250
2450
2600
2740
2990
3190
3280
3480
3480
3480
4750
4750
4750
5190
5190
5190
500
567
613
669
686
747
796
821
870
870
870
1177
1177
1177
1275
1275
1275
51
58
63
68
70
76
81
84
89
89
89
120
120
120
130
130
130
1.8
2.6
3.5
4.4
5.3
7.1
8.8
10.6
14.1
17.7
21.2
26.8
33.5
40.3
53.7
56.5
56.5
P.105 Fig.87 9kg
P.105 Fig.88 17.5kg
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
*
*
*
Round Weight 9kg
F3SS-35-5~60-(075)CAD Data: F3SS-35-075
Fig.88
Round Weight 17.5kg
F3SS-45-80~240-(075) CAD Data: F3SS-45-075
1/
2/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
5
15
10
235
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
80
1880
120
160
200
240
10
1856856 105
117
265.5
68
6856
56
38.3136
1423838 66
20 20
2 2
φ49
φ35H8
φ85h7φ49
φ35H8
φ85h7
Safety cap F3S-35
7 7
6262124138
48 484-M12×P1.75 4-M12×P1.75
95 95
4-φ12.5 4-φ10.6
1685050 68
26 26
φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7
2 2 φ20
14
2728769 167
185
350
87
8769
69
48.8174103
119.5
Safety capF3S-45
7 7
7575150164
73 734-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.5
108 108
4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5
F3S Type
9
6
21.5
4.5
φ130G7
165
200φ
φ
S
9
6
21.5
4.5
φ130G7
165200φ
φ
S
Performance Table/ Dimension
Performance Table/ Dimension
(Note) 1. 2. 3.
The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 97 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.
Model Code P.94
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
50Hz 60Hz
N・m kgf・m
50Hz 60Hz N kgf F3SSkgfN
F3 Series equiv 0.75kWF3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)S-Type Reducer
Designated Motor Attachable
Output Shaft Allowable TorqueEquivalent
4P motor capacity
Frame No.
Reduction Ratio
Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L.
Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load
Actual Reduction Ratio
(Fraction)
Page of Dimension Diagram shown,
Fig. No. and Round Weight
(attachment)
(attachment)
Flange surface
Flange surface Flange surface
Flange surface
4-M10XP1.5Depth 23(Penetrated)
(Basic □ face)S
φ19F7 Depth42
4-M10XP1.5Depth 23(Penetrated)
(Basic □ face)S
φ19F7 Depth42
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
4.512
130G7
165
200
8
27φ
φ
S
107106
1.5kW
45
55
1/ 5
1/ 7.5
1/ 10
1/ 12.5
1/ 15
1/ 20
1/ 25
1/ 30
1/ 40
1/ 50
1/ 60
1/ 80
1/100
1/120
1/160
1/200
1/240
41
63
83
104
124
166
208
249
332
416
498
631
789
947
1264
1264
1264
34
52
70
86
104
138
173
208
276
345
416
526
658
789
1049
1264
1264
4.2
6.4
8.5
10.6
12.7
16.9
21.2
25.4
33.9
42.4
50.8
64.4
80.5
96.6
129
129
129
300
340
370
400
415
455
480
485
485
485
485
655
655
765
850
920
1000
2940
3330
3630
3920
4070
4460
4700
4750
4750
4750
4750
6420
6420
7500
8330
9020
9800
800
900
967
1040
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1618
1618
1863
2059
2256
2452
82
92
99
106
109
109
109
109
109
109
109
165
165
190
210
230
250
3.5
5.3
7.1
8.8
10.6
14.1
17.7
21.2
28.2
35.2
42.4
53.7
67.1
80.5
107
129
129
P.107 Fig.89 19kg
P.107 Fig.90 75kg
F3SS-45-5~60-(150) CAD Data: F3SS-45-150Fig.89
Round Weight 19kg
F3SS-55-80~240-(150) CAD Data: F3SS-55-150Fig.90
Round Weight 75kg
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
1/
2/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
5
15
10
235
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
80
100
120
160
200
240
87
8773
73
48.8174
14
2358773 134
148
344
φ20
98.5115
1685050 68
26 26
φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7
2 2
Safety cap F3S-45
7 7150164
63 63
7575
4-M16×P2.0 4-M16×P2.0
108 108
4-φ16.5 4-φ14
F3S Type
*
*
2206161 98
32 32
φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7
2 2 φ25
149169.5
336
11694
16
12
4.5198
220
434.5
130
130
108
108
260
88
100100
200
143 143
216
Safety cap F3S-5055
4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5
4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5
130G7
165
200
8
27
φ
φ
3-M4
S
59.3
Performance Table/ Dimension
Performance Table/ Dimension
(Note) 1. 2. 3.
The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 97 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.
Model Code P.94
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
50Hz 60Hz
N・m kgf・m
50Hz 60Hz N kgf F3SSkgfN
F3 Series equiv 1.5kWF3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)S-Type Reducer
Designated Motor Attachable
Output Shaft Allowable TorqueEquivalent
4P motor capacity
Frame No.
Reduction Ratio
Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L.
Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load
Actual Reduction Ratio
(Fraction)
Page of Dimension Diagram shown,
Fig. No. and Round Weight
(attachment)
Flange surface
(attachment)
Flange surface Flange surface
Flange surface
4-M10XP1.5Depth 25(Penetrated)
(Basic □ face)S
φ24F7 Depth52
4-M10XP1.5Depth 25(Penetrated)
(Basic □ face)S
φ24F7 Depth52
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
4.512
130G7
165
200
8
27φ
φ
S
107106
1.5kW
45
55
1/ 5
1/ 7.5
1/ 10
1/ 12.5
1/ 15
1/ 20
1/ 25
1/ 30
1/ 40
1/ 50
1/ 60
1/ 80
1/100
1/120
1/160
1/200
1/240
41
63
83
104
124
166
208
249
332
416
498
631
789
947
1264
1264
1264
34
52
70
86
104
138
173
208
276
345
416
526
658
789
1049
1264
1264
4.2
6.4
8.5
10.6
12.7
16.9
21.2
25.4
33.9
42.4
50.8
64.4
80.5
96.6
129
129
129
300
340
370
400
415
455
480
485
485
485
485
655
655
765
850
920
1000
2940
3330
3630
3920
4070
4460
4700
4750
4750
4750
4750
6420
6420
7500
8330
9020
9800
800
900
967
1040
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1618
1618
1863
2059
2256
2452
82
92
99
106
109
109
109
109
109
109
109
165
165
190
210
230
250
3.5
5.3
7.1
8.8
10.6
14.1
17.7
21.2
28.2
35.2
42.4
53.7
67.1
80.5
107
129
129
P.107 Fig.89 19kg
P.107 Fig.90 75kg
F3SS-45-5~60-(150) CAD Data: F3SS-45-150Fig.89
Round Weight 19kg
F3SS-55-80~240-(150) CAD Data: F3SS-55-150Fig.90
Round Weight 75kg
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
1/
2/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
5
15
10
235
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
80
100
120
160
200
240
87
8773
73
48.8174
14
2358773 134
148
344
φ20
98.5115
1685050 68
26 26
φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7
2 2
Safety cap F3S-45
7 7150164
63 63
7575
4-M16×P2.0 4-M16×P2.0
108 108
4-φ16.5 4-φ14
F3S Type
*
*
2206161 98
32 32
φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7
2 2 φ25
149169.5
336
11694
16
12
4.5198
220
434.5
130
130
108
108
260
88
100100
200
143 143
216
Safety cap F3S-5055
4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5
4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5
130G7
165
200
8
27
φ
φ
3-M4
S
59.3
Performance Table/ Dimension
Performance Table/ Dimension
(Note) 1. 2. 3.
The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 97 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.
Model Code P.94
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
50Hz 60Hz
N・m kgf・m
50Hz 60Hz N kgf F3SSkgfN
F3 Series equiv 1.5kWF3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)S-Type Reducer
Designated Motor Attachable
Output Shaft Allowable TorqueEquivalent
4P motor capacity
Frame No.
Reduction Ratio
Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L.
Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load
Actual Reduction Ratio
(Fraction)
Page of Dimension Diagram shown,
Fig. No. and Round Weight
(attachment)
Flange surface
(attachment)
Flange surface Flange surface
Flange surface
4-M10XP1.5Depth 25(Penetrated)
(Basic □ face)S
φ24F7 Depth52
4-M10XP1.5Depth 25(Penetrated)
(Basic □ face)S
φ24F7 Depth52
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
109108
2.2kW
45
50
55
1/ 5
1/ 7.5
1/ 10
1/ 12.5
1/ 15
1/ 20
1/ 25
1/ 30
1/ 40
1/ 50
1/ 60
1/ 80
1/100
1/120
61
91
122
152
182
244
305
366
487
609
731
926
1156
1264
51
76
102
126
152
203
254
305
406
508
609
771
964
1156
6.2
9.3
12.4
15.5
18.6
24.9
31.1
37.3
49.7
62.1
74.6
94.5
118
129
320
360
400
420
450
485
485
485
535
535
535
655
655
765
3140
3530
3920
4120
4410
4750
4750
4750
5240
5240
5240
6420
6420
7500
800
900
967
1040
1067
1067
1067
1067
1275
1275
1275
1618
1618
1863
82
92
99
106
109
109
109
109
130
130
130
165
165
190
5.2
7.8
10.4
12.9
15.5
20.7
25.9
31.1
41.4
51.8
62.1
78.7
98.4
118
P.109 Fig.91 20kg
P.109 Fig.92 29kg
P.109 Fig.93 76kg
F3SS-45-5~30-(220) CAD Data: F3SS-45-220Fig.91
Round Weight 20kg
F3SS-50-40~60-(220)CAD Data: F3SS-50-220Fig.92
Round Weight 29kg
F3SS-55-80~120-(220) CAD Data: F3SS-55-220Fig.93
Round Weight 76kg
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
1/
2/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
5
15
10
235
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
80
100
120
87
8773
73
48.8174
14
2358773 134
148
356.5
φ20
98.5115
1685050 68
26 26
φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7
2 2
Safety cap F3S-45
7 7150164
63 63
7575
4-M16×P2.0 4-M16×P2.0
108 108When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
4-φ16.5 4-φ14
φ180G7 φ250
165
F3S Type
8
31φ215
S
*
8
31
106
10690
90
53.8212
14
304118102 170
186
435.5
φ20
121137.3
1725555 62
29 29
φ74 φ74
φ50H8 φ50H8
φ110h7 φ110h7
2 2
16
5
4-φ16.5
77
7777154
120 120
168
Safety cap F3S-5055
4-φ14
4-M16×P2.0 4-M16×P2.059 59
φ180G7φ250
φ215
S
φ180G7 φ250
16
5
8
31
φ215
336
11694
16
198
220
130
130
108
108
59.3260
88
100100
200
143 143
216
Safety capF3S-5055
4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5
4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5
2206161 98
32 32
φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7
2 2 φ25
149169.5
447
3-M4
3-M4
S
Performance Table/ Dimension
Performance Table/ Dimension
(Note) 1. 2. 3.
The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 97 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.
Model Code P.94
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
50Hz 60Hz
N・m kgf・m
50Hz 60Hz N kgf F3SSkgfN
F3 Series equiv 2.2kWF3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)S-Type Reducer
Designated Motor Attachable
Output Shaft Allowable TorqueEquivalent
4P motor capacity
Frame No.
Reduction Ratio
Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L.
Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load
Actual Reduction Ratio
(Fraction)
Page of Dimension Diagram shown,
Fig. No. and Round Weight
(attachment)
Flange surface Flange surface
4-M12XP1.75Depth 16(Penetrated)
(Basic □ face)S
φ28F7 Depth62
4-M12XP1.75Depth 16(Penetrated)
(Basic □ face)S
φ28F7 Depth62
4-M12XP1.75Depth 16(Penetrated)
(Basic □ face)S
φ28F7 Depth62
(attachment)
(attachment)
Flange surface Flange surface
Flange surface Flange surface
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
109108
2.2kW
45
50
55
1/ 5
1/ 7.5
1/ 10
1/ 12.5
1/ 15
1/ 20
1/ 25
1/ 30
1/ 40
1/ 50
1/ 60
1/ 80
1/100
1/120
61
91
122
152
182
244
305
366
487
609
731
926
1156
1264
51
76
102
126
152
203
254
305
406
508
609
771
964
1156
6.2
9.3
12.4
15.5
18.6
24.9
31.1
37.3
49.7
62.1
74.6
94.5
118
129
320
360
400
420
450
485
485
485
535
535
535
655
655
765
3140
3530
3920
4120
4410
4750
4750
4750
5240
5240
5240
6420
6420
7500
800
900
967
1040
1067
1067
1067
1067
1275
1275
1275
1618
1618
1863
82
92
99
106
109
109
109
109
130
130
130
165
165
190
5.2
7.8
10.4
12.9
15.5
20.7
25.9
31.1
41.4
51.8
62.1
78.7
98.4
118
P.109 Fig.91 20kg
P.109 Fig.92 29kg
P.109 Fig.93 76kg
F3SS-45-5~30-(220) CAD Data: F3SS-45-220Fig.91
Round Weight 20kg
F3SS-50-40~60-(220)CAD Data: F3SS-50-220Fig.92
Round Weight 29kg
F3SS-55-80~120-(220) CAD Data: F3SS-55-220Fig.93
Round Weight 76kg
* For detailed drawing for the tapped hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification), refer to Page 153
1/
2/
1/
19/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
5
15
10
235
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
80
100
120
87
8773
73
48.8174
14
2358773 134
148
356.5
φ20
98.5115
1685050 68
26 26
φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7φ64
φ45H8
φ100h7
2 2
Safety cap F3S-45
7 7150164
63 63
7575
4-M16×P2.0 4-M16×P2.0
108 108When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
4-φ16.5 4-φ14
φ180G7 φ250
165
F3S Type
8
31φ215
S
*
8
31
106
10690
90
53.8212
14
304118102 170
186
435.5
φ20
121137.3
1725555 62
29 29
φ74 φ74
φ50H8 φ50H8
φ110h7 φ110h7
2 2
16
5
4-φ16.5
77
7777154
120 120
168
Safety cap F3S-5055
4-φ14
4-M16×P2.0 4-M16×P2.059 59
φ180G7φ250
φ215
S
φ180G7 φ250
16
5
8
31
φ215
336
11694
16
198
220
130
130
108
108
59.3260
88
100100
200
143 143
216
Safety capF3S-5055
4-φ20.5 4-φ17.5
4-M20×P2.5 4-M20×P2.571.5 71.5
2206161 98
32 32
φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7φ79
φ55H8
φ120h7
2 2 φ25
149169.5
447
3-M4
3-M4
S
Performance Table/ Dimension
Performance Table/ Dimension
(Note) 1. 2. 3.
The allowable O.H.L. are the values measured at the position of 20mm from the edge of output shaft. Please be sure to read cautions stated on page 97 regarding rotation direction of output shaft. The models marked with * are limited torque type. Be sure to refer to the allowable torque in the Performance Table.
Model Code P.94
Comparison of dimensions ( F2 Series ) P.112
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Output ShaftP.148
50Hz 60Hz
N・m kgf・m
50Hz 60Hz N kgf F3SSkgfN
F3 Series equiv 2.2kWF3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft)S-Type Reducer
Designated Motor Attachable
Output Shaft Allowable TorqueEquivalent
4P motor capacity
Frame No.
Reduction Ratio
Output Shaft Allowable O.H.L.
Output shaft Allowable Thrust Load
Actual Reduction Ratio
(Fraction)
Page of Dimension Diagram shown,
Fig. No. and Round Weight
(attachment)
Flange surface Flange surface
4-M12XP1.75Depth 16(Penetrated)
(Basic □ face)S
φ28F7 Depth62
4-M12XP1.75Depth 16(Penetrated)
(Basic □ face)S
φ28F7 Depth62
4-M12XP1.75Depth 16(Penetrated)
(Basic □ face)S
φ28F7 Depth62
(attachment)
(attachment)
Flange surface Flange surface
Flange surface Flange surface
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
When protective cap is attached.
111110
■Differences between F2 Series and F3 Series
■The "Frame Number" of the F3 Series
■Process of Selecton and Example of Selection
■Technical Note
■Motor Characteristic Table
■Inertia Moment of Gearmotor
■Gearmotor Wiring・Terminal Box
■Brake Gearmotor Specification・Structure
■Water-Resistant Gearmotor Wiring・Terminal Box
■Water-Resistant Brake Gearmotor Specifications・Structure
■Terminal Box
■Terminal Box Position
■Combination of Gearmotor and Inverter
■Reducer(Input/Output Shaft)
■S-Type Reducer(For Designated Motor)
■Detailed Dimension Diagram of Input Shaft
■Detailed Dimensions of Hollow Shaft/Solid Shaft
■Detailed Drawing of Protective Cap for Hollow Shaft
■Attaching and Detaching a Hollow Shaft
■Caution for Safe Operation
■Option ●Torque Arm(Hollow Shaft)
●Additional specification for Hollow Shaft diameter
●F3F Type(Solid Shaft)Tapped Hole in Output Shaft
●Brake Manual Release Device
●Surge Suppressor for Brake Wiring/OP-ENC471D-10A
P.
P.
P.
P.
P.
P.
P.
P.
P.
P.
P.
P.
P.
P.
P.
P.
P.
P.
P.
P.
P.
P.
P.
P.
P.
P.
112
113
114
115
118
120
122
124
134
135
140
141
142
144
145
146
148
149
150
156
158
158
158
158
159
159
C O N T E N T S
*Please also check our catalog of MIDI Series (0.1kW to 2.2kW).
Gearmotor
TechnicalInformation
111110
■Differences between F2 Series and F3 Series
■The "Frame Number" of the F3 Series
■Process of Selecton and Example of Selection
■Technical Note
■Motor Characteristic Table
■Inertia Moment of Gearmotor
■Gearmotor Wiring・Terminal Box
■Brake Gearmotor Specification・Structure
■Water-Resistant Gearmotor Wiring・Terminal Box
■Water-Resistant Brake Gearmotor Specifications・Structure
■Terminal Box
■Terminal Box Position
■Combination of Gearmotor and Inverter
■Reducer(Input/Output Shaft)
■S-Type Reducer(For Designated Motor)
■Detailed Dimension Diagram of Input Shaft
■Detailed Dimensions of Hollow Shaft/Solid Shaft
■Detailed Drawing of Protective Cap for Hollow Shaft
■Attaching and Detaching a Hollow Shaft
■Caution for Safe Operation
■Option ●Torque Arm(Hollow Shaft)
●Additional specification for Hollow Shaft diameter
●F3F Type(Solid Shaft)Tapped Hole in Output Shaft
●Brake Manual Release Device
●Surge Suppressor for Brake Wiring/OP-ENC471D-10A
P.
P.
P.
P.
P.
P.
P.
P.
P.
P.
P.
P.
P.
P.
P.
P.
P.
P.
P.
P.
P.
P.
P.
P.
P.
P.
112
113
114
115
118
120
122
124
134
135
140
141
142
144
145
146
148
149
150
156
158
158
158
158
159
159
C O N T E N T S
*Please also check our catalog of MIDI Series (0.1kW to 2.2kW).
Gearmotor
TechnicalInformation
113112
Figure
* Common to F3S Type and F3F Type. The values in the parenthesis in the "Frame Number" are that for F3F.
Frame NumberF2 Series F3 Series
LL1 P G
20
25
30
35
45
91
108
117
124
140
96
118
124
142
168
24
27
33
38
50
13
14
17
20
26
1.15
1.35
1.35
1.75
1.95
L
Flange SurfaceFlange Surface
L1 L1PG G
P
■ F3 Series has tapped holes for face mounting(Standard Sepcification). For more details, refer to <P.153>.
Flange SurfaceP P
L
GG
B C B C
A
A
A
A
Frame NumberF2 Series F3 Series
K
20(18)
25(22)
30(28)
35(32)
45(40)
71.5
83.5
93.5
102.5
118.5
78
100
106
124
150
* Common to F3S Type and F3F Type. The values in the parenthesis in the "Frame Number" are that for F3F.
Frame number 50 and 55 are not available in F2 Series.
L1 L1
KK
Frame Number AMotor Capacity Shape B CReduction Ratio
20(18)
25(22)
30(28)
35(32)
30
35
45
50
55
1/ 5~1/ 60
1/ 5~1/ 60
1/ 80~1/ 240
1/ 5~1/ 60
1/ 80~1/ 240
1/ 300~1/ 375
1/ 5~1/ 60
1/ 80~1/ 240
1/ 450~1/ 750
1/ 300~1/ 375
1/ 5~1/ 60
1/ 5~1/ 30
1/ 80~1/ 240
1/ 900~1/1200
1/ 450~1/ 750
1/ 300~1/ 375
1/ 40~1/ 60
1/ 80~1/ 240
1/ 80~1/ 120
1/1500
1/ 900~1/1200
1/ 450~1/ 600
1/ 300
38.5
43.5
43.5
48
46
46
56
54
Figure1
Figure1
Figure2
Figure1
Figure2
Figure2
Figure1
Figure2
Figure2
Figure2
Figure2
Figure3
Figure3
Figure1
38.5
43.5
43.5
48
46
46
56
54
68.5
76.5
95.5
91
110
110
105
140
0.1 kW
0.2 kW
0.1 kW
0.4 kW
0.2 kW
0.1 kW
0.75kW
0.4 kW
0.1 kW
0.2 kW
1.5 kW
2.2 kW
0.75kW
0.1 kW
0.2 kW
0.4 kW
2.2 kW
1.5 kW
2.2 kW
0.1 kW
0.2 kW
0.4 kW
0.75kW
54 54 140
73 73 134
69 69 167
69 69 167
90 102 170
108 94 198
45(40)
B C
A
A
■Please note that when gearmotors in the F2 and F3 Series are wired according to the diagram on page 122, rotating directions of the output shaft are different in reduction ratio between 1/5 to 1/60. The output shaft in the F2 Series rotates counterclockwise, while output shafts in the F3 Series rotate clockwise.
Differences between F2 Sereis and F3 Series
Although the mounting dimension is the same between F2 Series and F3 Series with the reduction ratio
of 1/5~1/60, the length of the hollow shaft is different. Also, the width of the casing will be different in
both hollow and solid shaft. Therefore, when replacing F2 Sereis to F3 Series, be sure to
confirm the dimensions shown below:
F3 SeriesF2 Series
The "Frame Number" of the F3 SeriesF3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft) F3F Type(Concentric Solid Shaft)
Technical Information
Technical Information
■ In F3 Series, two different shapes exist in the same frame number. The mounting dimensions are different according to the reduction ratio, which please note.
〈Figure-1〉 〈Figure-2〉 〈Figure-3〉
* The dimensions of L1, P and G are the same between F2 Sereis and F3 Series.
113112
Figure
* Common to F3S Type and F3F Type. The values in the parenthesis in the "Frame Number" are that for F3F.
Frame NumberF2 Series F3 Series
LL1 P G
20
25
30
35
45
91
108
117
124
140
96
118
124
142
168
24
27
33
38
50
13
14
17
20
26
1.15
1.35
1.35
1.75
1.95
L
Flange SurfaceFlange Surface
L1 L1PG G
P
■ F3 Series has tapped holes for face mounting(Standard Sepcification). For more details, refer to <P.153>.
Flange SurfaceP P
L
GG
B C B C
A
A
A
A
Frame NumberF2 Series F3 Series
K
20(18)
25(22)
30(28)
35(32)
45(40)
71.5
83.5
93.5
102.5
118.5
78
100
106
124
150
* Common to F3S Type and F3F Type. The values in the parenthesis in the "Frame Number" are that for F3F.
Frame number 50 and 55 are not available in F2 Series.
L1 L1
KK
Frame Number AMotor Capacity Shape B CReduction Ratio
20(18)
25(22)
30(28)
35(32)
30
35
45
50
55
1/ 5~1/ 60
1/ 5~1/ 60
1/ 80~1/ 240
1/ 5~1/ 60
1/ 80~1/ 240
1/ 300~1/ 375
1/ 5~1/ 60
1/ 80~1/ 240
1/ 450~1/ 750
1/ 300~1/ 375
1/ 5~1/ 60
1/ 5~1/ 30
1/ 80~1/ 240
1/ 900~1/1200
1/ 450~1/ 750
1/ 300~1/ 375
1/ 40~1/ 60
1/ 80~1/ 240
1/ 80~1/ 120
1/1500
1/ 900~1/1200
1/ 450~1/ 600
1/ 300
38.5
43.5
43.5
48
46
46
56
54
Figure1
Figure1
Figure2
Figure1
Figure2
Figure2
Figure1
Figure2
Figure2
Figure2
Figure2
Figure3
Figure3
Figure1
38.5
43.5
43.5
48
46
46
56
54
68.5
76.5
95.5
91
110
110
105
140
0.1 kW
0.2 kW
0.1 kW
0.4 kW
0.2 kW
0.1 kW
0.75kW
0.4 kW
0.1 kW
0.2 kW
1.5 kW
2.2 kW
0.75kW
0.1 kW
0.2 kW
0.4 kW
2.2 kW
1.5 kW
2.2 kW
0.1 kW
0.2 kW
0.4 kW
0.75kW
54 54 140
73 73 134
69 69 167
69 69 167
90 102 170
108 94 198
45(40)
B C
A
A
■Please note that when gearmotors in the F2 and F3 Series are wired according to the diagram on page 122, rotating directions of the output shaft are different in reduction ratio between 1/5 to 1/60. The output shaft in the F2 Series rotates counterclockwise, while output shafts in the F3 Series rotate clockwise.
Differences between F2 Sereis and F3 Series
Although the mounting dimension is the same between F2 Series and F3 Series with the reduction ratio
of 1/5~1/60, the length of the hollow shaft is different. Also, the width of the casing will be different in
both hollow and solid shaft. Therefore, when replacing F2 Sereis to F3 Series, be sure to
confirm the dimensions shown below:
F3 SeriesF2 Series
The "Frame Number" of the F3 SeriesF3S Type(Concentric Hollow Shaft) F3F Type(Concentric Solid Shaft)
Technical Information
Technical Information
■ In F3 Series, two different shapes exist in the same frame number. The mounting dimensions are different according to the reduction ratio, which please note.
〈Figure-1〉 〈Figure-2〉 〈Figure-3〉
* The dimensions of L1, P and G are the same between F2 Sereis and F3 Series.
115114
*As for calculation of torque arm, please see page E62 of MIDI SERIES (0.1kW - 2.2kW) Catalog.
Conveyors(uniform load), Screens, Agitators(low viscosity), Sewage Disposal Equipments(light load), Machine Tools(feed shaft), Elevators, Extruders, Distillers
3~10 hrs./day
1
1
1
1
1
1.25
1
1.25
1.5
Connection Type Starting Frequency Correction Factor
1
1.5
2
3
0.1kW
0.2kW
0.4kW
0.75kW
1.5kW
2.2kW
0.0008
0.0010
0.0015
0.0030
0.008
0.011
{0.003}
{0.004}
{0.006}
{0.012}
{0.032}
{0.042}
100W
200W
400W
―
―
―
Process of SelectionExample of Selection
SI Unit Gravimetric Unit
TLE=3.36×1.25=4.2kgf・m
TL=(100+2×5+10)×0.2× =3.36kgf・m2802×1000
i= Required rotating speed for output shaftPower supply frequency ×30
Deciding Type
TLE=32.9×1.25=41.1N・m
TL=9.8×(100+2×5+10)×0.2× =32.9N・m2802×1000
F3SM-35-50-075
Technical Information
Technical Information
Process of selection and example of selection
Example of Selection
Application
Conveyor Speed
Weight of Work
{Mass of Work
Type of Drive
Operating Time
Starting & Stopping Frequency
Area of Use
Coefficient of Friction
Conveyor (Moderate shock load)
30m/min
100kg
100kgf}
Chain
12 hours/day
720 times/day
Area of Power Supply Frequency of 60Hz
Supposed to be 0.2
Conditions other than above stated were not considered in this calculation.
In case of Shaft Mount Sprocket PCD φ280 5kg/unit {5kgf/unit} V=30m/min
M=100kg{W=100kgf}
Chain10kg
r
{10kgf}
Determining Reduction Ratio
Checking Torque
Checking Inertia
Final Decision
Selection of hollow shaft, right angle shaft, or parallel shaft
Determine Reduction Ratio:
Calculate equivalent torque(TLE) of output shaft from service factor: (sf given in Table-1 on page 115)
Choose the allowable torque(TA) of output shaft from the performance table, which should be greater than TLE
TLE=TL×Sf
Calculate Actual Load Torque(TL)
Calculate Actual Load Inertia
Calculate Load Inertia converted to Motor Shaft
From Table-2 on page 115, choose the model which satisfy Equivalent Inertia ≦ Allowable Inertia.
Calculate Equivalent Inertia using the correction factor corresponding to the operating condition.
Select the most appropriate model which satisfy all the conditions required from torque, inertia and O.H.L.
Decide on F3-Series, F3S-Type (hollow shaft) model considering from the shaft mounting.
Required Rotation Speed of Conveyor Shaft=
Since the rotation speed of the conveyor shaft and that of the reducer's output shaft are the same.
≒34.1 rpm30×1000280×π
i = ≒ 34.160×30
150
Adjust Actual Load Torque(TL) using a Service Factor (Sf).
Select an appropriate model of TLE≦TA F2SM-25-50-T020A
Convert IL into the equivalent value at the motor shaft( I )
Calculate Actual Load Inertia Moment(IL)
I L ={100×( )2}+{ ×5×( )2×2}+{10×( )2} 0.28 12
0.282
0.2822
I = IL×( i )2
I =2.25×( )2150
=2.25kg・m2
=0.0009kg・m2
Convert GD into the equivalent value at the motor shaft (GD ) 22 L
Calculate Actual load GD2(GD )
GD =(100×0.282)+( ×5×0.282×2)+(10×0.282) 12
GD =GD ×( i )2
GD =9.02×( )2150
=9.02kgf・m2
≒0.00361kgf・m2
2
2
2 L
2 L
2 L
Correction factor from the operating condition is 3.
Actual Load Torque×1000 Allowable O.H.L.- mass of Reducer
41.1{4.2}×1000 3480{355}-9.8×17{17}
Finally we can determine the model F3SM-35-50-075 Torque Arm TAF2S-35(Option Number) is recommended. Refer to page 155.
=12.4= r ≧
In case the torque arm is to be made by customer, the distance(r) from the center of the output shaft to the fixing point, should be no less than 12.4mm by the calculation below:
Calculate Equivalent Inertia Moment I( I ) E
Choose the model which satisfy I ≦ Allowable Inertia Moment(IA) E
EI = I ×(Correction factor)〈Table-3 on page 115〉 EI =0.0009×3=0.0027kg・m2
Calculate Equivalent GD2(GD ) 2E
Choose the model which satisfy GD ≦Allowable GD2(GD ) 2 A2E
2 2EGD =GD ×(Correction factor)〈Table-3 on page 115〉 2EGD =0.00361×3=0.0108kgf・m2
Technical Note
Service Factor (Sf)F3-Series gearmotors designed for the operation of 10 hrs/day with moderate shock loads. In case of using in severer condition, adjust the load torque with the Table-1 below.
〈Table-1〉
Load ConditionService Factor(Sf)
Under 3 hrs/day Over 10 hrs/dayApplication
Uniform Load
Moderate Shock Load
Heavy Shock Load
Conveyors(non-uniform or heavy load), Agitators(high viscosity), Machines for Vehicles, Sewage Disposal Equipments(moderate load), Hoists(light load), Paper Mills, Feeders, Food Machines, Pumps, Sugar Mills, Textile Machines
Hoists(heavy load), Hammer Mills, Metal Mills, Crushers, Tumblers
Allowable Inertia Moment (IA) Allowable GD2 (GD )2 A
When operating gearmotors intermittently under high inertia load, critical torque may instantaneously arise at the starting(or stopping in brake gearmotor). This may cause unexpected accident, therefore, be sure that the inertia of the connecting machine should be within the allowable value listed in the Table below, which may vary according to the connecting type and/or starting frequency.
■Allowable Inertia Moment I by Capacity {GD2} (Motor shaft or Input Shaft Equivalent)
〈Table-2〉 Unit: Inertia Moment I (kg・m2){GD2(kgf・m2)}
3-Phase 1-Phase Allowable Inertia Moment(IA){AllowableGD2(GD )} 2 A
In case of reducers, operating with the input rotation speed of over 1800rpm, the allowable inertia moment I (GD2) can be obtained by multiplying the value in the left by (1800/Input rpm)2. (Example: In case the input shaft rpm is 3600, the allowable inertia moment I (GD2) will be 1/4). Motor shaft(input shaft) equivalent inertia moment I =Output shaft inertia moment I ×(reduction ratio)2 (Motor shaft(input shaft) equivalent GD2 = Output shaft GD2 ×(reduction ratio)2) (Example: In case the reduction ratio is 1/20, the answer is 1/400.)
(Note 1)
2)
■Correction Factor for Allowable Inertia Moment I by Operating Condition {Allowable GD2} 〈Table-3〉
Under 70 times/day
Over 70 times/day
Under 70 times/day
Over 70 times/day
Direct Coupling (without slack)
By Chain (with slack)
115114
*As for calculation of torque arm, please see page E62 of MIDI SERIES (0.1kW - 2.2kW) Catalog.
Conveyors(uniform load), Screens, Agitators(low viscosity), Sewage Disposal Equipments(light load), Machine Tools(feed shaft), Elevators, Extruders, Distillers
3~10 hrs./day
1
1
1
1
1
1.25
1
1.25
1.5
Connection Type Starting Frequency Correction Factor
1
1.5
2
3
0.1kW
0.2kW
0.4kW
0.75kW
1.5kW
2.2kW
0.0008
0.0010
0.0015
0.0030
0.008
0.011
{0.003}
{0.004}
{0.006}
{0.012}
{0.032}
{0.042}
100W
200W
400W
―
―
―
Process of SelectionExample of Selection
SI Unit Gravimetric Unit
TLE=3.36×1.25=4.2kgf・m
TL=(100+2×5+10)×0.2× =3.36kgf・m2802×1000
i= Required rotating speed for output shaftPower supply frequency ×30
Deciding Type
TLE=32.9×1.25=41.1N・m
TL=9.8×(100+2×5+10)×0.2× =32.9N・m2802×1000
F3SM-35-50-075
Technical Information
Technical Information
Process of selection and example of selection
Example of Selection
Application
Conveyor Speed
Weight of Work
{Mass of Work
Type of Drive
Operating Time
Starting & Stopping Frequency
Area of Use
Coefficient of Friction
Conveyor (Moderate shock load)
30m/min
100kg
100kgf}
Chain
12 hours/day
720 times/day
Area of Power Supply Frequency of 60Hz
Supposed to be 0.2
Conditions other than above stated were not considered in this calculation.
In case of Shaft Mount Sprocket PCD φ280 5kg/unit {5kgf/unit} V=30m/min
M=100kg{W=100kgf}
Chain10kg
r
{10kgf}
Determining Reduction Ratio
Checking Torque
Checking Inertia
Final Decision
Selection of hollow shaft, right angle shaft, or parallel shaft
Determine Reduction Ratio:
Calculate equivalent torque(TLE) of output shaft from service factor: (sf given in Table-1 on page 115)
Choose the allowable torque(TA) of output shaft from the performance table, which should be greater than TLE
TLE=TL×Sf
Calculate Actual Load Torque(TL)
Calculate Actual Load Inertia
Calculate Load Inertia converted to Motor Shaft
From Table-2 on page 115, choose the model which satisfy Equivalent Inertia ≦ Allowable Inertia.
Calculate Equivalent Inertia using the correction factor corresponding to the operating condition.
Select the most appropriate model which satisfy all the conditions required from torque, inertia and O.H.L.
Decide on F3-Series, F3S-Type (hollow shaft) model considering from the shaft mounting.
Required Rotation Speed of Conveyor Shaft=
Since the rotation speed of the conveyor shaft and that of the reducer's output shaft are the same.
≒34.1 rpm30×1000280×π
i = ≒ 34.160×30
150
Adjust Actual Load Torque(TL) using a Service Factor (Sf).
Select an appropriate model of TLE≦TA F2SM-25-50-T020A
Convert IL into the equivalent value at the motor shaft( I )
Calculate Actual Load Inertia Moment(IL)
I L ={100×( )2}+{ ×5×( )2×2}+{10×( )2} 0.28 12
0.282
0.2822
I = IL×( i )2
I =2.25×( )2150
=2.25kg・m2
=0.0009kg・m2
Convert GD into the equivalent value at the motor shaft (GD ) 22 L
Calculate Actual load GD2(GD )
GD =(100×0.282)+( ×5×0.282×2)+(10×0.282) 12
GD =GD ×( i )2
GD =9.02×( )2150
=9.02kgf・m2
≒0.00361kgf・m2
2
2
2 L
2 L
2 L
Correction factor from the operating condition is 3.
Actual Load Torque×1000 Allowable O.H.L.- mass of Reducer
41.1{4.2}×1000 3480{355}-9.8×17{17}
Finally we can determine the model F3SM-35-50-075 Torque Arm TAF2S-35(Option Number) is recommended. Refer to page 155.
=12.4= r ≧
In case the torque arm is to be made by customer, the distance(r) from the center of the output shaft to the fixing point, should be no less than 12.4mm by the calculation below:
Calculate Equivalent Inertia Moment I( I ) E
Choose the model which satisfy I ≦ Allowable Inertia Moment(IA) E
EI = I ×(Correction factor)〈Table-3 on page 115〉 EI =0.0009×3=0.0027kg・m2
Calculate Equivalent GD2(GD ) 2E
Choose the model which satisfy GD ≦Allowable GD2(GD ) 2 A2E
2 2EGD =GD ×(Correction factor)〈Table-3 on page 115〉 2EGD =0.00361×3=0.0108kgf・m2
Technical Note
Service Factor (Sf)F3-Series gearmotors designed for the operation of 10 hrs/day with moderate shock loads. In case of using in severer condition, adjust the load torque with the Table-1 below.
〈Table-1〉
Load ConditionService Factor(Sf)
Under 3 hrs/day Over 10 hrs/dayApplication
Uniform Load
Moderate Shock Load
Heavy Shock Load
Conveyors(non-uniform or heavy load), Agitators(high viscosity), Machines for Vehicles, Sewage Disposal Equipments(moderate load), Hoists(light load), Paper Mills, Feeders, Food Machines, Pumps, Sugar Mills, Textile Machines
Hoists(heavy load), Hammer Mills, Metal Mills, Crushers, Tumblers
Allowable Inertia Moment (IA) Allowable GD2 (GD )2 A
When operating gearmotors intermittently under high inertia load, critical torque may instantaneously arise at the starting(or stopping in brake gearmotor). This may cause unexpected accident, therefore, be sure that the inertia of the connecting machine should be within the allowable value listed in the Table below, which may vary according to the connecting type and/or starting frequency.
■Allowable Inertia Moment I by Capacity {GD2} (Motor shaft or Input Shaft Equivalent)
〈Table-2〉 Unit: Inertia Moment I (kg・m2){GD2(kgf・m2)}
3-Phase 1-Phase Allowable Inertia Moment(IA){AllowableGD2(GD )} 2 A
In case of reducers, operating with the input rotation speed of over 1800rpm, the allowable inertia moment I (GD2) can be obtained by multiplying the value in the left by (1800/Input rpm)2. (Example: In case the input shaft rpm is 3600, the allowable inertia moment I (GD2) will be 1/4). Motor shaft(input shaft) equivalent inertia moment I =Output shaft inertia moment I ×(reduction ratio)2 (Motor shaft(input shaft) equivalent GD2 = Output shaft GD2 ×(reduction ratio)2) (Example: In case the reduction ratio is 1/20, the answer is 1/400.)
(Note 1)
2)
■Correction Factor for Allowable Inertia Moment I by Operating Condition {Allowable GD2} 〈Table-3〉
Under 70 times/day
Over 70 times/day
Under 70 times/day
Over 70 times/day
Direct Coupling (without slack)
By Chain (with slack)
117116
{kgf・m2}
{kgf・m2}
{kgf・m2}
{kgf・m2}
{kgf・m2}
(kg・m2)
(kg・m2)
(kg・m2)
(kg・m2)
(kg・m2)
(kg・m2)
(kg・m2)
(kg・m2)
{kgf・m2}
{kgf・m2}
{kgf・m2}
GD2= WD2+4WR21 2
V π・n
GD2=4WR2
GD2=W・
I = Mr2+MR21 2
I = MR2
2
P π GD2=W・
2
V π・n =W・
2
1 2
1 2
GD2=W1D2+ W2D2
1 2GD2=W1D2+ W2D2
+ W3D2+W4D2
Ia{GD }
I b{GD }
na(rpm)
nb(rpm)
V π・n
1 4I = M・
1 4 M・
1 4 M・
2
P π I =
2
V π・n=
2
1 2
1 2
I =M1r2+ M2r2
1 2I =M1r2+ M2r2
+ M3r2+M4r2
1 2GD2= WD2
1 2GD2= W(D2+d2)
1 2I = Mr2
1 2I = M(r +r )
2 b
2 a
2 1
2 2
r = (m) D 2
r1= (m) D 2
r2= (m) d 2
D(m)
R(m)
R(m)
D(m)
d(m)
D(m)
O.H.L.= (N){kgf} TLE×K1×K2
R
1.00
1.25
1.50
K1
0.75
1.00
1.50
K2
20
25
30
35
45
50
55
68.5
84.5
91
98
113
139
184.5
A(mm)
20
L
L
S
●Be sure that the OHL value calculated by above formula should not exceed the allowable OHL value listed in the performance table. ●In the case of the hollow shaft, please calculate with coefficient K2 as 1.00.
Technical Note
Technical Information
Technical Information
Calculation of Inertia Moment I (GD2 Flywheel Effect)
The conversion between the inertia moment(kg・m2)-(SI units) and the gravimetric units GD2 (kg・m2) are calculated as follows:
l =
G : Gravity(kgf) D : Rotation Diameter(m) l : Inertia Moment(kg・m2)
GD24
■Inertia Moment in Rotation {GD2}
When the center of rotation is concentric with the center of gravity When the center of rotation is not concentric with the center of gravity
Mass M(kg) {Weight W(kgf)}
r = (m) D 2
Mass M(kg) {Weight W(kgf)}
SI Unit Gravimetric Unit SI Unit Gravimetric Unit
Mass M(kg) {Weight W(kgf)}
Mass M(kg) {Weight W(kgf)}
(when you can ignore size) (when you can ignore size)
■Inertia Moment in Linear Motion {GD2}
Ordinary Use
Horizontal Linear Motion (driven with lead screw)
Horizontal Linear Motion (conveyors, etc.)
Vertical Linear Motion (cranes, winches, etc.)
Linear Motion
n(rpm)
Velocity V(m/min)
Mass M(kg) {Weight W(kgf)}
V(m/min) Mass M(kg) {Weight W(kgf)}
Lead screw
P=Lead of screw(m/rev)
M3(kg) {W2(kgf)} M2(kg)
M4(kg) {W3(kgf)}
{W4(kgf)}
Mass M1(kg) {Weight W1(kgf)}
r = (m) D 2
D(m) D(m
)
M2(kg) Mass M1(kg)
r = (m)
{W2(kgf)} {Weight W1(kgf)}
D 2D(m)
Dram
rope
SI Unit Gravimetric Unit
■Conversion of Inertia Moment when Speed Ratio is available
The inertia moment Ib (GD ) of the load can be converted into the equivalent value at the na shaft as shown below:
2 b
I = Ia+( ) × Ibnb na
2
2 b
2 a{GD2=GD +( )×GD } nb
na2
Overhung Load (O.H.L.)
An overhung load is a suspending load imposed on a shaft. In the coupling of reducer shaft and other machine, if chains, belts and gears are used, this O.H.L. must be taken into consideration.
TLE : Equivalent output torque imposed on reducer shaft (N・m){kgf・m} R : Pitch Circle Radius(m) of sprocket, pulley, gear, etc. attached to reducer shaft. K1 : Factor for the connecting method (Refer to Table-4) K2 : Factor for the load point (Refer to Table-5)
■Factor K1 〈Table-4〉
Connecting Method
Chain, Timing Belt
Gear
V-Belt
■Factor K2 〈Table-5〉
Load Point
Root of the shaft
Center of the shaft
End of the shaft
Root Center End
〈Load Point〉
Thrust Load
The thrust load values of hollow shaft type are listed in the performance table. If there is a possibility of having excessive thrust load in the operating condition, consult us.
Overhung Load on a Hollow Shaft(O.H.L.)
■Flange Mounting(1) Load Point of O.H.L.
(2)-1 Adjustment of O.H.L. without any support by pillow
Allowable OHL is calculated at the point 20mm off from the end of output shaft.
When load point of O.H.L. (L) become greater than 20mm, the allowable O.H.L. can be corrected by the following formula:
(Note) Refer Table-6 for A.
A+20 A+L
〈Table-6〉 Frame Number
Loading point Loading point
(2)-2
Correction of O.H.L. when supported by pillow at one end Bearable O.H.L(N){kgf}= ×Allowable O.H.L(N){kgf}
S S-L
117116
{kgf・m2}
{kgf・m2}
{kgf・m2}
{kgf・m2}
{kgf・m2}
(kg・m2)
(kg・m2)
(kg・m2)
(kg・m2)
(kg・m2)
(kg・m2)
(kg・m2)
(kg・m2)
{kgf・m2}
{kgf・m2}
{kgf・m2}
GD2= WD2+4WR21 2
V π・n
GD2=4WR2
GD2=W・
I = Mr2+MR21 2
I = MR2
2
P π GD2=W・
2
V π・n =W・
2
1 2
1 2
GD2=W1D2+ W2D2
1 2GD2=W1D2+ W2D2
+ W3D2+W4D2
Ia{GD }
I b{GD }
na(rpm)
nb(rpm)
V π・n
1 4I = M・
1 4 M・
1 4 M・
2
P π I =
2
V π・n=
2
1 2
1 2
I =M1r2+ M2r2
1 2I =M1r2+ M2r2
+ M3r2+M4r2
1 2GD2= WD2
1 2GD2= W(D2+d2)
1 2I = Mr2
1 2I = M(r +r )
2 b
2 a
2 1
2 2
r = (m) D 2
r1= (m) D 2
r2= (m) d 2
D(m)
R(m)
R(m)
D(m)
d(m)
D(m)
O.H.L.= (N){kgf} TLE×K1×K2
R
1.00
1.25
1.50
K1
0.75
1.00
1.50
K2
20
25
30
35
45
50
55
68.5
84.5
91
98
113
139
184.5
A(mm)
20
L
L
S
●Be sure that the OHL value calculated by above formula should not exceed the allowable OHL value listed in the performance table. ●In the case of the hollow shaft, please calculate with coefficient K2 as 1.00.
Technical Note
Technical Information
Technical Information
Calculation of Inertia Moment I (GD2 Flywheel Effect)
The conversion between the inertia moment(kg・m2)-(SI units) and the gravimetric units GD2 (kg・m2) are calculated as follows:
l =
G : Gravity(kgf) D : Rotation Diameter(m) l : Inertia Moment(kg・m2)
GD24
■Inertia Moment in Rotation {GD2}
When the center of rotation is concentric with the center of gravity When the center of rotation is not concentric with the center of gravity
Mass M(kg) {Weight W(kgf)}
r = (m) D 2
Mass M(kg) {Weight W(kgf)}
SI Unit Gravimetric Unit SI Unit Gravimetric Unit
Mass M(kg) {Weight W(kgf)}
Mass M(kg) {Weight W(kgf)}
(when you can ignore size) (when you can ignore size)
■Inertia Moment in Linear Motion {GD2}
Ordinary Use
Horizontal Linear Motion (driven with lead screw)
Horizontal Linear Motion (conveyors, etc.)
Vertical Linear Motion (cranes, winches, etc.)
Linear Motion
n(rpm)
Velocity V(m/min)
Mass M(kg) {Weight W(kgf)}
V(m/min) Mass M(kg) {Weight W(kgf)}
Lead screw
P=Lead of screw(m/rev)
M3(kg) {W2(kgf)} M2(kg)
M4(kg) {W3(kgf)}
{W4(kgf)}
Mass M1(kg) {Weight W1(kgf)}
r = (m) D 2
D(m) D(m
)
M2(kg) Mass M1(kg)
r = (m)
{W2(kgf)} {Weight W1(kgf)}
D 2D(m)
Dram
rope
SI Unit Gravimetric Unit
■Conversion of Inertia Moment when Speed Ratio is available
The inertia moment Ib (GD ) of the load can be converted into the equivalent value at the na shaft as shown below:
2 b
I = Ia+( ) × Ibnb na
2
2 b
2 a{GD2=GD +( )×GD } nb
na2
Overhung Load (O.H.L.)
An overhung load is a suspending load imposed on a shaft. In the coupling of reducer shaft and other machine, if chains, belts and gears are used, this O.H.L. must be taken into consideration.
TLE : Equivalent output torque imposed on reducer shaft (N・m){kgf・m} R : Pitch Circle Radius(m) of sprocket, pulley, gear, etc. attached to reducer shaft. K1 : Factor for the connecting method (Refer to Table-4) K2 : Factor for the load point (Refer to Table-5)
■Factor K1 〈Table-4〉
Connecting Method
Chain, Timing Belt
Gear
V-Belt
■Factor K2 〈Table-5〉
Load Point
Root of the shaft
Center of the shaft
End of the shaft
Root Center End
〈Load Point〉
Thrust Load
The thrust load values of hollow shaft type are listed in the performance table. If there is a possibility of having excessive thrust load in the operating condition, consult us.
Overhung Load on a Hollow Shaft(O.H.L.)
■Flange Mounting(1) Load Point of O.H.L.
(2)-1 Adjustment of O.H.L. without any support by pillow
Allowable OHL is calculated at the point 20mm off from the end of output shaft.
When load point of O.H.L. (L) become greater than 20mm, the allowable O.H.L. can be corrected by the following formula:
(Note) Refer Table-6 for A.
A+20 A+L
〈Table-6〉 Frame Number
Loading point Loading point
(2)-2
Correction of O.H.L. when supported by pillow at one end Bearable O.H.L(N){kgf}= ×Allowable O.H.L(N){kgf}
S S-L
119118
T010
T020
T040
075
150
220
200
200
220
200
200
220
200
200
220
200
200
220
200
200
220
200
200
220
50
60
60
50
60
60
50
60
60
50
60
60
50
60
60
50
60
60
1420
1700
1720
1420
1710
1720
1410
1690
1710
1430
1720
1730
1430
1720
1730
1410
1690
1710
0.61
0.54
0.54
1.1
1.0
1.0
2.1
1.8
1.8
3.7
3.3
3.2
6.6
6.1
5.8
9.0
8.6
8.0
2.39
2.27
2.52
4.70
4.35
4.85
9.50
8.60
9.60
17.7
16.7
17.7
37.0
33.5
34.9
46.6
41.2
45.6
215
190
245
215
195
238
220
190
236
246
228
258
264
232
254
245
202
251
0.1kW
0.2kW
0.4kW
0.75kW
1.5kW
2.2kW
(V) (Hz) (rpm) (A) (%) (%) (A)
258
238
300
248
225
279
265
234
289
266
244
297
280
248
301
252
225
275
T010W
T020W
T040W
075W
150W
220W
380
400
400
440
380
400
400
440
380
400
400
440
380
400
400
440
380
400
400
440
380
400
400
440
50
50
60
60
50
50
60
60
50
50
60
60
50
50
60
60
50
50
60
60
50
50
60
60
1410
1420
1700
1720
1420
1430
1710
1730
1410
1420
1700
1720
1430
1440
1730
1740
1430
1440
1730
1740
1410
1420
1700
1720
0.31
0.31
0.28
0.28
0.56
0.56
0.50
0.50
1.0
1.0
0.9
0.9
1.8
1.8
1.7
1.6
3.3
3.3
3.0
2.9
4.6
4.5
4.3
4.0
1.12
1.18
1.12
1.22
2.29
2.38
2.29
2.48
4.35
4.65
4.30
4.75
8.15
8.65
8.15
8.95
17.5
18.5
16.5
18.3
22.3
23.6
20.9
23.1
180
199
180
217
192
220
214
258
194
216
184
221
202
228
207
252
218
245
200
248
215
243
200
247
0.1kW
0.2kW
0.4kW
0.75kW
1.5kW
2.2kW
(V) (Hz) (rpm) (A) (%) (%) (A)
224
250
233
285
230
257
239
294
225
258
232
286
233
258
236
287
258
278
245
298
226
252
224
273
S100
200
400
100
100
100
100
100
100
50
60
50
60
50
60
1400
1700
1420
1700
1440
1730
1.7
1.9
5.1
4.5
8.7
7.9
4.40
4.07
20.0
20.0
32.0
32.0
60
70
276
294
210
205
100W
200W
400W
(V) (Hz) (rpm) (A) (%) (%) (A)
165
172
194
187
189
178
S100W
200W
400W
200
200
200
200
200
200
50
60
50
60
50
60
1410
1700
1420
1700
1440
1730
0.82
0.96
2.5
2.2
4.3
3.9
2.10
2.00
10.0
10.0
19.0
18.0
65
81
254
250
181
190
100W
200W
400W
(V) (Hz) (rpm) (A) (%) (%) (A)
163
178
203
205
240
217
Technical Information Motor Characteristic Table
3-Phase Standard VoltageCharacteristics of motor as an unit
Capacity Motor Capacity Designation
Voltage Frequency Rated Rotation Speed
Current Characteristics
Rated Current Starting Current
Torque Characteristics
Starting Torque Braking Torque
1-Phase Standard Voltage
Capacity Motor Capacity Designation
Voltage Frequency Rated Rotation Speed
Current Characteristics
Rated Current Starting Current
Torque Characteristics
Starting Torque Braking Torque
Characteristics of motor as an unit
3-Phase High Voltage
Capacity Motor Capacity Designation
Rated Rotation Speed Rated Current Starting Current
Current CharacteristicsVoltage Frequency
Torque Characteristics
Starting Torque Braking Torque
Characteristics of motor as an unit
Capacity Motor Capacity Designation
Voltage Frequency Rated Rotation Speed
Current Characteristics
Rated Current Starting Current
Torque Characteristics
Starting Torque Braking Torque
1-Phase High Voltage Characteristics of motor as an unit
Technical Information
119118
T010
T020
T040
075
150
220
200
200
220
200
200
220
200
200
220
200
200
220
200
200
220
200
200
220
50
60
60
50
60
60
50
60
60
50
60
60
50
60
60
50
60
60
1420
1700
1720
1420
1710
1720
1410
1690
1710
1430
1720
1730
1430
1720
1730
1410
1690
1710
0.61
0.54
0.54
1.1
1.0
1.0
2.1
1.8
1.8
3.7
3.3
3.2
6.6
6.1
5.8
9.0
8.6
8.0
2.39
2.27
2.52
4.70
4.35
4.85
9.50
8.60
9.60
17.7
16.7
17.7
37.0
33.5
34.9
46.6
41.2
45.6
215
190
245
215
195
238
220
190
236
246
228
258
264
232
254
245
202
251
0.1kW
0.2kW
0.4kW
0.75kW
1.5kW
2.2kW
(V) (Hz) (rpm) (A) (%) (%) (A)
258
238
300
248
225
279
265
234
289
266
244
297
280
248
301
252
225
275
T010W
T020W
T040W
075W
150W
220W
380
400
400
440
380
400
400
440
380
400
400
440
380
400
400
440
380
400
400
440
380
400
400
440
50
50
60
60
50
50
60
60
50
50
60
60
50
50
60
60
50
50
60
60
50
50
60
60
1410
1420
1700
1720
1420
1430
1710
1730
1410
1420
1700
1720
1430
1440
1730
1740
1430
1440
1730
1740
1410
1420
1700
1720
0.31
0.31
0.28
0.28
0.56
0.56
0.50
0.50
1.0
1.0
0.9
0.9
1.8
1.8
1.7
1.6
3.3
3.3
3.0
2.9
4.6
4.5
4.3
4.0
1.12
1.18
1.12
1.22
2.29
2.38
2.29
2.48
4.35
4.65
4.30
4.75
8.15
8.65
8.15
8.95
17.5
18.5
16.5
18.3
22.3
23.6
20.9
23.1
180
199
180
217
192
220
214
258
194
216
184
221
202
228
207
252
218
245
200
248
215
243
200
247
0.1kW
0.2kW
0.4kW
0.75kW
1.5kW
2.2kW
(V) (Hz) (rpm) (A) (%) (%) (A)
224
250
233
285
230
257
239
294
225
258
232
286
233
258
236
287
258
278
245
298
226
252
224
273
S100
200
400
100
100
100
100
100
100
50
60
50
60
50
60
1400
1700
1420
1700
1440
1730
1.7
1.9
5.1
4.5
8.7
7.9
4.40
4.07
20.0
20.0
32.0
32.0
60
70
276
294
210
205
100W
200W
400W
(V) (Hz) (rpm) (A) (%) (%) (A)
165
172
194
187
189
178
S100W
200W
400W
200
200
200
200
200
200
50
60
50
60
50
60
1410
1700
1420
1700
1440
1730
0.82
0.96
2.5
2.2
4.3
3.9
2.10
2.00
10.0
10.0
19.0
18.0
65
81
254
250
181
190
100W
200W
400W
(V) (Hz) (rpm) (A) (%) (%) (A)
163
178
203
205
240
217
Technical Information Motor Characteristic Table
3-Phase Standard VoltageCharacteristics of motor as an unit
Capacity Motor Capacity Designation
Voltage Frequency Rated Rotation Speed
Current Characteristics
Rated Current Starting Current
Torque Characteristics
Starting Torque Braking Torque
1-Phase Standard Voltage
Capacity Motor Capacity Designation
Voltage Frequency Rated Rotation Speed
Current Characteristics
Rated Current Starting Current
Torque Characteristics
Starting Torque Braking Torque
Characteristics of motor as an unit
3-Phase High Voltage
Capacity Motor Capacity Designation
Rated Rotation Speed Rated Current Starting Current
Current CharacteristicsVoltage Frequency
Torque Characteristics
Starting Torque Braking Torque
Characteristics of motor as an unit
Capacity Motor Capacity Designation
Voltage Frequency Rated Rotation Speed
Current Characteristics
Rated Current Starting Current
Torque Characteristics
Starting Torque Braking Torque
1-Phase High Voltage Characteristics of motor as an unit
Technical Information
Motor Capacity
Inertia Moment I (kg・m2) {GD2(kgf・m2)}
Motor Capacity
Inertia Moment I (kg・m2) {GD2(kgf・m2)}
121120
Motor Capacity
Inertia Moment I (kg・m2) {GD2(kgf・m2)}
3-Phase 0.1kW
0.00055 {0.0022 }
0.00100 {0.0040 }
0.0028 {0.011 }
3-Phase 0.2kW
0.00048 {0.0019 }
0.00073 {0.0029 }
3-Phase 0.4kW
0.0012 {0.0046}
0.0025 {0.010 }
0.0065 {0.026 }
0.0085 {0.034 }
3-Phase 0.75kW 3-Phase 1.5kW 3-Phase 2.2kW
Motor Capacity
Inertia Moment I (kg・m2) {GD2(kgf・m2)}
1-Phase 100W 1-Phase 200W 1-Phase 400W
Equivalent Capacity of 4P motor
0.1kW 0.2kW 0.4kW 0.75kW 1.5kW 2.2kW
0.000006 {0.000023}
0.000007 {0.000029}
0.000017 {0.000068}
0.00006 {0.00023}
0.00018 {0.00070}
0.0003 {0.0011}
Equivalent Capacity of 4P motor
0.1kW 0.2kW 0.4kW 0.75kW 1.5kW 2.2kW
0.000023 {0.000093}
0.000025 {0.00010 }
0.00003 {0.00012}
0.000073 {0.00029 }
0.00019 {0.00077}
0.0004 {0.0016}
0.00070 {0.0028 }
0.00115 {0.0046 }
0.0030 {0.012 }
3-Phase 0.1kW 3-Phase 0.2kW
0.00070 {0.0028 }
0.00088 {0.0035 }
3-Phase 0.4kW
0.0013 {0.0052}
0.0028 {0.011 }
0.0070 {0.028 }
0.0093 {0.037 }
3-Phase 0.75kW 3-Phase 1.5kW 3-Phase 2.2kW
1-Phase 100W 1-Phase 200W 1-Phase 400W
Inertia Moment I (kg・m2) {GD2(kgf・m2)}
Inertia Moment I (kg・m2) {GD2(kgf・m2)}
Inertia Moment of Gearmotor
■Inertia Moment I {GD2} of Gearmotor (Motor+Reducer) Itself(Motor Shaft Equivalent, Common to Every Reduction Ratio)
■Inertia Moment I ({GD2}of Brake Gearmotor(Brake Motor+Reducer)(Motor Shaft Equivalent, Common to Every Reduction Ratio)
■Inertia Moment I {GD2} of Reducer(Input/Output Shaft) (Input Shaft Equivalent)
■Inertia Moment I {GD2} of S-Type Reducer (Input Shaft Equivalent)
Technical Information
Technical Information
Motor Capacity
Inertia Moment I (kg・m2) {GD2(kgf・m2)}
Motor Capacity
Inertia Moment I (kg・m2) {GD2(kgf・m2)}
121120
Motor Capacity
Inertia Moment I (kg・m2) {GD2(kgf・m2)}
3-Phase 0.1kW
0.00055 {0.0022 }
0.00100 {0.0040 }
0.0028 {0.011 }
3-Phase 0.2kW
0.00048 {0.0019 }
0.00073 {0.0029 }
3-Phase 0.4kW
0.0012 {0.0046}
0.0025 {0.010 }
0.0065 {0.026 }
0.0085 {0.034 }
3-Phase 0.75kW 3-Phase 1.5kW 3-Phase 2.2kW
Motor Capacity
Inertia Moment I (kg・m2) {GD2(kgf・m2)}
1-Phase 100W 1-Phase 200W 1-Phase 400W
Equivalent Capacity of 4P motor
0.1kW 0.2kW 0.4kW 0.75kW 1.5kW 2.2kW
0.000006 {0.000023}
0.000007 {0.000029}
0.000017 {0.000068}
0.00006 {0.00023}
0.00018 {0.00070}
0.0003 {0.0011}
Equivalent Capacity of 4P motor
0.1kW 0.2kW 0.4kW 0.75kW 1.5kW 2.2kW
0.000023 {0.000093}
0.000025 {0.00010 }
0.00003 {0.00012}
0.000073 {0.00029 }
0.00019 {0.00077}
0.0004 {0.0016}
0.00070 {0.0028 }
0.00115 {0.0046 }
0.0030 {0.012 }
3-Phase 0.1kW 3-Phase 0.2kW
0.00070 {0.0028 }
0.00088 {0.0035 }
3-Phase 0.4kW
0.0013 {0.0052}
0.0028 {0.011 }
0.0070 {0.028 }
0.0093 {0.037 }
3-Phase 0.75kW 3-Phase 1.5kW 3-Phase 2.2kW
1-Phase 100W 1-Phase 200W 1-Phase 400W
Inertia Moment I (kg・m2) {GD2(kgf・m2)}
Inertia Moment I (kg・m2) {GD2(kgf・m2)}
Inertia Moment of Gearmotor
■Inertia Moment I {GD2} of Gearmotor (Motor+Reducer) Itself(Motor Shaft Equivalent, Common to Every Reduction Ratio)
■Inertia Moment I ({GD2}of Brake Gearmotor(Brake Motor+Reducer)(Motor Shaft Equivalent, Common to Every Reduction Ratio)
■Inertia Moment I {GD2} of Reducer(Input/Output Shaft) (Input Shaft Equivalent)
■Inertia Moment I {GD2} of S-Type Reducer (Input Shaft Equivalent)
Technical Information
Technical Information
123122
Please wire standard gearmotors as shown below. Rotating direction of output shaft, when wires are connected as shown below, are shown in the Performance Table of each type.
T010・T010W
T020・T020W
T040・T040W
075・075W
150・150W
220・220W
S100・S100W
200・200W
400・400W
●
●
●
●
●
●
▲
※
※
A
A
A
T
T
T
A
(A)
(T)
T010 T010W
・T020 ・T020W
・T040 ・T040W
200V 400VU
V
W
U V W
S100(100V)・S100W(200V)
100V 200V1 2 3
1 2 3
075 075W
・150 ・150W
・220 ・220W
U
V
W
U V W
100V 200V
220V 440V
30μF 7μF
100g 100g
61
28 70
82
89
φ27 46
R
S
T
U
V
W
R
S
T
U
V
W
MS
3
2C1
7
4
φ4.3
58
41
10
44
29
UV
W
Technical Information
Technical Information
Wiring Method
■3-Phase MotorMotor capacity designations
Power source
Forward
Reverse
Motor
Mark in the Diagram
Lead Wire Type
Black Grey White
Black Brown White
Terminal Box TypeTerminal Code
■3-Phase MotorMotor capacity designations
Power source Motor
Forward
Reverse
Mark in the Diagram
Terminal BoxTerminal Code
■1-Phase MotorMotor capacity designations
Power source
Forward
ReverseMotor
Mark in the Diagram
Lead Wire Type Terminal Box TypeTerminal Code
Blue Black Grey
Brown Black Grey
Capacitor is needed for use in single-phase S100・S100W motors. Use the attached capacitor properly wired. Refer to the diagram on the right.
Capacitor
Voltage Withstand Voltage Capacity Round Weight
■1-Phase Motor(100V) 200・400Motor capacity designations
Power source
Forward
Reverse
U/Black
V/Red
X/Blue
Y/Brown
Motor
■1-Phase Motor(200V) 200W・400WMotor capacity designations
Power source
Forward
Reverse
U/Black
V/Red
X/BlueMotor
Terminal box for Gearmotor (with motor type)
■Terminal Boxes for GTR Gearmotor are as listed below:
No. of Phase
3-Phase
1-Phase
Motor capacity designation
Terminal Box
Standard or optional spec Box Type
● mark in the Table: Terminal Box attached is the standard ▲ mark in the Table: Optional specification * mark in the Table: models for special order If terminal box position is needed or position other than standard is required, refer to Page 140~141.
(Note 1)
(2)
■Types and Configurations● A-Type Terminal Box 3-Phase/200V・400V 1-Phase/100V・200VThis picture is for 3-phase. M3.5 terminal screw
Terminal block code: In case of 1-phase, the expression "U・V・W" change to "1・2・3".
Applicable Code φ8-φ12
● T-Type Terminal Box3-Phase/200V・400V
M5 terminal screw
M4 terminal screw
Gearmotor Wiring・Terminal Box
123122
Please wire standard gearmotors as shown below. Rotating direction of output shaft, when wires are connected as shown below, are shown in the Performance Table of each type.
T010・T010W
T020・T020W
T040・T040W
075・075W
150・150W
220・220W
S100・S100W
200・200W
400・400W
●
●
●
●
●
●
▲
※
※
A
A
A
T
T
T
A
(A)
(T)
T010 T010W
・T020 ・T020W
・T040 ・T040W
200V 400VU
V
W
U V W
S100(100V)・S100W(200V)
100V 200V1 2 3
1 2 3
075 075W
・150 ・150W
・220 ・220W
U
V
W
U V W
100V 200V
220V 440V
30μF 7μF
100g 100g
61
28 70
82
89
φ27 46
R
S
T
U
V
W
R
S
T
U
V
W
MS
3
2C1
7
4
φ4.3
58
41
10
44
29
UV
W
Technical Information
Technical Information
Wiring Method
■3-Phase MotorMotor capacity designations
Power source
Forward
Reverse
Motor
Mark in the Diagram
Lead Wire Type
Black Grey White
Black Brown White
Terminal Box TypeTerminal Code
■3-Phase MotorMotor capacity designations
Power source Motor
Forward
Reverse
Mark in the Diagram
Terminal BoxTerminal Code
■1-Phase MotorMotor capacity designations
Power source
Forward
ReverseMotor
Mark in the Diagram
Lead Wire Type Terminal Box TypeTerminal Code
Blue Black Grey
Brown Black Grey
Capacitor is needed for use in single-phase S100・S100W motors. Use the attached capacitor properly wired. Refer to the diagram on the right.
Capacitor
Voltage Withstand Voltage Capacity Round Weight
■1-Phase Motor(100V) 200・400Motor capacity designations
Power source
Forward
Reverse
U/Black
V/Red
X/Blue
Y/Brown
Motor
■1-Phase Motor(200V) 200W・400WMotor capacity designations
Power source
Forward
Reverse
U/Black
V/Red
X/BlueMotor
Terminal box for Gearmotor (with motor type)
■Terminal Boxes for GTR Gearmotor are as listed below:
No. of Phase
3-Phase
1-Phase
Motor capacity designation
Terminal Box
Standard or optional spec Box Type
● mark in the Table: Terminal Box attached is the standard ▲ mark in the Table: Optional specification * mark in the Table: models for special order If terminal box position is needed or position other than standard is required, refer to Page 140~141.
(Note 1)
(2)
■Types and Configurations● A-Type Terminal Box 3-Phase/200V・400V 1-Phase/100V・200VThis picture is for 3-phase. M3.5 terminal screw
Terminal block code: In case of 1-phase, the expression "U・V・W" change to "1・2・3".
Applicable Code φ8-φ12
● T-Type Terminal Box3-Phase/200V・400V
M5 terminal screw
M4 terminal screw
Gearmotor Wiring・Terminal Box
When using a brake for long periods of time, the brake gap may become too big to release the brake. Please adjust the brake gap regularly (every year or every 1 to 1.5 million times the brake is used).
125124
0.98{0.10}
0.78{0.08}
1.96{0.20}
1.57{0.16}
3.92{0.40}
3.14{0.32}
7.35{0.75}
5.88{0.60}
14.7{1.50}
11.8{1.20}
14
0.15
1.5×108
1.5×107
14
0.15
1.5×108
1.5×107
16
0.18
1.5×108
1.5×107
24
0.27
4.0×108
4.0×107
46
0.51
6.0×108
6.0×107
90
10
0.1kW
T010 T010W
T020 T020W
T040 T040W
075 075W
150 150W
0.2kW 0.4kW 0.75kW 1.5kW
21.6{2.20}
17.2{1.76}
46
0.51
6.0×108
6.0×107
220 220W
2.2kW
100W
S100 S100W
0.98{0.10}
0.78{0.08}
90
14
0.15
1.96{0.20}
1.57{0.16}
3.92{0.40}
3.14{0.32}
1.5×108
1.5×107
14
0.15
1.5×108
1.5×107
24
0.27
4.0×108
4.0×107
90
6
200W
200 200W
400 400W
400W
T010・T020・T010W・T020W
T040・T040W
075・075W
150・220・150W・220W
S100・200・S100W・200W
――
400・400W
――
3-Phase/150・220・150W・220W
g 11
G
10
3
1
4
6
8
7
12
2
5
9
1119
3
4
6
8
7
2
10
512
Technical Information
Brake Gearmotor Specifications・Structure
Technical Information
Brake Specifications
Motor Capacity
Items
Motor Capacity Designation
Brake Type
{kgf・m}
Emax(J)
(V)
(W)
(A)
Ts(N・m){kgf・m}
Td(N・m){kgf・m}
Static Friction Torque
Dynamic Friction Torque
Voltage DC (Average) Rectifier Attached
Power (at 75℃)
Current (at 75℃)
Allowable Total Work
Allowable Braking Frequency (times/minute)
3-Phase
"Power-off, Brake-on" Type (Spring Close)
Motor Capacity
Items
{kgf・m}
Emax(J)
(W)
(A)
Ts(N・m){kgf・m}
Td(N・m){kgf・m}
Motor Capacity Designation
Brake Type
Static Friction Torque
Dynamic Friction Torque
Voltage DC (Average) Rectifier Attached
Power (at 75℃)
Current (at 75℃)
Allowable Total Work
Allowable Braking Frequency (times/minute)
1-Phase
"Power-off, Brake-on" Type (Spring Close)
Allowable braking frequencies are guideline values to avoid excessive motor temperature rise. The braking frequency can be increased when loads are light or motor is sufficiently cooled. ( Be sure to maintain the motor surface temperature below 80℃.) Avoid continuous energizing to the brake coil while the motor stops. Use the attached rectifier for the brake power supply. if other type of rectifier is to be sued for power supply, consult us. The life of the contacting point of the 1-phase motor centrifugal switch is 300,000 times as a guideline. Static friction torque/Dynamic friction torque are guideline values and not guaranteed ones.
(Note 1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
Brake Structure
3-Phase/T010・T020・T040・075・T010W・T020W・T040W・075W 1-Phase/S100・200・400・S100W・200W・400W
■Motor Capacity Designation
〈Figure-1〉
g
Field braket Spring Pin Armature Fan Kit Spring 1 Spring 2 Nut Key Fan cover Fan cover fixing screw Bush * Hexagon socket head bolt :Gap
● 12* mark is only for capacity S100,100,200,400,S100W, 100W,200W, and 400W
● 1● 2● 3● 4● 5● 6● 7● 8● 9● 10● 11● 12
■Motor Capacity Designation
〈Figure-2〉
Field Spring Pin Armature Fan Kit Spring 1 Spring 2 Nut Key Hexagon socket head bolt Fan cover Fan cover fixing screw Bush G:Gap
● 1● 2● 3● 4● 5● 6● 7● 8● 9● 10● 11● 12
■Brake Gap
Figure No.
Figure-1
Figure-2
3-Phase 1-Phase
Motor Capacity DesignationGap for Suction Limit Proper Gap
g:2.3 and below
g:1.8 and below
g:2.4 and below
G:1.0 and below
g:1.9±0.1
g:1.4±0.1
g:2.0±0.1
G:0.4±0.1
When using a brake for long periods of time, the brake gap may become too big to release the brake. Please adjust the brake gap regularly (every year or every 1 to 1.5 million times the brake is used).
125124
0.98{0.10}
0.78{0.08}
1.96{0.20}
1.57{0.16}
3.92{0.40}
3.14{0.32}
7.35{0.75}
5.88{0.60}
14.7{1.50}
11.8{1.20}
14
0.15
1.5×108
1.5×107
14
0.15
1.5×108
1.5×107
16
0.18
1.5×108
1.5×107
24
0.27
4.0×108
4.0×107
46
0.51
6.0×108
6.0×107
90
10
0.1kW
T010 T010W
T020 T020W
T040 T040W
075 075W
150 150W
0.2kW 0.4kW 0.75kW 1.5kW
21.6{2.20}
17.2{1.76}
46
0.51
6.0×108
6.0×107
220 220W
2.2kW
100W
S100 S100W
0.98{0.10}
0.78{0.08}
90
14
0.15
1.96{0.20}
1.57{0.16}
3.92{0.40}
3.14{0.32}
1.5×108
1.5×107
14
0.15
1.5×108
1.5×107
24
0.27
4.0×108
4.0×107
90
6
200W
200 200W
400 400W
400W
T010・T020・T010W・T020W
T040・T040W
075・075W
150・220・150W・220W
S100・200・S100W・200W
――
400・400W
――
3-Phase/150・220・150W・220W
g 11
G
10
3
1
4
6
8
7
12
2
5
9
1119
3
4
6
8
7
2
10
512
Technical Information
Brake Gearmotor Specifications・Structure
Technical Information
Brake Specifications
Motor Capacity
Items
Motor Capacity Designation
Brake Type
{kgf・m}
Emax(J)
(V)
(W)
(A)
Ts(N・m){kgf・m}
Td(N・m){kgf・m}
Static Friction Torque
Dynamic Friction Torque
Voltage DC (Average) Rectifier Attached
Power (at 75℃)
Current (at 75℃)
Allowable Total Work
Allowable Braking Frequency (times/minute)
3-Phase
"Power-off, Brake-on" Type (Spring Close)
Motor Capacity
Items
{kgf・m}
Emax(J)
(W)
(A)
Ts(N・m){kgf・m}
Td(N・m){kgf・m}
Motor Capacity Designation
Brake Type
Static Friction Torque
Dynamic Friction Torque
Voltage DC (Average) Rectifier Attached
Power (at 75℃)
Current (at 75℃)
Allowable Total Work
Allowable Braking Frequency (times/minute)
1-Phase
"Power-off, Brake-on" Type (Spring Close)
Allowable braking frequencies are guideline values to avoid excessive motor temperature rise. The braking frequency can be increased when loads are light or motor is sufficiently cooled. ( Be sure to maintain the motor surface temperature below 80℃.) Avoid continuous energizing to the brake coil while the motor stops. Use the attached rectifier for the brake power supply. if other type of rectifier is to be sued for power supply, consult us. The life of the contacting point of the 1-phase motor centrifugal switch is 300,000 times as a guideline. Static friction torque/Dynamic friction torque are guideline values and not guaranteed ones.
(Note 1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
Brake Structure
3-Phase/T010・T020・T040・075・T010W・T020W・T040W・075W 1-Phase/S100・200・400・S100W・200W・400W
■Motor Capacity Designation
〈Figure-1〉
g
Field braket Spring Pin Armature Fan Kit Spring 1 Spring 2 Nut Key Fan cover Fan cover fixing screw Bush * Hexagon socket head bolt :Gap
● 12* mark is only for capacity S100,100,200,400,S100W, 100W,200W, and 400W
● 1● 2● 3● 4● 5● 6● 7● 8● 9● 10● 11● 12
■Motor Capacity Designation
〈Figure-2〉
Field Spring Pin Armature Fan Kit Spring 1 Spring 2 Nut Key Hexagon socket head bolt Fan cover Fan cover fixing screw Bush G:Gap
● 1● 2● 3● 4● 5● 6● 7● 8● 9● 10● 11● 12
■Brake Gap
Figure No.
Figure-1
Figure-2
3-Phase 1-Phase
Motor Capacity DesignationGap for Suction Limit Proper Gap
g:2.3 and below
g:1.8 and below
g:2.4 and below
G:1.0 and below
g:1.9±0.1
g:1.4±0.1
g:2.0±0.1
G:0.4±0.1
127126
No.Motor Capacity Designation
3-Phase 〔T010~T040・075~220〕 Motor Capacity Designation
1-Phase 〔S100〕 Motor Capacity Designation 1-Phase 〔200~400〕
△
○
◎
◎
○
△
No.
No.Motor Capacity Designation
0.005~0.015
0.03~0.10
0.1~0.2
0.005~0.020
0.05~0.15
0.2~0.4
Motor Capacity Designation 3-Phase 〔T010W~T040W・075W~220W〕
Motor Capacity Designation 1-Phase 〔S100W〕
Motor Capacity Designation 1-Phase 〔200W~400W〕
0.005~0.015
0.03~0.10
0.1~0.2
U
V
W
U
V
W
RST
RST
ブレーキ
U
V
W
RST
SC
MS
Motor
SC
MS
SC
MS
U
V
W
(B) (B)
RST
U
V
W
(B) (B)
RST
U
V
W
(B) (B)
RST
SC
MS
SC
MS
SC
MS
3-Phase 〔T010 ~T040 ・075〕 3-Phase 〔T010W~T040W・075W〕
Motor Capacity Designation3-Phase 〔150・220〕 3-Phase 〔150W・220W〕
Motor Capacity Designation1-Phase 〔S100 ・200 ~400〕 1-Phase 〔S100W・200W~400W〕
Technical Information
Technical Information
Types of Wiring and Selecting Points
Wiring
DC Switching
AC Switching (A)
AC Switching (B)
Selecting Point Inverter Hoisting Operation
Wire Saving
Braking Delay
Because of the shortest braking delay time, most appropriate for the application which needs sudden braking such as hoisting operation.
Separate circuit can be employed for motor and brake. Therefore, most appropriate for inverter drive operation.
This is the simplest way. Operation can be done only by connecting to the power source. You can save wiring.
○(Usable)
◎(Optimum)
×(Unusable)
◎(Optimum)
○(Usable)
×(Unusable)
Braking delay time indicates interval between switching off and brake on. (Not the braking time.) For braking delay time by wiring method, refer to Table-7 on page 127.
(Note)
〔Standard Voltage〕 ■Wiring Method
1.DC Switching
2.AC Switching(A
)3.AC Switching(B
)
Power source
Forward
Motor
Reverse
White Yellow
Rectifier A200-D90 (A100-D45)
Blue Blue Red BlackForward
Reverse
Blue
Blue
Power source
Forward
Reverse
WhiteYellow
Rectifier A200-D90 (A100-D45)
Blue Blue Red Black
Forward
Reverse
Motor
Blue for Rectifie Blue should be short circuited.
BrakeBlue
Blue
Power source
Forward
Reverse
Motor
WhiteYellow
Rectifier A200-D90 (A100-D45)
Blue Blue Red Black Blue
Blue BrakeBlue for Rectifie Blue should be short circuited.
Power source
Forward
Reverse
Blue
Black
Glay
White Yellow
Rectifier A100-D90
Blue Blue Red Black Blue
Blue Brake
Power source
Forward
Reverse
Blue
MotorBlack
Glay
White
Rectifier A100-D90
Yellow
Blue Blue Red Black Blue
Blue Brake
Blue for Rectifie Blue should be short circuited.
Power source
Forward
ReverseMotor
Blue
Black
Glay
White
Rectifier A100-D90
Yellow
Blue Blue Red Black Blue
Blue Brake
Blue for Rectifie Blue should be short circuited.
Power source
Forward
Reverse
White Yellow
Blue Blue
Rectifier A100-D90
Red Black
U/Black
V/Red
X/BlueY/Brown
Motor
Forward
ReverseBlue
Blue Brake
Power source
Forward
Reverse
White
Rectifier A100-D90
Yellow
Blue Blue Red Black
Forward
Reverse
U/Black
V/Red
X/BlueY/Brown
Motor
Blue
Blue BrakeBlue for Rectifie Blue should be short circuited.
Power source
Forward
Reverse
White
Rectifier A100-D90
Yellow
Blue Blue Red Black Blue
Blue Brake
U/Black
V/Red
X/BlueY/Brown
Motor
Blue for Rectifie Blue should be short circuited.
S: Rotation Changeover Switch C: Capacitor MS: Electro-Magnetic Switch N : Surge Suppressor (option)
For the application of vertical motion such as lifting, DC Switching wiring should be employed. It is recommended to insert surge suppressor between contact points in DC Switching circuit. (Varistor Voltage 423~517V) The electro-magnetic switch with the rated current of over 6A(AC200V) is recommended for the relay for brake circuit. In case DC Switching wiring is employed, in order to sield the inductive load (DC coil), DC110V, DC13 class is recommended. Also, in case of employing a noncontact relay, it is recommended to use the rated voltage of AC240V equivalent (half-wave rectification switching available). Since the rectifier contains diodes, improper wiring may cause fatal short-circuiting. Therefore, special care should be given to the wiring. For wirings and cautions in case of inverter drive, refer to page 142.
(Note 1) (2) (3)
(4)
(5)
〔High Voltage〕 ■Wiring Method
1.DC Switching
Power source
Forward
Reverse
RedRed
Motor
White Yellow
Rectifier A200-D90 (A100-D45)
Forward
Reverse Blue Blue
Blue Blue Red Black
Brake
2.AC Switching(A
) Blue for Rectifie Blue should be short circuited.
Power source
Forward
Reverse
White YellowRectifier A200-D90 (A100-D45)
Blue Blue Red Black
Forward
Reverse
Blue
Blue Brake
RedRed
Motor
3.AC Switching(B
)
Blue for Rectifie Blue should be short circuited.
Power source
Forward
Reverse
RedRed
Motor
White YellowRectifier A200-D90 (A100-D45)
Blue Blue Red Black
Blue Blue
Brake
Power source
Forward
ReverseMotorBlack
Brown
Glay
White YellowRectifier A200-D90 (A100-D45)
Blue Blue Red Black Blue
Blue Brake
Power source
Forward
ReverseMotorBlack
Brown
Glay
WhiteYellow
Rectifier A200-D90 (A100-D45)
Blue Blue Red Black Blue
Blue Brake
Blue for Rectifie Blue should be short circuited.
Power source
Forward
ReverseMotorBlack
Brown
Glay
WhiteYellow
Rectifier A200-D90 (A100-D45)
Blue Blue Red Black Blue
Blue Brake
Blue for Rectifie Blue should be short circuited.
Power source
Forward
Reverse
U/Black
V/RedX/Blue
MotorWhite Yellow
Rectifier A200-D90 (A100-D45)
Blue Blue Red BlackForward
Reverse
Blue
Blue Brake
Power source
ForwardReverse
Forward
Reverse
U/Black
V/RedX/Blue
Motor
WhiteYellow
Rectifier A200-D90 (A100-D45)
Blue Blue Red Black Blue
Blue Brake
Blue for Rectifie Blue should be short circuited.
Power source
Forward
Reverse
U/Black
V/RedX/Blue
Motor
WhiteYellow
Rectifier A200-D90 (A100-D45)
Blue Blue Red Black Blue
Blue Brake
Blue for Rectifie Blue should be short circuited.
S: Rotation Changeover Switch C: Capacitor MS: Electro-Magnetic Switch N : Surge Suppressor (option)
For the application of vertical motion such as lifting, DC Switching wiring should be employed. It is recommended to insert surge suppressor between contact points in DC Switching circuit. (Varistor Voltage 423~517V) The electro-magnetic switch with the rated current of over 6A(AC200V) is recommended for the relay for brake circuit. In case DC Switching wiring is employed, in order to sield the inductive load (DC coil), DC110V, DC13 class is recommended. Also, in case of employing a noncontact relay, it is recommended to use the rated voltage of AC240V equivalent (half-wave rectification switching available). * The auxiliary contact with rated current DC13 is a kind of JIS C 8201-5-1 (Low pressure insulation and control switch). Since the rectifier contains diodes, improper wiring may cause fatal short-circuiting. Therefore, special care should be given to the wiring. Regarding the wiring method of 3-phase double voltage supply and special voltages exceeding 230V, please connect the 200V terminal, which is extended out from the motor separately, and input terminal of rectifier. Lead wires for 0.1kW to 0.4kW are in RED and 0.75kW to 2.2kW are in BLACK (B terminals). In case of the operation by inverter drive, the 200V terminal extended out from the motor is not feasible. For details, contact us. For cautions in case of inverter drive, refer to page 142.
(Note 1) (2) (3)
(4)
(5)
■Braking Delay Time: TaBraking delay time indicates interval (second) between switching off and brake on. (Not the braking time.) 〈Table-7〉
1.DC Switching
2.AC Switching(A)
3.AC Switching(B)
Brake Gearmotor Wiring
127126
No.Motor Capacity Designation
3-Phase 〔T010~T040・075~220〕 Motor Capacity Designation
1-Phase 〔S100〕 Motor Capacity Designation 1-Phase 〔200~400〕
△
○
◎
◎
○
△
No.
No.Motor Capacity Designation
0.005~0.015
0.03~0.10
0.1~0.2
0.005~0.020
0.05~0.15
0.2~0.4
Motor Capacity Designation 3-Phase 〔T010W~T040W・075W~220W〕
Motor Capacity Designation 1-Phase 〔S100W〕
Motor Capacity Designation 1-Phase 〔200W~400W〕
0.005~0.015
0.03~0.10
0.1~0.2
U
V
W
U
V
W
RST
RST
ブレーキ
U
V
W
RST
SC
MS
Motor
SC
MS
SC
MS
U
V
W
(B) (B)
RST
U
V
W
(B) (B)
RST
U
V
W
(B) (B)
RST
SC
MS
SC
MS
SC
MS
3-Phase 〔T010 ~T040 ・075〕 3-Phase 〔T010W~T040W・075W〕
Motor Capacity Designation3-Phase 〔150・220〕 3-Phase 〔150W・220W〕
Motor Capacity Designation1-Phase 〔S100 ・200 ~400〕 1-Phase 〔S100W・200W~400W〕
Technical Information
Technical Information
Types of Wiring and Selecting Points
Wiring
DC Switching
AC Switching (A)
AC Switching (B)
Selecting Point Inverter Hoisting Operation
Wire Saving
Braking Delay
Because of the shortest braking delay time, most appropriate for the application which needs sudden braking such as hoisting operation.
Separate circuit can be employed for motor and brake. Therefore, most appropriate for inverter drive operation.
This is the simplest way. Operation can be done only by connecting to the power source. You can save wiring.
○(Usable)
◎(Optimum)
×(Unusable)
◎(Optimum)
○(Usable)
×(Unusable)
Braking delay time indicates interval between switching off and brake on. (Not the braking time.) For braking delay time by wiring method, refer to Table-7 on page 127.
(Note)
〔Standard Voltage〕 ■Wiring Method
1.DC Switching
2.AC Switching(A
)3.AC Switching(B
)
Power source
Forward
Motor
Reverse
White Yellow
Rectifier A200-D90 (A100-D45)
Blue Blue Red BlackForward
Reverse
Blue
Blue
Power source
Forward
Reverse
WhiteYellow
Rectifier A200-D90 (A100-D45)
Blue Blue Red Black
Forward
Reverse
Motor
Blue for Rectifie Blue should be short circuited.
BrakeBlue
Blue
Power source
Forward
Reverse
Motor
WhiteYellow
Rectifier A200-D90 (A100-D45)
Blue Blue Red Black Blue
Blue BrakeBlue for Rectifie Blue should be short circuited.
Power source
Forward
Reverse
Blue
Black
Glay
White Yellow
Rectifier A100-D90
Blue Blue Red Black Blue
Blue Brake
Power source
Forward
Reverse
Blue
MotorBlack
Glay
White
Rectifier A100-D90
Yellow
Blue Blue Red Black Blue
Blue Brake
Blue for Rectifie Blue should be short circuited.
Power source
Forward
ReverseMotor
Blue
Black
Glay
White
Rectifier A100-D90
Yellow
Blue Blue Red Black Blue
Blue Brake
Blue for Rectifie Blue should be short circuited.
Power source
Forward
Reverse
White Yellow
Blue Blue
Rectifier A100-D90
Red Black
U/Black
V/Red
X/BlueY/Brown
Motor
Forward
ReverseBlue
Blue Brake
Power source
Forward
Reverse
White
Rectifier A100-D90
Yellow
Blue Blue Red Black
Forward
Reverse
U/Black
V/Red
X/BlueY/Brown
Motor
Blue
Blue BrakeBlue for Rectifie Blue should be short circuited.
Power source
Forward
Reverse
White
Rectifier A100-D90
Yellow
Blue Blue Red Black Blue
Blue Brake
U/Black
V/Red
X/BlueY/Brown
Motor
Blue for Rectifie Blue should be short circuited.
S: Rotation Changeover Switch C: Capacitor MS: Electro-Magnetic Switch N : Surge Suppressor (option)
For the application of vertical motion such as lifting, DC Switching wiring should be employed. It is recommended to insert surge suppressor between contact points in DC Switching circuit. (Varistor Voltage 423~517V) The electro-magnetic switch with the rated current of over 6A(AC200V) is recommended for the relay for brake circuit. In case DC Switching wiring is employed, in order to sield the inductive load (DC coil), DC110V, DC13 class is recommended. Also, in case of employing a noncontact relay, it is recommended to use the rated voltage of AC240V equivalent (half-wave rectification switching available). Since the rectifier contains diodes, improper wiring may cause fatal short-circuiting. Therefore, special care should be given to the wiring. For wirings and cautions in case of inverter drive, refer to page 142.
(Note 1) (2) (3)
(4)
(5)
〔High Voltage〕 ■Wiring Method
1.DC Switching
Power source
Forward
Reverse
RedRed
Motor
White Yellow
Rectifier A200-D90 (A100-D45)
Forward
Reverse Blue Blue
Blue Blue Red Black
Brake
2.AC Switching(A
) Blue for Rectifie Blue should be short circuited.
Power source
Forward
Reverse
White YellowRectifier A200-D90 (A100-D45)
Blue Blue Red Black
Forward
Reverse
Blue
Blue Brake
RedRed
Motor
3.AC Switching(B
)
Blue for Rectifie Blue should be short circuited.
Power source
Forward
Reverse
RedRed
Motor
White YellowRectifier A200-D90 (A100-D45)
Blue Blue Red Black
Blue Blue
Brake
Power source
Forward
ReverseMotorBlack
Brown
Glay
White YellowRectifier A200-D90 (A100-D45)
Blue Blue Red Black Blue
Blue Brake
Power source
Forward
ReverseMotorBlack
Brown
Glay
WhiteYellow
Rectifier A200-D90 (A100-D45)
Blue Blue Red Black Blue
Blue Brake
Blue for Rectifie Blue should be short circuited.
Power source
Forward
ReverseMotorBlack
Brown
Glay
WhiteYellow
Rectifier A200-D90 (A100-D45)
Blue Blue Red Black Blue
Blue Brake
Blue for Rectifie Blue should be short circuited.
Power source
Forward
Reverse
U/Black
V/RedX/Blue
MotorWhite Yellow
Rectifier A200-D90 (A100-D45)
Blue Blue Red BlackForward
Reverse
Blue
Blue Brake
Power source
ForwardReverse
Forward
Reverse
U/Black
V/RedX/Blue
Motor
WhiteYellow
Rectifier A200-D90 (A100-D45)
Blue Blue Red Black Blue
Blue Brake
Blue for Rectifie Blue should be short circuited.
Power source
Forward
Reverse
U/Black
V/RedX/Blue
Motor
WhiteYellow
Rectifier A200-D90 (A100-D45)
Blue Blue Red Black Blue
Blue Brake
Blue for Rectifie Blue should be short circuited.
S: Rotation Changeover Switch C: Capacitor MS: Electro-Magnetic Switch N : Surge Suppressor (option)
For the application of vertical motion such as lifting, DC Switching wiring should be employed. It is recommended to insert surge suppressor between contact points in DC Switching circuit. (Varistor Voltage 423~517V) The electro-magnetic switch with the rated current of over 6A(AC200V) is recommended for the relay for brake circuit. In case DC Switching wiring is employed, in order to sield the inductive load (DC coil), DC110V, DC13 class is recommended. Also, in case of employing a noncontact relay, it is recommended to use the rated voltage of AC240V equivalent (half-wave rectification switching available). * The auxiliary contact with rated current DC13 is a kind of JIS C 8201-5-1 (Low pressure insulation and control switch). Since the rectifier contains diodes, improper wiring may cause fatal short-circuiting. Therefore, special care should be given to the wiring. Regarding the wiring method of 3-phase double voltage supply and special voltages exceeding 230V, please connect the 200V terminal, which is extended out from the motor separately, and input terminal of rectifier. Lead wires for 0.1kW to 0.4kW are in RED and 0.75kW to 2.2kW are in BLACK (B terminals). In case of the operation by inverter drive, the 200V terminal extended out from the motor is not feasible. For details, contact us. For cautions in case of inverter drive, refer to page 142.
(Note 1) (2) (3)
(4)
(5)
■Braking Delay Time: TaBraking delay time indicates interval (second) between switching off and brake on. (Not the braking time.) 〈Table-7〉
1.DC Switching
2.AC Switching(A)
3.AC Switching(B)
Brake Gearmotor Wiring
129128
■A200-D90(A100-D45)
max14
7.5±13.9±1
φ0.8
max7.5
max17
30
2.5
10 10
φ4.5
R5
26
36
56
46
17
200 150
61
28 70
82
89
φ27 46
UV
W
T010・T010W
T020・T020W
T040・T040W
075・075W
150・150W
220・220W
S100・S100W
200・200W
400・400W
●
●
●
●
●
●
▲
*
*
A
A
A
T
T
T
A
(A)
(T)
Technical Information
Technical Information
Brake Gearmotor Rectifier・Terminal Box
■RectifierThe supplied rectifier A200-D90 (A100-D45) or A100-D90 is required for the brake operation of the brake gearmotor. Since the braking delay time differs according to the brake wiring, select the most appropriate wiring method for the application, referring to page 126~127. The rectifier basically contains a surge absorber. However, if a risk is foreseen, add another surge absorber or noise filter for safety sake.
For 3-phase/standard voltage motor For 1-phase High voltage motor
■A200-D90・A100-D90 Dimension Diagram (A100-D45) 〈Round weight: 40g〉
(Yellow)
(White)
Input Side
(Blue) (Blue)
(Red) (Black)
Output S
ide
■A100-D90 For 1-Phase Standard Voltage Motor
■Surge Suppressor/Option No. OP-ENE471D-10AFor use in cutting off the sparks of a brake switch for DC switching or AC line switching.
Terminal box for Brake Gearmotor
■Terminal Boxes for GTR Brake Gearmotor are as listed below:
No. of Phase Motor capacity designation
Terminal Box
Standard or optional spec Box Type
3-Phase
1-Phase
● mark in the Table: Terminal Box attached is the standard ▲ mark in the Table: Optional specification * mark in the Table: models for special order If terminal box position is needed or position other than standard is required, refer to Page 140~141. Although independent rectifier is the standard specification, rectifier built-in terminal box is also available. Instruct us when ordering. In this case, the type name of the terminal box will be "Z" in case of "A" type box. (Refer to page 130~131.) Please note that the built-in rectifier is not feasible in S100-S100W.
(Note 1)
(2) (3)
■Types and Configurations● A-Type Terminal Box 3-Phase/200V・400V 1-Phase/100V・200VThis picture is for 3-phase. M3.5 terminal screw
Terminal block code: In case of 1-phase, the expression "U・V・W" change to "1・2・3".
Applicable Code φ8-φ12
● T-Type Terminal Box3-Phase/200V・400V
M5 terminal screw
M4 terminal screw
129128
■A200-D90(A100-D45)
max14
7.5±13.9±1
φ0.8
max7.5
max17
30
2.5
10 10
φ4.5
R5
26
36
56
46
17
200 150
61
28 70
82
89
φ27 46
UV
W
T010・T010W
T020・T020W
T040・T040W
075・075W
150・150W
220・220W
S100・S100W
200・200W
400・400W
●
●
●
●
●
●
▲
*
*
A
A
A
T
T
T
A
(A)
(T)
Technical Information
Technical Information
Brake Gearmotor Rectifier・Terminal Box
■RectifierThe supplied rectifier A200-D90 (A100-D45) or A100-D90 is required for the brake operation of the brake gearmotor. Since the braking delay time differs according to the brake wiring, select the most appropriate wiring method for the application, referring to page 126~127. The rectifier basically contains a surge absorber. However, if a risk is foreseen, add another surge absorber or noise filter for safety sake.
For 3-phase/standard voltage motor For 1-phase High voltage motor
■A200-D90・A100-D90 Dimension Diagram (A100-D45) 〈Round weight: 40g〉
(Yellow)
(White)
Input Side
(Blue) (Blue)
(Red) (Black)
Output S
ide
■A100-D90 For 1-Phase Standard Voltage Motor
■Surge Suppressor/Option No. OP-ENE471D-10AFor use in cutting off the sparks of a brake switch for DC switching or AC line switching.
Terminal box for Brake Gearmotor
■Terminal Boxes for GTR Brake Gearmotor are as listed below:
No. of Phase Motor capacity designation
Terminal Box
Standard or optional spec Box Type
3-Phase
1-Phase
● mark in the Table: Terminal Box attached is the standard ▲ mark in the Table: Optional specification * mark in the Table: models for special order If terminal box position is needed or position other than standard is required, refer to Page 140~141. Although independent rectifier is the standard specification, rectifier built-in terminal box is also available. Instruct us when ordering. In this case, the type name of the terminal box will be "Z" in case of "A" type box. (Refer to page 130~131.) Please note that the built-in rectifier is not feasible in S100-S100W.
(Note 1)
(2) (3)
■Types and Configurations● A-Type Terminal Box 3-Phase/200V・400V 1-Phase/100V・200VThis picture is for 3-phase. M3.5 terminal screw
Terminal block code: In case of 1-phase, the expression "U・V・W" change to "1・2・3".
Applicable Code φ8-φ12
● T-Type Terminal Box3-Phase/200V・400V
M5 terminal screw
M4 terminal screw
131130
61
28 70
U
V
W
R
S
T
SWITCH
UV
WSWITCH
SWITCH
U
V
W
R
S
T
SWITCH
UV
W
U
V
W
AC
AC
R
S
T
UV
WACAC
UV
WSWITCH
整流器内蔵
U
V
W
AC
AC
R
S
T
UV
WACAC
UVW
赤
B1B2
RST
UV
WB1B2
UVWB1B2
RST
赤
UV
WB1B2
◎ △
△ ◎
○ ○
―― ――
The brake lead wire is taken into the terminal box and fixed in the terminal block. Rectifier is not built-in. Any wiring can be feasible according to the customer's specification, such as placing a rectifier within the switchboard. In the case of using double voltage supply, please connect to the 200V terminal, which is extended out from the motor separately. Lead wires for 0.1kW to 0.4kW are in RED and 0.75kW to 2.2kW are in BLACK (B terminals). AC Switching (A) wiring is a tailor-made specification. Please specify it when ordering. The rectifier comes with this product. Please select the most appropriate wiring method according to the wiring diagram on page 126.
Since circuits can be employed for motor and brake separately, it is perfect for inverter drive operation. In the case of using standard voltage, please wire with power supply source of AC200V. In the case of using a double voltage supply, please connect to the 200V terminal, which is extended out from the motor separately, but not fixed on the terminal block. Lead wires for 0.1kW to 0.4kW are in RED and 0.75kW to 2.2kW are in BLACK (B terminals). AC Switching (A) wiring is a tailor-made specification. Please specify it when ordering.
Technical Information
Technical Information
Brake Gearmotor Built in Rectifier
■Motor Capacity Designation3-Phase/T010 ・T020 ・T040 /T010W・T020W・T040W
Z-Type terminal box with built-in rectifier can be attached to the brake motors with the designation codes listed on the left. If you need this spec., direct us when ordering.
In case of rectifier built-in type, the code of the terminal box will change from "A" to "Z". Direct us for the wiring method.
● Z-Type Terminal Box 3-Phase /Standard Specifications・High voltage
M3.5 terminal screw
Connection Plate
Applicable Code φ8-φ12
■Z-Type Terminal Box Wiring Types, Specifications and Selecting Points
Wiring Specs. and Selecting Points Inverter Hoisting Operation Wire Saving Braking Delay
AC Switching(B
)DC Switching
AC Switching
(A)
Independent R
ectifier
Z-Type terminal box contains built-in rectifier and is connected in "AC Switching(B)". Therefore, just connect power supply source to the terminals for start operation. Also you can modify to "DC Switching" by just taking off the connecting plate.
Because of the shortest braking delay time, This is appropriate for the application which needs sudden braking such as hoisting operation.
× (Unusable)
× (Unusable)
× (Unusable)
◎ (Optimum)
◎ (Optimum)
○ (Usable)
Application differs according to the wiring method in the switchboard of the rectifier. (AC Switching(A), AC Switching (B) or DC Switching)
"braking delay time" means the time from turn off switch to start braking motion, not the total time for braking. For braking delay time cause of wiring method, please reter to page 127, chart-7. In case of inverter drive, "AC Switching(B)" wiring and "DC Switching" wiring are not feasible, while "AC Switching(A)" wiring is feasible. (Custom specs.) However, the lead wire 200V terminal extended out from the motor body cannot be used. Contact us for details. For cautions for inverter drive, refer to page 142.
(Note 1)
(2)
●Rated CurrentThe rated current values listed on the motor performance table on page 118~119 are the ones for motor itself. For rectifier built-in type terminal box, the current value through brake should be taken into account. For details, consult us.
■Wiring Z type Terminal Box
Wiring 3-Phase
AC Switching(
B)
DC Switching
AC Switching(
A)(Specific w
iring) Independent R
ectifier (Specific w
iring)
Standard Specifications/ High voltage
Standard Specifications/ High voltage
Standard Specifications
High voltage200V lead wires from motor coil
Standard Specifications
High voltage
200V lead wires from motor coil
Forward
Reverse
Power source
Connection Plate
built in rectifier
Power source
Forward
Reverse
Forward
Reverse
built in rectifier
Power source
Forward
Reverse
Forward
Reverse
built in rectifier
Power source
Forward
Reverse Forward
Reverse
built in rectifier
Red
Red200V lead wires from motor coil
Power source
Forward
Reverse
Rectifier A200-D90 (A100-D45)
WhiteYellow
Blue Blue Red Black
Forward
Reverse
* This diagram illustrates "AC switching (A)"
Power source
Forward
Reverse
Rectifier A200-D90 (A100-D45)
Blue Blue Red Black
Forward
Reverse
Red
Red 200V lead wires from motor coil
* This diagram illustrates "AC switching (A)"
131130
61
28 70
U
V
W
R
S
T
SWITCH
UV
WSWITCH
SWITCH
U
V
W
R
S
T
SWITCH
UV
W
U
V
W
AC
AC
R
S
T
UV
WACAC
UV
WSWITCH
整流器内蔵
U
V
W
AC
AC
R
S
T
UV
WACAC
UVW
赤
B1B2
RST
UV
WB1B2
UVWB1B2
RST
赤
UV
WB1B2
◎ △
△ ◎
○ ○
―― ――
The brake lead wire is taken into the terminal box and fixed in the terminal block. Rectifier is not built-in. Any wiring can be feasible according to the customer's specification, such as placing a rectifier within the switchboard. In the case of using double voltage supply, please connect to the 200V terminal, which is extended out from the motor separately. Lead wires for 0.1kW to 0.4kW are in RED and 0.75kW to 2.2kW are in BLACK (B terminals). AC Switching (A) wiring is a tailor-made specification. Please specify it when ordering. The rectifier comes with this product. Please select the most appropriate wiring method according to the wiring diagram on page 126.
Since circuits can be employed for motor and brake separately, it is perfect for inverter drive operation. In the case of using standard voltage, please wire with power supply source of AC200V. In the case of using a double voltage supply, please connect to the 200V terminal, which is extended out from the motor separately, but not fixed on the terminal block. Lead wires for 0.1kW to 0.4kW are in RED and 0.75kW to 2.2kW are in BLACK (B terminals). AC Switching (A) wiring is a tailor-made specification. Please specify it when ordering.
Technical Information
Technical Information
Brake Gearmotor Built in Rectifier
■Motor Capacity Designation3-Phase/T010 ・T020 ・T040 /T010W・T020W・T040W
Z-Type terminal box with built-in rectifier can be attached to the brake motors with the designation codes listed on the left. If you need this spec., direct us when ordering.
In case of rectifier built-in type, the code of the terminal box will change from "A" to "Z". Direct us for the wiring method.
● Z-Type Terminal Box 3-Phase /Standard Specifications・High voltage
M3.5 terminal screw
Connection Plate
Applicable Code φ8-φ12
■Z-Type Terminal Box Wiring Types, Specifications and Selecting Points
Wiring Specs. and Selecting Points Inverter Hoisting Operation Wire Saving Braking Delay
AC Switching(B
)DC Switching
AC Switching
(A)
Independent R
ectifier
Z-Type terminal box contains built-in rectifier and is connected in "AC Switching(B)". Therefore, just connect power supply source to the terminals for start operation. Also you can modify to "DC Switching" by just taking off the connecting plate.
Because of the shortest braking delay time, This is appropriate for the application which needs sudden braking such as hoisting operation.
× (Unusable)
× (Unusable)
× (Unusable)
◎ (Optimum)
◎ (Optimum)
○ (Usable)
Application differs according to the wiring method in the switchboard of the rectifier. (AC Switching(A), AC Switching (B) or DC Switching)
"braking delay time" means the time from turn off switch to start braking motion, not the total time for braking. For braking delay time cause of wiring method, please reter to page 127, chart-7. In case of inverter drive, "AC Switching(B)" wiring and "DC Switching" wiring are not feasible, while "AC Switching(A)" wiring is feasible. (Custom specs.) However, the lead wire 200V terminal extended out from the motor body cannot be used. Contact us for details. For cautions for inverter drive, refer to page 142.
(Note 1)
(2)
●Rated CurrentThe rated current values listed on the motor performance table on page 118~119 are the ones for motor itself. For rectifier built-in type terminal box, the current value through brake should be taken into account. For details, consult us.
■Wiring Z type Terminal Box
Wiring 3-Phase
AC Switching(
B)
DC Switching
AC Switching(
A)(Specific w
iring) Independent R
ectifier (Specific w
iring)
Standard Specifications/ High voltage
Standard Specifications/ High voltage
Standard Specifications
High voltage200V lead wires from motor coil
Standard Specifications
High voltage
200V lead wires from motor coil
Forward
Reverse
Power source
Connection Plate
built in rectifier
Power source
Forward
Reverse
Forward
Reverse
built in rectifier
Power source
Forward
Reverse
Forward
Reverse
built in rectifier
Power source
Forward
Reverse Forward
Reverse
built in rectifier
Red
Red200V lead wires from motor coil
Power source
Forward
Reverse
Rectifier A200-D90 (A100-D45)
WhiteYellow
Blue Blue Red Black
Forward
Reverse
* This diagram illustrates "AC switching (A)"
Power source
Forward
Reverse
Rectifier A200-D90 (A100-D45)
Blue Blue Red Black
Forward
Reverse
Red
Red 200V lead wires from motor coil
* This diagram illustrates "AC switching (A)"
133132
(A view from the terminal box side)
3-Phase T010・T010W 1-Phase S100・S100W
3-Phase T020・T020W 3-Phase T040・T040W 3-Phase 075・075W 1-Phase 400・400W
3-Phase 150・220 3-Phase 150W・220W
A
B
C
156
83
8
156
83
0
156
83
0
180
102
2
212
124
6
C
B
A
3-Phase/075・150・220
Motor Capacity Designation 〔150・220〕
Technical Information
Technical Information
■Motor Capacity DesignationPlease let me know if you need built in rectifier type terminal box when you order. * When high voltage is required, please ask us on a head.
In case of rectifier built-in motor, inform us of the wiring method together with the type name.
For example : F3SB-35-30-075 AC switching (A)
■Wiring Method
WiringMotor Capacity Designation
〔075〕
DC Switching
AC Switching(
A)
AC Switching(
B)
Rectifier A200-D90
Rectifier A200-D90
Rectifier A200-D90
Rectifier A200-D90
Rectifier A200-D90
Rectifier A200-D90
●Incase of changing speed by inverter drive
In case of rectifier built-in terminal box in combination with inverter, wirings other than AC Switching (A) are not feasible. Also, in the case of AC Switching (A) wiring, power supply to the rectifier should be done through the primary input of the inverter. Refer to page 142.
●Rated Current
The rated current values listed on the motor performance table on page 118~119 are the ones for motor itself. For rectifier built-in type terminal box, the current value through brake should be taken into account. For details, consult us.
Brake Manual Release Device(Option)
If requested, the brake manual release device can be attached. The terminal box and the manual release lever are basically in the same positioning.
(Maximum)
●At Operation
Brake Lead Wire
Manual Release Lever
Terminal Box
Dimensions by Motor Capacity
Motor Capacity Designation
The terminal box and the manual release lever are basically in the same positioning. When built in rectifier terminal box with manual release needs to change position, some direction is impossible as for technical reason. please ask us about detail. In case the position of terminal box has been changed, the positioning with the flat surface of the fan cover can be referred in page 140~141.
(Note 1) (2)
(3)
●At Brake Released
Brake Gearmotor Built in Rectifier
133132
(A view from the terminal box side)
3-Phase T010・T010W 1-Phase S100・S100W
3-Phase T020・T020W 3-Phase T040・T040W 3-Phase 075・075W 1-Phase 400・400W
3-Phase 150・220 3-Phase 150W・220W
A
B
C
156
83
8
156
83
0
156
83
0
180
102
2
212
124
6
C
B
A
3-Phase/075・150・220
Motor Capacity Designation 〔150・220〕
Technical Information
Technical Information
■Motor Capacity DesignationPlease let me know if you need built in rectifier type terminal box when you order. * When high voltage is required, please ask us on a head.
In case of rectifier built-in motor, inform us of the wiring method together with the type name.
For example : F3SB-35-30-075 AC switching (A)
■Wiring Method
WiringMotor Capacity Designation
〔075〕
DC Switching
AC Switching(
A)
AC Switching(
B)
Rectifier A200-D90
Rectifier A200-D90
Rectifier A200-D90
Rectifier A200-D90
Rectifier A200-D90
Rectifier A200-D90
●Incase of changing speed by inverter drive
In case of rectifier built-in terminal box in combination with inverter, wirings other than AC Switching (A) are not feasible. Also, in the case of AC Switching (A) wiring, power supply to the rectifier should be done through the primary input of the inverter. Refer to page 142.
●Rated Current
The rated current values listed on the motor performance table on page 118~119 are the ones for motor itself. For rectifier built-in type terminal box, the current value through brake should be taken into account. For details, consult us.
Brake Manual Release Device(Option)
If requested, the brake manual release device can be attached. The terminal box and the manual release lever are basically in the same positioning.
(Maximum)
●At Operation
Brake Lead Wire
Manual Release Lever
Terminal Box
Dimensions by Motor Capacity
Motor Capacity Designation
The terminal box and the manual release lever are basically in the same positioning. When built in rectifier terminal box with manual release needs to change position, some direction is impossible as for technical reason. please ask us about detail. In case the position of terminal box has been changed, the positioning with the flat surface of the fan cover can be referred in page 140~141.
(Note 1) (2)
(3)
●At Brake Released
Brake Gearmotor Built in Rectifier
135134
Features of water-resistant / outdoor gearmotors
U
V
W
U
V
W
U V W 8028
53
0.98{0.10}
0.78{0.08}
1.96{0.20}
1.57{0.16}
3.92{0.40}
3.14{0.32}
7.35{0.75}
5.88{0.60}
10
0.11
1.5×108
1.5×107
16
0.18
1.5×108
1.5×107
18
0.20
1.5×108
1.5×107
22
0.25
4.0×108
4.0×107
90
10
0.1kW
T010 T010W
T020 T020W
T040 T040W
075 075W
0.2kW 0.4kW 0.75kW
When using a brake for long periods of time, the brake gap may become too big to release the brake. Please adjust the brake gap regularly (every year or every 1 to 1.5 million times the brake is used). Please refer to Page E33 of MIDI SERIES (0.1kW to 2.2kW) catalog for open spaces necessary for removing the brake cover / motor-fan cover during the adjustment of the brake gap.
T010・T010W
T020・T040・T020W・T040W
075・075W
g:0.3±0.1
g:0.3±0.1
g:0.3±0.1
123 4 5
6
7
8
9
1011
123 4 56 7
12
13
14
15
16 17
101189
R
S
T
U
V
W
This is most suitable for use under circumstances where there are water splashes from food machinery, water treatment machinery, etc. Please select a type suitable to your requirements.
(Note 1) This product should not be used in the water or under high water pressure.
●'IP65' indicates degree of dust and water-proofing. ●The first digit '6' of 'IP65' indicates complete dust-proofing structure, and the second digit '5' indicates protection structure from water jets in all directions.
Using under circumstances where there are water splashes
Water-resistant specification
Outdoor specification
IP65 SUS420J2
Protection structure Output shaft (material)
IP65 S43C
Protection structure Output shaft (material)
Dust-proofing Drip-proofing Water jet-resistant
Technical Information
Technical Information
Water-Resistant GearmotorWiring・Terminal Box
Wiring for Water-Resistant Gearmotors
The wiring shown below is recommended for water-resistant, outdoor type gearmoters. The rotation direction of the output shaft in the wiring below is shown in the performance table respectively for each model.
■3-Phase Motor
Power source Motor
Forward
Reverse
Mark in the Diagram Terminal Code
■Types and Structures
● E-Type Terminal Box 0.1kW~2.2kW3-Phase/Standard Voltage・High Voltage
(Note) For the E-Type terminal box for gearmotors with brake, refer to page 136.
M4 terminal screwApplicable Code φ8~φ12
Water-Resistant Brake GearmotorSpecifications・Structure
Brake Specifications
Motor Capacity
Items
Emax(J)
{kgf・m}
(V)
(W)
(A)
Ts(N・m){kgf・m}
Td(N・m){kgf・m}
Motor Capacity Designation
Brake Type
Static Friction Torque
Dynamic Friction Torque
Voltage DC (Average) Rectifier Attached
Power (at 75℃)
Current (at 75℃)
Allowable Total Work
Allowable Braking Frequency (times/minute)
3-Phase
"Power-off, Brake-on" Type (Spring Close)
Brake Structure
0.1kW Outer Disk Type 〈Figure-3〉
Field Armature Friction Disk Spring 1 Spring 2 Nut Key Hexagon socket head bolt Brake cover O-ring Brake cover Setscrew
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Gap
0.2kW~0.75kW Fan Attached Type 〈Figure-4〉
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Field Armature Friction Disk Spring 1 Spring 2 Nut Key Hexagon socket head bolt Brake cover O-ring Brake cover fixing screw Oil seal V-seal Fan Hexagon socket head locking screw Fan cover Fan cover fixing screw Gap
■Brake Gap
3-Phase
Figure No.
Fig.3
Fig.4
Fig.4
Gap for Suction
g:0.8 and below
g:0.7 and below
g:0.9 and below
Limit Proper GapMotor Capacity Designation
Gap adjustment should strictly be done according to the handling manual. Failure to observe this warning may cause unexpected trouble such as water getting through
135134
Features of water-resistant / outdoor gearmotors
U
V
W
U
V
W
U V W 8028
53
0.98{0.10}
0.78{0.08}
1.96{0.20}
1.57{0.16}
3.92{0.40}
3.14{0.32}
7.35{0.75}
5.88{0.60}
10
0.11
1.5×108
1.5×107
16
0.18
1.5×108
1.5×107
18
0.20
1.5×108
1.5×107
22
0.25
4.0×108
4.0×107
90
10
0.1kW
T010 T010W
T020 T020W
T040 T040W
075 075W
0.2kW 0.4kW 0.75kW
When using a brake for long periods of time, the brake gap may become too big to release the brake. Please adjust the brake gap regularly (every year or every 1 to 1.5 million times the brake is used). Please refer to Page E33 of MIDI SERIES (0.1kW to 2.2kW) catalog for open spaces necessary for removing the brake cover / motor-fan cover during the adjustment of the brake gap.
T010・T010W
T020・T040・T020W・T040W
075・075W
g:0.3±0.1
g:0.3±0.1
g:0.3±0.1
123 4 5
6
7
8
9
1011
123 4 56 7
12
13
14
15
16 17
101189
R
S
T
U
V
W
This is most suitable for use under circumstances where there are water splashes from food machinery, water treatment machinery, etc. Please select a type suitable to your requirements.
(Note 1) This product should not be used in the water or under high water pressure.
●'IP65' indicates degree of dust and water-proofing. ●The first digit '6' of 'IP65' indicates complete dust-proofing structure, and the second digit '5' indicates protection structure from water jets in all directions.
Using under circumstances where there are water splashes
Water-resistant specification
Outdoor specification
IP65 SUS420J2
Protection structure Output shaft (material)
IP65 S43C
Protection structure Output shaft (material)
Dust-proofing Drip-proofing Water jet-resistant
Technical Information
Technical Information
Water-Resistant GearmotorWiring・Terminal Box
Wiring for Water-Resistant Gearmotors
The wiring shown below is recommended for water-resistant, outdoor type gearmoters. The rotation direction of the output shaft in the wiring below is shown in the performance table respectively for each model.
■3-Phase Motor
Power source Motor
Forward
Reverse
Mark in the Diagram Terminal Code
■Types and Structures
● E-Type Terminal Box 0.1kW~2.2kW3-Phase/Standard Voltage・High Voltage
(Note) For the E-Type terminal box for gearmotors with brake, refer to page 136.
M4 terminal screwApplicable Code φ8~φ12
Water-Resistant Brake GearmotorSpecifications・Structure
Brake Specifications
Motor Capacity
Items
Emax(J)
{kgf・m}
(V)
(W)
(A)
Ts(N・m){kgf・m}
Td(N・m){kgf・m}
Motor Capacity Designation
Brake Type
Static Friction Torque
Dynamic Friction Torque
Voltage DC (Average) Rectifier Attached
Power (at 75℃)
Current (at 75℃)
Allowable Total Work
Allowable Braking Frequency (times/minute)
3-Phase
"Power-off, Brake-on" Type (Spring Close)
Brake Structure
0.1kW Outer Disk Type 〈Figure-3〉
Field Armature Friction Disk Spring 1 Spring 2 Nut Key Hexagon socket head bolt Brake cover O-ring Brake cover Setscrew
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Gap
0.2kW~0.75kW Fan Attached Type 〈Figure-4〉
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Field Armature Friction Disk Spring 1 Spring 2 Nut Key Hexagon socket head bolt Brake cover O-ring Brake cover fixing screw Oil seal V-seal Fan Hexagon socket head locking screw Fan cover Fan cover fixing screw Gap
■Brake Gap
3-Phase
Figure No.
Fig.3
Fig.4
Fig.4
Gap for Suction
g:0.8 and below
g:0.7 and below
g:0.9 and below
Limit Proper GapMotor Capacity Designation
Gap adjustment should strictly be done according to the handling manual. Failure to observe this warning may cause unexpected trouble such as water getting through
137136
Standard Voltage 3-Phase〔T010~T040・075〕
High Voltage 3-Phase〔T010W~T040W・075W〕
0.005~0.015
0.03~0.13
0.1~0.3
□8028
53
B2B1
VU W
B2B1
VU W
AC
U V
AC
W
U
SWSW
V W
U
SW SW
WV
EX-AA
EX-AB
EX-DC
E X AA
B1
U
V
W
B2
B1
U
V
W
B2
RST
RST
B1
U
V
W
B2
RST
U
V
W
B1
B2
(B) (B)
RST
U
V
W
B2 B1
(B) (B)
RST
U
V
W
B1B2
(B) (B)
RST
Technical Information
Technical Information
Water-Resistant Brake Gearmotor Wiring・Rectifier
● E-Type Terminal Box 3-Phase/Standard Voltage・High Voltage
Separated rectifier type is the standard specification of the terminal box in brake gearmotor. please refer to page 137 for rectifier built-in type.
M4 terminal screw Applicable Code φ8~φ12
Wiring for Water-Resistant, Outdoor Brake Gearmotor ■Wiring Method
WiringMotor capacity designation Braking Delay Time: ta
Braking delay time indicates interval (second) between switching off and brake on.
(Not the braking time.)
AC Switching(
A)
AC Switching(
B)
DC Switching
Power source
Forward
Reverse
Rectifier A200-D90 -UL
WhiteYellow
Blue Blue Red Black
Forward
Reverse
Motor
BrakeBlue for Rectifie Blue should be short circuited.
Power source
Forward
Reverse
Motor
Rectifier A200-D90 -UL
WhiteYellow
BrakeBlue Blue Red Black
Blue for Rectifie Blue should be short circuited.
Power source
Forward
Reverse
Motor
Rectifier A200-D90 -UL
White Yellow
Blue Blue Red BlackForward
Reverse Brake
Power source
Forward
Reverse
Motor
RedRed
Forward
ReverseRectifier A200-D90 -UL
White Yellow
Blue Blue Red Black
Blue for Rectifie Blue should be short circuited. Brake
Power source
Forward
Reverse
Motor
RedRed
Rectifier A200-D90 -UL
White Yellow
Blue Blue Red Black
BrakeBlue for Rectifie Blue should be short circuited.
Power source
Forward
Reverse
RedRed
Motor
Rectifier A200-D90 -UL
White Yellow
Blue Blue Red BlackForward
Reverse
Brake
S: Rotation Changeover Switch C: Capacitor MS: Electro-Magnetic Switch N : Surge Suppressor (option)
For the application of vertical motion such as lifting, DC Switching wiring should be employed. It is recommended to insert surge suppressor between contact points in DC Switching circuit. (Varistor Voltage 423~517V) The electro-magnetic switch with the rated current of over 6A(AC200V) is recommended for the relay for brake circuit. In case DC Switching wiring is employed, in order to sield the inductive load (DC coil), DC110V, DC13 class is recommended. Also, in case of employing a noncontact relay, it is recommended to use the rated voltage of AC240V equivalent (half-wave rectification switching available). Since the rectifier contains diodes, improper wiring may cause fatal short-circuiting. Therefore, special care should be given to the wiring. Regarding wiring method of 3-phase double voltage supply and special voltages exceeding 230V, please connect to the 200V terminal, which is extended out from the motor separately, and input terminal of rectifier. Lead wires for 0.1kW to 0.4kW are in RED and 0.75kW to 2.2kW are in BLACK (B terminals). When using an inverter, the 200V terminal, which is extended out from the motor, cannot be used. For more details, please contact us. Please refer to the wiring method and cautions stated on page 142, when using an inverter.
(Note 1) (2) (3)
(4) (5)
Water-Resistant Brake GearmotorWiring・Built-in Rectifier Terminal Box
Separated rectifier type is the standard specification of the terminal box in brake gearmotors.
When you need the rectifier built-in type, contact us with the following manner.
TypeType Code when ordering(Example) (Indicate this type cord in your order.)
AC Switching A
AC Switching B
DC Switching
The wiring method indication code does not appear on the product-type name. It appears in the supplemental number column on the nameplate.
■Explanations of Type Designation
wiring method("AA" means AC Switching A)
Auxiliary Mark(X)
E-Type Terminal Box
■Wiring Method
Wiring Ordered TypePointHoisting
OperationInverter Operation
AC Switching(
A)
Standard
AC Switching(
B)
DC Switching
Please refer to diagram of page 136
Fan cover side Brake Lead Wire
Any wiring can be possible according to the customer's specification, for example, putting the rectifier inside of the switchboard, etc. Brake lead wire is extended out to the terminal block.
Application differs according to the wiring method in the switchboard of the rectifier. (AC Switching(A), AC Switching (B) or DC Switching)
End of type
E
Fan cover side lead Wires at
○ (Usable)
◎ (Optimum)
End of type
EX-AA
Wiring enables inverter operation. Also, the power supply input lead wire for rectifier is extended out to the terminal block.
Rectifier
A200-D90-UL
Fan cover side connection lead wire
A200-D90-ULRectifier
× (Unusable)
× (Unusable)
End of type
EX-AB
Easy wiring. Start operation only by connecting the power source (U・V・W). (Modification to DC Switching wiring can be done only by taking out the connecting lead wire.)
Fan cover side Switch plate for DC Switching
Rectifier
A200-D90-UL
◎ (Optimum)
× (Unusable)
End of type
EX-DC
Because of the shortest braking delay time, most appropriate for the application such as hoisting operation. the DC Switching terminal is extended out to the terminal block.
U
V
W
AC
AC
R
S
T
U
V
WSW
SW
R
S
T
U
V
W
SW
SW
R
S
T
Power source
Forward
ForwardReverse
Reverse
Power source
Forward
Reverse
Power source
Forward
Reverse
Forward
Reverse
137136
Standard Voltage 3-Phase〔T010~T040・075〕
High Voltage 3-Phase〔T010W~T040W・075W〕
0.005~0.015
0.03~0.13
0.1~0.3
□8028
53
B2B1
VU W
B2B1
VU W
AC
U V
AC
W
U
SWSW
V W
U
SW SW
WV
EX-AA
EX-AB
EX-DC
E X AA
B1
U
V
W
B2
B1
U
V
W
B2
RST
RST
B1
U
V
W
B2
RST
U
V
W
B1
B2
(B) (B)
RST
U
V
W
B2 B1
(B) (B)
RST
U
V
W
B1B2
(B) (B)
RST
Technical Information
Technical Information
Water-Resistant Brake Gearmotor Wiring・Rectifier
● E-Type Terminal Box 3-Phase/Standard Voltage・High Voltage
Separated rectifier type is the standard specification of the terminal box in brake gearmotor. please refer to page 137 for rectifier built-in type.
M4 terminal screw Applicable Code φ8~φ12
Wiring for Water-Resistant, Outdoor Brake Gearmotor ■Wiring Method
WiringMotor capacity designation Braking Delay Time: ta
Braking delay time indicates interval (second) between switching off and brake on.
(Not the braking time.)
AC Switching(
A)
AC Switching(
B)
DC Switching
Power source
Forward
Reverse
Rectifier A200-D90 -UL
WhiteYellow
Blue Blue Red Black
Forward
Reverse
Motor
BrakeBlue for Rectifie Blue should be short circuited.
Power source
Forward
Reverse
Motor
Rectifier A200-D90 -UL
WhiteYellow
BrakeBlue Blue Red Black
Blue for Rectifie Blue should be short circuited.
Power source
Forward
Reverse
Motor
Rectifier A200-D90 -UL
White Yellow
Blue Blue Red BlackForward
Reverse Brake
Power source
Forward
Reverse
Motor
RedRed
Forward
ReverseRectifier A200-D90 -UL
White Yellow
Blue Blue Red Black
Blue for Rectifie Blue should be short circuited. Brake
Power source
Forward
Reverse
Motor
RedRed
Rectifier A200-D90 -UL
White Yellow
Blue Blue Red Black
BrakeBlue for Rectifie Blue should be short circuited.
Power source
Forward
Reverse
RedRed
Motor
Rectifier A200-D90 -UL
White Yellow
Blue Blue Red BlackForward
Reverse
Brake
S: Rotation Changeover Switch C: Capacitor MS: Electro-Magnetic Switch N : Surge Suppressor (option)
For the application of vertical motion such as lifting, DC Switching wiring should be employed. It is recommended to insert surge suppressor between contact points in DC Switching circuit. (Varistor Voltage 423~517V) The electro-magnetic switch with the rated current of over 6A(AC200V) is recommended for the relay for brake circuit. In case DC Switching wiring is employed, in order to sield the inductive load (DC coil), DC110V, DC13 class is recommended. Also, in case of employing a noncontact relay, it is recommended to use the rated voltage of AC240V equivalent (half-wave rectification switching available). Since the rectifier contains diodes, improper wiring may cause fatal short-circuiting. Therefore, special care should be given to the wiring. Regarding wiring method of 3-phase double voltage supply and special voltages exceeding 230V, please connect to the 200V terminal, which is extended out from the motor separately, and input terminal of rectifier. Lead wires for 0.1kW to 0.4kW are in RED and 0.75kW to 2.2kW are in BLACK (B terminals). When using an inverter, the 200V terminal, which is extended out from the motor, cannot be used. For more details, please contact us. Please refer to the wiring method and cautions stated on page 142, when using an inverter.
(Note 1) (2) (3)
(4) (5)
Water-Resistant Brake GearmotorWiring・Built-in Rectifier Terminal Box
Separated rectifier type is the standard specification of the terminal box in brake gearmotors.
When you need the rectifier built-in type, contact us with the following manner.
TypeType Code when ordering(Example) (Indicate this type cord in your order.)
AC Switching A
AC Switching B
DC Switching
The wiring method indication code does not appear on the product-type name. It appears in the supplemental number column on the nameplate.
■Explanations of Type Designation
wiring method("AA" means AC Switching A)
Auxiliary Mark(X)
E-Type Terminal Box
■Wiring Method
Wiring Ordered TypePointHoisting
OperationInverter Operation
AC Switching(
A)
Standard
AC Switching(
B)
DC Switching
Please refer to diagram of page 136
Fan cover side Brake Lead Wire
Any wiring can be possible according to the customer's specification, for example, putting the rectifier inside of the switchboard, etc. Brake lead wire is extended out to the terminal block.
Application differs according to the wiring method in the switchboard of the rectifier. (AC Switching(A), AC Switching (B) or DC Switching)
End of type
E
Fan cover side lead Wires at
○ (Usable)
◎ (Optimum)
End of type
EX-AA
Wiring enables inverter operation. Also, the power supply input lead wire for rectifier is extended out to the terminal block.
Rectifier
A200-D90-UL
Fan cover side connection lead wire
A200-D90-ULRectifier
× (Unusable)
× (Unusable)
End of type
EX-AB
Easy wiring. Start operation only by connecting the power source (U・V・W). (Modification to DC Switching wiring can be done only by taking out the connecting lead wire.)
Fan cover side Switch plate for DC Switching
Rectifier
A200-D90-UL
◎ (Optimum)
× (Unusable)
End of type
EX-DC
Because of the shortest braking delay time, most appropriate for the application such as hoisting operation. the DC Switching terminal is extended out to the terminal block.
U
V
W
AC
AC
R
S
T
U
V
WSW
SW
R
S
T
U
V
W
SW
SW
R
S
T
Power source
Forward
ForwardReverse
Reverse
Power source
Forward
Reverse
Power source
Forward
Reverse
Forward
Reverse
139138
max14
7.5±1 3.9±1
φ0.8
max7.5
max17
30
2.5
10 10
φ4.5
R5
26
36
56
46
17
200
Technical Information
Technical Information
Water-Resistant Brake Gearmotor
Wiring・Rectifier
■RectifierThe supplied rectifier A200-D90-UL is required for the brake operation of the brake gearmotor. Since the braking delay time differs according to the brake wiring, select the most appropriate wiring method for the application, referring to page 136. The rectifier basically contains a surge absorber. However, if a risk is foreseen, add another surge absorber or noise filter for safety sake.
■A200-D90-UL Dimension Diagram (A100-D45) 〈Round weight: 40g〉
150
(Yellow)
(White)
Input Side
(Blue) (Blue)
(Red) (Black)
Output S
ide
■Surge Suppressor Z/Option No.OP-ENC471D-10AFor use in cutting off the sparks of a brake switch for DC switching or AC line switching.
139138
max14
7.5±1 3.9±1
φ0.8
max7.5
max17
30
2.5
10 10
φ4.5
R5
26
36
56
46
17
200
Technical Information
Technical Information
Water-Resistant Brake Gearmotor
Wiring・Rectifier
■RectifierThe supplied rectifier A200-D90-UL is required for the brake operation of the brake gearmotor. Since the braking delay time differs according to the brake wiring, select the most appropriate wiring method for the application, referring to page 136. The rectifier basically contains a surge absorber. However, if a risk is foreseen, add another surge absorber or noise filter for safety sake.
■A200-D90-UL Dimension Diagram (A100-D45) 〈Round weight: 40g〉
150
(Yellow)
(White)
Input Side
(Blue) (Blue)
(Red) (Black)
Output S
ide
■Surge Suppressor Z/Option No.OP-ENC471D-10AFor use in cutting off the sparks of a brake switch for DC switching or AC line switching.
141140
AB
T010・T010W
T020・T020W
T040・T040W
A(Z)
A(Z)
A(Z)
117
117
123
47.5
78.5
84.5
87.5
95.5
104
AB
075・075W
150・220・150W・220W
T
T
122
133
101
111.5
108
132
28
82φ27
A
B
89
A
B
□70
H6 H3 H3HZ H6 HZ
T3 T3 H6 T3 H3 T3 H3T3 HZ T3 T3 H6 T3 HZ
TZ TZ H6 TZ H3 TZ H3TZ HZ TZ TZ H6 TZ HZ
T9 T9 H6 T9 H3 T9 H3T9 HZ T9 T9 H6 T9 HZ
T010 ・T020 T010W・T020W
T040 ・075 ・150 ・220 T040W・075W・150W・220W
Technical Information
Technical Information
Terminal BoxGearmotor・Brake Gearmotor in common
Terminal Box for F3 Series (Hollow shaft and Solid Shaft)
Terminal Box attached is the standard spec. of F3 Series 3-Phase motors.
F3S・F3F in common
Applicable Code φ8~φ12
Motor capacity designation Box TypeGearmotor Brake Gearmotor
Modification of Box Position
90° dividing
90° dividing
90° dividing
Figures above illustrates the standard position of terminal box. For the modification of position, direct us when ordering. Refer to page 141. (Z) in the Box Type column indicates the brake motor with built-in rectifier. Above figure is just a representative. There are different motor shapes at the gear head.
(Note 1) (2) (3)
F3S・F3F in common
Motor capacity designation Box TypeGearmotor Brake Gearmotor
Modification of Box Position
90° dividing
90° dividing
Figures above illustrates the standard position of terminal box. For the modification of position, direct us when ordering. Refer to page 141. Above figure is just a representative. There are different motor shapes.
(Note 1) (2)
Terminal Box PositionGearmotor・Brake Gearmotor in common
Direction method when modifying the position of lead wire type terminal box F3 series.If non-standard positioning of the terminal box is needed, direct us with the code enclosed with in the table below:
■Direction Method
Motor capacity designation
Modification of Box Position and Power Source Inlet Position
Motor capacity designation
Modification of Box Position and Power Source Inlet Position
Flat surface of fan cover
StandardBox
Hole(left) Brake lead wire
Hole(load side) Hole(right) BoxFlat surface of fan cover
StandardBrake lead wire
Hole(left) Hole(load side) Hole(right)
Standard Standard
T(right) T(right) Hole(lower)
T(right) Hole(load side)
T(right) Hole(upper) T(right)
T(right) Hole(lower)
T(right) Hole(load side)
T(right) Hole(upper)
T(upper) T(upper) Hole(right)
T(upper) Hole(load side)
T(upper) Hole(left) T(upper)
T(upper) Hole(right)
T(upper) Hole(load side)
T(upper) Hole(left)
T(left) T(left)
Hole(upper) T(left)
Hole(load side) T(left)
Hole(lower) T(left) T(left)
Hole(upper) T(left)
Hole(load side) T(left)
Hole(lower)
All the diagrams show the profile viewed from anti-load side of the motor. No need to direct for standard position. Be sure that customers cannot modify the position of the models 0.1kW~0.2kW for the reason of its construction. If modification of position is needed, direct us beforehand with the code in the above diagram. In case of brake motor, the brake lead wire is basically positioned in the same direction as the terminal box. No need to direct the hole position in the lead wire type model.
(Note 1) (2) (3)
(4)
(5)
Load side
Anti-load side
●Meanings of Designations 1)"T" indictaes "Terminal Box". 2) "H" indicates the supply inlet hole.
141140
AB
T010・T010W
T020・T020W
T040・T040W
A(Z)
A(Z)
A(Z)
117
117
123
47.5
78.5
84.5
87.5
95.5
104
AB
075・075W
150・220・150W・220W
T
T
122
133
101
111.5
108
132
28
82φ27
A
B
89
A
B
□70
H6 H3 H3HZ H6 HZ
T3 T3 H6 T3 H3 T3 H3T3 HZ T3 T3 H6 T3 HZ
TZ TZ H6 TZ H3 TZ H3TZ HZ TZ TZ H6 TZ HZ
T9 T9 H6 T9 H3 T9 H3T9 HZ T9 T9 H6 T9 HZ
T010 ・T020 T010W・T020W
T040 ・075 ・150 ・220 T040W・075W・150W・220W
Technical Information
Technical Information
Terminal BoxGearmotor・Brake Gearmotor in common
Terminal Box for F3 Series (Hollow shaft and Solid Shaft)
Terminal Box attached is the standard spec. of F3 Series 3-Phase motors.
F3S・F3F in common
Applicable Code φ8~φ12
Motor capacity designation Box TypeGearmotor Brake Gearmotor
Modification of Box Position
90° dividing
90° dividing
90° dividing
Figures above illustrates the standard position of terminal box. For the modification of position, direct us when ordering. Refer to page 141. (Z) in the Box Type column indicates the brake motor with built-in rectifier. Above figure is just a representative. There are different motor shapes at the gear head.
(Note 1) (2) (3)
F3S・F3F in common
Motor capacity designation Box TypeGearmotor Brake Gearmotor
Modification of Box Position
90° dividing
90° dividing
Figures above illustrates the standard position of terminal box. For the modification of position, direct us when ordering. Refer to page 141. Above figure is just a representative. There are different motor shapes.
(Note 1) (2)
Terminal Box PositionGearmotor・Brake Gearmotor in common
Direction method when modifying the position of lead wire type terminal box F3 series.If non-standard positioning of the terminal box is needed, direct us with the code enclosed with in the table below:
■Direction Method
Motor capacity designation
Modification of Box Position and Power Source Inlet Position
Motor capacity designation
Modification of Box Position and Power Source Inlet Position
Flat surface of fan cover
StandardBox
Hole(left) Brake lead wire
Hole(load side) Hole(right) BoxFlat surface of fan cover
StandardBrake lead wire
Hole(left) Hole(load side) Hole(right)
Standard Standard
T(right) T(right) Hole(lower)
T(right) Hole(load side)
T(right) Hole(upper) T(right)
T(right) Hole(lower)
T(right) Hole(load side)
T(right) Hole(upper)
T(upper) T(upper) Hole(right)
T(upper) Hole(load side)
T(upper) Hole(left) T(upper)
T(upper) Hole(right)
T(upper) Hole(load side)
T(upper) Hole(left)
T(left) T(left)
Hole(upper) T(left)
Hole(load side) T(left)
Hole(lower) T(left) T(left)
Hole(upper) T(left)
Hole(load side) T(left)
Hole(lower)
All the diagrams show the profile viewed from anti-load side of the motor. No need to direct for standard position. Be sure that customers cannot modify the position of the models 0.1kW~0.2kW for the reason of its construction. If modification of position is needed, direct us beforehand with the code in the above diagram. In case of brake motor, the brake lead wire is basically positioned in the same direction as the terminal box. No need to direct the hole position in the lead wire type model.
(Note 1) (2) (3)
(4)
(5)
Load side
Anti-load side
●Meanings of Designations 1)"T" indictaes "Terminal Box". 2) "H" indicates the supply inlet hole.
143142
RST
MS
RST MS
MS
UVWACAC
RST
UV
WACAC
Technical Information
Technical Information
Combination of Gearmotor and Inverter1. Range of Frequency to be Effective In general, frequency of 5̃120Hz is recommended. * For gearmotors with clutch/brake, frequency of 5~60Hz is recommended. (1) Cautions for high speed operations of more than 60Hz.: In the high speed operations of more than 60Hz, vibration and noise will increase. Also, circumferential velocity increased, which may result in shortening of oil seal life. (2) Cautions for low speed operations: In the low speed operation, the cooling effect may decrease, which may result in abnormal temperature rise in motor. Therefore, care should be given to the low speed operations. ( Be sure to maintain the temperature of the motor surface below 80℃.)
2. Torque Characteristics of the motor (Operation Limit) The torque characteristics of the motor (operation limit) differ according to the inverter to be combined with and/or controlling method. We have ready made inverter set (set with the inverter "VS mini J7 Series" produced by Yasukawa Electric Corporation) The employment of this set provides you continuous low speed operation. Please see page 176 to 177 for the price of the inverter set. For more details of the inverter set, please refer to page E86 of the MIDI SERIES (0.1kW to 2.2kW) catalog, and for the continuous rated range of use, refer to page E90 of the MIDI SERIES (0.1kW to 2.2kW) catalog.
3. In case of brake gearmotors For wiring the brake, be sure to bypass the inverter. (Power supply should be from the primary side of the inverter) Fluctuations of the voltage may result in braking failure. Refer to the wiring diagram below:
DC Switching
Power sourceBlack
Glay
White MotorInverter
Yellow
A200-D90 (A100-D45)
White
Blue Blue Red Black Blue
Blue Brake
AC Switching (A)
Power source Power sourceBlackGlay
White MotorInverter
A200-D90 (A100-D45)
WhiteYellow
Blue Blue Red Black Blue
Blue Brake
Z-Type Terminal Box (Rectifier built-in) AC Switching A)
Inverter
built in rectifier
4. Correction of the Allowable Value (selection) During operation at high speed, it is required that the tolerance should be corrected. To determine the value, please multiply the correction coefficient according to 'Allowable Torque Coefficient by Reducer Input Rotation Speed' on page 144.
5. In case of driving 400V class motor with inverter Surge voltage may arise between the terminals of the motor, which may weaken the insulation effect of the motor. In general, there are two ways to suppress the surge voltage, namely, one for suppressing the voltage at the initial stage(output reactor) and the other for suppressing the crest value (output filter). (1) Output Reactor If the wiring length is relatively short, install the AC reactor in the inverter output side and suppress the crest value. This enables the surge voltage reduced. Suppression of the crest value of the surge voltage may be difficult if the wiring is long. (2) Output filter Install the filter in the inverter output side and suppress the crest value of the terminal voltage of the motor.
Since the explanations stated above are the general handling methods, we recommend you to consult with the inverter manufacturer for more details.
143142
RST
MS
RST MS
MS
UVWACAC
RST
UV
WACAC
Technical Information
Technical Information
Combination of Gearmotor and Inverter1. Range of Frequency to be Effective In general, frequency of 5̃120Hz is recommended. * For gearmotors with clutch/brake, frequency of 5~60Hz is recommended. (1) Cautions for high speed operations of more than 60Hz.: In the high speed operations of more than 60Hz, vibration and noise will increase. Also, circumferential velocity increased, which may result in shortening of oil seal life. (2) Cautions for low speed operations: In the low speed operation, the cooling effect may decrease, which may result in abnormal temperature rise in motor. Therefore, care should be given to the low speed operations. ( Be sure to maintain the temperature of the motor surface below 80℃.)
2. Torque Characteristics of the motor (Operation Limit) The torque characteristics of the motor (operation limit) differ according to the inverter to be combined with and/or controlling method. We have ready made inverter set (set with the inverter "VS mini J7 Series" produced by Yasukawa Electric Corporation) The employment of this set provides you continuous low speed operation. Please see page 176 to 177 for the price of the inverter set. For more details of the inverter set, please refer to page E86 of the MIDI SERIES (0.1kW to 2.2kW) catalog, and for the continuous rated range of use, refer to page E90 of the MIDI SERIES (0.1kW to 2.2kW) catalog.
3. In case of brake gearmotors For wiring the brake, be sure to bypass the inverter. (Power supply should be from the primary side of the inverter) Fluctuations of the voltage may result in braking failure. Refer to the wiring diagram below:
DC Switching
Power sourceBlack
Glay
White MotorInverter
Yellow
A200-D90 (A100-D45)
White
Blue Blue Red Black Blue
Blue Brake
AC Switching (A)
Power source Power sourceBlackGlay
White MotorInverter
A200-D90 (A100-D45)
WhiteYellow
Blue Blue Red Black Blue
Blue Brake
Z-Type Terminal Box (Rectifier built-in) AC Switching A)
Inverter
built in rectifier
4. Correction of the Allowable Value (selection) During operation at high speed, it is required that the tolerance should be corrected. To determine the value, please multiply the correction coefficient according to 'Allowable Torque Coefficient by Reducer Input Rotation Speed' on page 144.
5. In case of driving 400V class motor with inverter Surge voltage may arise between the terminals of the motor, which may weaken the insulation effect of the motor. In general, there are two ways to suppress the surge voltage, namely, one for suppressing the voltage at the initial stage(output reactor) and the other for suppressing the crest value (output filter). (1) Output Reactor If the wiring length is relatively short, install the AC reactor in the inverter output side and suppress the crest value. This enables the surge voltage reduced. Suppression of the crest value of the surge voltage may be difficult if the wiring is long. (2) Output filter Install the filter in the inverter output side and suppress the crest value of the terminal voltage of the motor.
Since the explanations stated above are the general handling methods, we recommend you to consult with the inverter manufacturer for more details.
145144
500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3600
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.1kW
0.2kW
0.4kW
0.75kW
1.5kW
2.2kW
5
5
5
6
8
8
13
13
16
21.5
27
31
+0.05 +0.01+0.05 +0.01+0.05 +0.01+0.05 +0.01+0.05 +0.01+0.05 +0.01
+0.1 0+0.1 0+0.2 0+0.2 0+0.2 0+0.2 0
W T
Attaching flange
bore
input pinion
Tap for tightening bolt (4 places)
W
T
45°
Technical Information
Technical InformationReducer (Input/Output Shaft)
Independent Reducer consists of the reducer part of GTR gearmotors. Use this reducer in the following cases:
123
When required reducer unit only. In case of driving reducer with special motor or with motors other than electric motor. In case input rotation speeds of reducer and motor are different.
Relation between the Input Rotation Speed and the Output Shaft Allowable Torque
The values of output shaft allowable torque in the performance table are the values when the input rotation speed is 1500rpm. In case of using the motor with the different rotation speed, the output allowable torque can be obtained by multiplying the torque correction coefficient in the diagram below
■Allowable Torque Coefficient by Reducer Input Rotation Speed
Allowable torque correction coefficient
Input rotation speed (rpm)
The allowable O.H.L. can also be obtained by the correction coefficient shown above. As for the allowable inertia moment I {allowable GD2}, in case of using with the input rotation speed of over 1800rpm, it can be obtained by multiplying (1800/input・rpm)_ to the allowable inertia moment in the Table-2 on page 115.
1) 2)
■Example
In case of using the model F3S-35-40-075 with the input rotation speed of 2500rpm, the output shaft allowable torque, input/output shaft allowable O.H.L., and output shaft allowable inertia moment {GD2} can be obtained as follows. From the above table, the correction coefficient at the input rotation speed of 2500rpm is 0.8, therefore values can be obtained as follows:
Output shaft allowable torque =166×0.8=133N・m
{16.9×0.8=13.2kgf・m}
Input shaft allowable O.H.L. =392×0.8=314N
{40×0.8=32kgf}
Output shaft allowable O.H.L. =3480×0.8=2784N
{355×0.8=284kgf}
Also, the output shaft allowable inertia moment I{GD2}
can be obtained by
0.003×(1800/2500)2×402≒2.5kg・m2
{0.012×(1800/2500)2×402≒10.0kgf・m2}
S-Type Reducer(For Designated Motor)
All GTR gearmotors are equipped with our self-manufactured motors. If you wish to equip with other types of motor or special motors, such as an outdoor motor or increased safety explosion-proof motor, please use this S-type Reducer. This reducer can be attached if the motor attaching part conforms to JEM1401-1991, with the same dimension as that of the low pressure 3-phase basket-shape inductive motor with flange shape for general use.
Motor for the S-Type Reducer should be prepared and attached by customer. The color of the motor for the S-Type Reducer will be chosen by the motor manufacturer. In case of using a motor like servo motor which has special motor torque characteristics, care should be given to the selection of the reducer model. Please include Low Backlash Reducer A Series for servo motors for your consideration. Catalogs are available separately.
* * *
Motor Installing Procedure
Confirm if the key is precisely set in the input pinion. (equiv. 4P motor capacity: 0.1・0.2kW) Fit the key position to the flat part of the motor shaft or key groove and insert it. Confirm if the bore of the motor perfectly fit in, and then tighten with 4 bolts.
1
2
3
Be sure to read the cautions on page 156.(Note)
Detailed dimension of input pinion key groove4
Equiv. capacity 4P motor Standard Dimension Dimension Tolerance Standard Dimension Dimension Tolerance
For cautions when installing motor to the S-Type Reducer, refer to page 156.
(Note)
145144
500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3600
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.1kW
0.2kW
0.4kW
0.75kW
1.5kW
2.2kW
5
5
5
6
8
8
13
13
16
21.5
27
31
+0.05 +0.01+0.05 +0.01+0.05 +0.01+0.05 +0.01+0.05 +0.01+0.05 +0.01
+0.1 0+0.1 0+0.2 0+0.2 0+0.2 0+0.2 0
W T
Attaching flange
bore
input pinion
Tap for tightening bolt (4 places)
W
T
45°
Technical Information
Technical InformationReducer (Input/Output Shaft)
Independent Reducer consists of the reducer part of GTR gearmotors. Use this reducer in the following cases:
123
When required reducer unit only. In case of driving reducer with special motor or with motors other than electric motor. In case input rotation speeds of reducer and motor are different.
Relation between the Input Rotation Speed and the Output Shaft Allowable Torque
The values of output shaft allowable torque in the performance table are the values when the input rotation speed is 1500rpm. In case of using the motor with the different rotation speed, the output allowable torque can be obtained by multiplying the torque correction coefficient in the diagram below
■Allowable Torque Coefficient by Reducer Input Rotation Speed
Allowable torque correction coefficient
Input rotation speed (rpm)
The allowable O.H.L. can also be obtained by the correction coefficient shown above. As for the allowable inertia moment I {allowable GD2}, in case of using with the input rotation speed of over 1800rpm, it can be obtained by multiplying (1800/input・rpm)_ to the allowable inertia moment in the Table-2 on page 115.
1) 2)
■Example
In case of using the model F3S-35-40-075 with the input rotation speed of 2500rpm, the output shaft allowable torque, input/output shaft allowable O.H.L., and output shaft allowable inertia moment {GD2} can be obtained as follows. From the above table, the correction coefficient at the input rotation speed of 2500rpm is 0.8, therefore values can be obtained as follows:
Output shaft allowable torque =166×0.8=133N・m
{16.9×0.8=13.2kgf・m}
Input shaft allowable O.H.L. =392×0.8=314N
{40×0.8=32kgf}
Output shaft allowable O.H.L. =3480×0.8=2784N
{355×0.8=284kgf}
Also, the output shaft allowable inertia moment I{GD2}
can be obtained by
0.003×(1800/2500)2×402≒2.5kg・m2
{0.012×(1800/2500)2×402≒10.0kgf・m2}
S-Type Reducer(For Designated Motor)
All GTR gearmotors are equipped with our self-manufactured motors. If you wish to equip with other types of motor or special motors, such as an outdoor motor or increased safety explosion-proof motor, please use this S-type Reducer. This reducer can be attached if the motor attaching part conforms to JEM1401-1991, with the same dimension as that of the low pressure 3-phase basket-shape inductive motor with flange shape for general use.
Motor for the S-Type Reducer should be prepared and attached by customer. The color of the motor for the S-Type Reducer will be chosen by the motor manufacturer. In case of using a motor like servo motor which has special motor torque characteristics, care should be given to the selection of the reducer model. Please include Low Backlash Reducer A Series for servo motors for your consideration. Catalogs are available separately.
* * *
Motor Installing Procedure
Confirm if the key is precisely set in the input pinion. (equiv. 4P motor capacity: 0.1・0.2kW) Fit the key position to the flat part of the motor shaft or key groove and insert it. Confirm if the bore of the motor perfectly fit in, and then tighten with 4 bolts.
1
2
3
Be sure to read the cautions on page 156.(Note)
Detailed dimension of input pinion key groove4
Equiv. capacity 4P motor Standard Dimension Dimension Tolerance Standard Dimension Dimension Tolerance
For cautions when installing motor to the S-Type Reducer, refer to page 156.
(Note)
147146
F3 Input/Output Shaft Type
F3 S-Type Reducer
010
020
040
075
150
220
28
28
32
37
42
48
10
10
10
17
21
26
22
22
26.5
25.5
42.5
41.5
40
40
46.5
52.5
74.5
80.5
114.5
114.5
127
142
165
165
8
8
10
10
11
13
80
80
92
105
129
130
43
43
48
62
74
90
12
12
15
20
25
30
25
25
30
35
40
45
4×4×22
4×4×22
5×5×27
6×6×32
8×7×35
8×7×40
A B C D E F G H I J
010
020
040
075
150
220
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
6.5
7
8.5
8.5
8.5
10
12.5
13
39
39
39
47
62
70
59
59
59
67
88
96
L1 L2 L3 D1 D2
D
φI h6φFφGφH
J
B
A
C
E
L1
L
LφD φD1 2 3
2
Technical Information
Technical Information
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Input Shaft
DimensionMotor Capacity Designation key
DimensionMotor Capacity Designation
Each dimension indicated shows standard value. It is recommended to have enough allowance especially for the L2, D1 and D2 parts for their rough surfaces.
(Note)
147146
F3 Input/Output Shaft Type
F3 S-Type Reducer
010
020
040
075
150
220
28
28
32
37
42
48
10
10
10
17
21
26
22
22
26.5
25.5
42.5
41.5
40
40
46.5
52.5
74.5
80.5
114.5
114.5
127
142
165
165
8
8
10
10
11
13
80
80
92
105
129
130
43
43
48
62
74
90
12
12
15
20
25
30
25
25
30
35
40
45
4×4×22
4×4×22
5×5×27
6×6×32
8×7×35
8×7×40
A B C D E F G H I J
010
020
040
075
150
220
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
6.5
7
8.5
8.5
8.5
10
12.5
13
39
39
39
47
62
70
59
59
59
67
88
96
L1 L2 L3 D1 D2
D
φI h6φFφGφH
J
B
A
C
E
L1
L
LφD φD1 2 3
2
Technical Information
Technical Information
Detailed Dimension Diagram of Input Shaft
DimensionMotor Capacity Designation key
DimensionMotor Capacity Designation
Each dimension indicated shows standard value. It is recommended to have enough allowance especially for the L2, D1 and D2 parts for their rough surfaces.
(Note)
149148
MK
18
22
28
32
40
27
35
40
50
60
30
40
45
55
65
S(h6)
18
22
28
32
40
0 -0.011
0 -0.013
0 -0.016
P(h9)
6
8
10
12
0 -0.030
0 -0.030
0 -0.090
0 -0.036
0 -0.043
T
6
7
Q
3.5 4 5
P φS
T
Q
MK
D1 W T L P C1 F GL1D (H8)
D2 (h7)
20
25
30
35
45
50
55
φ20
φ25
φ30
φ35
φ45
φ50
φ55
φ29
φ39
φ44
φ49
φ64
φ74
φ79
φ53
φ66
φ75
φ85
φ100
φ110
φ120
6
8
8
10
14
14
16
22.8
28.3
33.3
38.3
48.8
53.8
59.3
96
118
124
142
168
172
220
24
27
33
38
50
55
61
13
14
17
20
26
29
32
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1.15
1.35
1.35
1.75
1.95
2.20
2.20
B D E F GA C
20
25
30
35
45
50
55
64
79
82
95
108
120
143
25.5
29.5
19.5
33.5
33.5
43
43
15.7
19.7
19.7
23.7
23.7
41
41
φ57
φ70
φ79
φ89
φ104
φ141
φ141
φ 40
φ 53
φ 62
φ 72
φ 87
φ127.5
φ127.5
φ 26
φ 37.5
φ 46.5
φ 55
φ 70
φ104
φ104
14
18
18
22
22
32
32
8
L
C1 C1
E
D1D1
D2D2
W
T
L1 L1
F
30°
G GP P
E
AB BC C
2 2
A
(F) (F)
(G) (G)
EED D
10° 10°
The shaded area represents empty space.
D D
Technical Information
Technical Information
Detailed Dimensions of Hollow Shaft/Solid Shaft
F3S Type
Flange Surface Flange Surface
Chase for retaining ring detail for inside of circleE
Detailed dimension table for the hollow shaft part
Frame Number
* Refer to the "Differences between F2 Sereis and F3 Series" in page 112.
F3F Type
Dimension
Frame Number
Key
Detailed Drawing of the Hollow Shaft Protective Cap
F3S Type
Frame Number
149148
MK
18
22
28
32
40
27
35
40
50
60
30
40
45
55
65
S(h6)
18
22
28
32
40
0 -0.011
0 -0.013
0 -0.016
P(h9)
6
8
10
12
0 -0.030
0 -0.030
0 -0.090
0 -0.036
0 -0.043
T
6
7
Q
3.5 4 5
P φS
T
Q
MK
D1 W T L P C1 F GL1D (H8)
D2 (h7)
20
25
30
35
45
50
55
φ20
φ25
φ30
φ35
φ45
φ50
φ55
φ29
φ39
φ44
φ49
φ64
φ74
φ79
φ53
φ66
φ75
φ85
φ100
φ110
φ120
6
8
8
10
14
14
16
22.8
28.3
33.3
38.3
48.8
53.8
59.3
96
118
124
142
168
172
220
24
27
33
38
50
55
61
13
14
17
20
26
29
32
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1.15
1.35
1.35
1.75
1.95
2.20
2.20
B D E F GA C
20
25
30
35
45
50
55
64
79
82
95
108
120
143
25.5
29.5
19.5
33.5
33.5
43
43
15.7
19.7
19.7
23.7
23.7
41
41
φ57
φ70
φ79
φ89
φ104
φ141
φ141
φ 40
φ 53
φ 62
φ 72
φ 87
φ127.5
φ127.5
φ 26
φ 37.5
φ 46.5
φ 55
φ 70
φ104
φ104
14
18
18
22
22
32
32
8
L
C1 C1
E
D1D1
D2D2
W
T
L1 L1
F
30°
G GP P
E
AB BC C
2 2
A
(F) (F)
(G) (G)
EED D
10° 10°
The shaded area represents empty space.
D D
Technical Information
Technical Information
Detailed Dimensions of Hollow Shaft/Solid Shaft
F3S Type
Flange Surface Flange Surface
Chase for retaining ring detail for inside of circleE
Detailed dimension table for the hollow shaft part
Frame Number
* Refer to the "Differences between F2 Sereis and F3 Series" in page 112.
F3F Type
Dimension
Frame Number
Key
Detailed Drawing of the Hollow Shaft Protective Cap
F3S Type
Frame Number
151150
Technical Information
Technical Information
F3S Type Attachment and Detachment of Hollow Shaft
Attachment of Hollow Shaft and Driven Shaft of Reducer
Apply anti-seizing agent proper for the using circumstance such as molybdenum disulfide, on the surface of the driven shaft and the bore of the hollow shaft, and then insert the reducer in the driven shaft. In case impact does not affect in the uniform load, "H7" tolerance is recommended for the driven shaft. In case shock load is imposed or great radial load is observed, tighten the fittings. "H8" tolerance is recommended for the bore of the hollow shaft. If the fitting is too tight, tap the edge of the hollow drive shaft with the plastic hummer and fit together. In this case, never hit the casing. Smoother insert can be obtained if you prepare jigs shown in the figure below:
1
2
3
Driven shaft
Key materialTolerance of the bore Range of H8 Hollow shaft
Tolerance of the fixed side bore, range of H8
Spacer
Nut (Input shaft can be inserted by tightening the nut.)
Bolt
Bearing
Oil seal
Figure-1 Spacer, nuts, bolts, key materials and bearing parts should be prepared by customer.
The length of the driven shaft and the fixing key are recommended to be within the tolerance of H8 range of the fixed side bore. (The dimension of the bore H8 tolerance part can be seen as L1 in the "Detailed figure of the Hollow Shaft" on page 148.) It is recommended to supress the fluctuation at the edge of the driven shaft below 0.05. The greater fluctuation at operation may give harmful effect to the reducer.
4
5
Connecting Reducer with Driven Shaft
Driven shaft with shoulder1
Fixing the driven shaft between the pillows
Connecting machine
Stopper ringSpacer
Bolt
Figure-2 Fixing by spacer and stopper ring (The spacer, bolt and retaining ring parts should be prepared by customer.)
Excessive tightening of the bolt may cause deformation of the retaining ring, which carefully note.(Note)
Fixing the driven shaft between the pillows
End plate
Bolt
Connecting machine
Figure-3 Fixing by End plate (End plate, bolt parts should be prepared by customer.)
Driven shaft without shoulder2
Fixing the driven shaft between the pillows
Connecting machine
positioning spacer
Stopper ring
Spacer
Bolt
Figure-4 Fixing by spacer and stopper ring (Spacer, positioning spacer, bolt and stopper ring parts should be prepared by customer.)
Be sure to have space between the outer diameter of the spacer and the inner diameter of the hollow shaft. Excessive tightness of the fitting or inaccuracy of the spacer's diameter may cause greater fluctuation on the driven and hollow shafts. Positioning spacer is used when deciding the position of the reducer. In case the length of the driven shaft is clarified preliminarily, positioning spacer is not necessary. By having positioning spacer, smooth detachment from the hollow shaft can be obtained. (For the details of detachment from the hollow shaft, refer to Figure-5 on page 152.)
(Note)
151150
Technical Information
Technical Information
F3S Type Attachment and Detachment of Hollow Shaft
Attachment of Hollow Shaft and Driven Shaft of Reducer
Apply anti-seizing agent proper for the using circumstance such as molybdenum disulfide, on the surface of the driven shaft and the bore of the hollow shaft, and then insert the reducer in the driven shaft. In case impact does not affect in the uniform load, "H7" tolerance is recommended for the driven shaft. In case shock load is imposed or great radial load is observed, tighten the fittings. "H8" tolerance is recommended for the bore of the hollow shaft. If the fitting is too tight, tap the edge of the hollow drive shaft with the plastic hummer and fit together. In this case, never hit the casing. Smoother insert can be obtained if you prepare jigs shown in the figure below:
1
2
3
Driven shaft
Key materialTolerance of the bore Range of H8 Hollow shaft
Tolerance of the fixed side bore, range of H8
Spacer
Nut (Input shaft can be inserted by tightening the nut.)
Bolt
Bearing
Oil seal
Figure-1 Spacer, nuts, bolts, key materials and bearing parts should be prepared by customer.
The length of the driven shaft and the fixing key are recommended to be within the tolerance of H8 range of the fixed side bore. (The dimension of the bore H8 tolerance part can be seen as L1 in the "Detailed figure of the Hollow Shaft" on page 148.) It is recommended to supress the fluctuation at the edge of the driven shaft below 0.05. The greater fluctuation at operation may give harmful effect to the reducer.
4
5
Connecting Reducer with Driven Shaft
Driven shaft with shoulder1
Fixing the driven shaft between the pillows
Connecting machine
Stopper ringSpacer
Bolt
Figure-2 Fixing by spacer and stopper ring (The spacer, bolt and retaining ring parts should be prepared by customer.)
Excessive tightening of the bolt may cause deformation of the retaining ring, which carefully note.(Note)
Fixing the driven shaft between the pillows
End plate
Bolt
Connecting machine
Figure-3 Fixing by End plate (End plate, bolt parts should be prepared by customer.)
Driven shaft without shoulder2
Fixing the driven shaft between the pillows
Connecting machine
positioning spacer
Stopper ring
Spacer
Bolt
Figure-4 Fixing by spacer and stopper ring (Spacer, positioning spacer, bolt and stopper ring parts should be prepared by customer.)
Be sure to have space between the outer diameter of the spacer and the inner diameter of the hollow shaft. Excessive tightness of the fitting or inaccuracy of the spacer's diameter may cause greater fluctuation on the driven and hollow shafts. Positioning spacer is used when deciding the position of the reducer. In case the length of the driven shaft is clarified preliminarily, positioning spacer is not necessary. By having positioning spacer, smooth detachment from the hollow shaft can be obtained. (For the details of detachment from the hollow shaft, refer to Figure-5 on page 152.)
(Note)
153152
20
25
30
35
45
50
55
3
4
5
5
5
6
6
φ7
φ7
φ9
φ11
φ11
φ13
φ13
φ19.5
φ24.5
φ29.5
φ34.5
φ44.5
φ49.5
φ54.5
M6
M6
M8
M10
M10
M12
M12
F3S-20
F3S-25
F3S-30
F3S-35
F3S-45
F3S-50
F3S-55
φA
LL1 L1P P
Frame No. AShapeCapacity B C D E HF GReduction Ratio20(18)
25(22)
30(28)
35(32)
45(40)
30
35
45
50
55
1/ 5~1/ 60 1/ 5~1/ 60 1/ 80~1/ 240 1/ 5~1/ 60 1/ 80~1/ 240 1/ 300~1/ 375 1/ 5~1/ 60 1/ 80~1/ 240 1/ 300~1/ 375 1/ 450~1/ 750 1/ 5~1/ 60 1/ 5~1/ 30 1/ 80~1/ 240 1/ 300~1/ 375 1/ 450~1/ 750 1/ 900~1/1200 1/ 40~1/ 60 1/ 80~1/ 240 1/ 80~1/ 120 1/ 300 1/ 450~1/ 600 1/ 900~1/1200 1/1500
φ10.5 φ10.5 φ10.5 φ10.5
φ12.5
Figure1
Figure2
φ12.5
φ16.5
φ16.5
φ16.5
φ20.5
φ20.5
φ8.6 φ8.6 φ8.6 φ8.6
0.1 0.2 0.1 0.4 0.2 0.1 0.75 0.4 0.2 0.1 1.5 2.2 0.75 0.4 0.2 0.1 2.2 1.5 2.2 0.75 0.4 0.2 0.1
kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW
M10×P1.5 M10×P1.5 M10×P1.5 M10×P1.5
M12×P1.75
M12×P1.75
M16×P2
M16×P2
M16×P2
M20×P2.5
M20×P2.5
25 25 25 25
12 14.5 14.5 15.5
37 39.5 39.5 40.5
― ― ― ―
― ― ― ―
φ10.63015.5 45.5 ― ―
φ10.63018 48 ― ―
φ14 4018 58 ― ―
φ14 4023 63 ― ―
φ17.55023 73 ― ―
φ14 4019 59 19 40
φ17.55021.5 71.5 21.5 50
E
4-A
C D F
4-BFigure1
4-A
EC D H G
F
4-BFigure2
Technical Information
Technical Information
F3S Type Attachment and Detachment of Hollow Shaft
Recommended size for the driven shaft fixing part.
Bolt
SpacerC-type stopper ring
<Recommended sizes for the driven shaft fixing parts>
Bolt sizeSpacer measurements
Outer diameter Inner diameter Width
Nominal designation for C-type stopper ring
About the length of driven shaft
The driven shaft must be reached to the both side of the L1 part. (As shown on the right figure) However, be sure to have an allowance for the spacer's dimension necessary at the "detachment from the hollow shaft". For detailed dimensions of the hollow shaft / output shaft, please refer to page 148.
About the length of key for the driven shaft
The length of the key should be more than 1.5 times of the diameter of hollow shaft. Also, the key inserting position should be the place where more than 1/2 of the total key length can be reached to L1. (Refer to the figure on the right) For detailed dimensions of the hollow shaft / output shaft, please refer to page 148.
Detaching from the Hollow Shaft
Make sure to avoid excessive force between the casing and the hollow shaft. Smoother detachment can be obtained by using a jig as shown in the figure below:
Key material 1 Disk Stopper ring
Spacer (with tap) Bolt
(The convexity part is for the fixing point of the spacer.)
Key material 2
Cross section of the spacer
(By tightening bolt, the output shaft comes out.)
Flange surface Flange surface
Figure-5 (Parts such as spacer, disk, bolt, stopper ring, etc. should be prepared by customer.)
Attaching Reducer
Merits and demerits of flange mounted and torque arm mounted.
Flange Mounted・Direct attachment to the machine is possible. ・Space saving
・Alignment with the connecting machine is needed. ・Four(4) attaching taps are needed for connecting with other machine.
Torque Arm Mounted・Easy alignment with the connecting machine ・Only one fixing point is needed for fixing with other machine
・Torque arm is needed. ・Space for attaching torque arm is needed.
Merits Demerits
F3S Type Hollow Shaft・Flange Mounted
When the F3S Type unit is directly coupled with the flange face of the other machine, the alignment should be done precisely to avoid burnout of motor, damage to the bearings, etc. caused by misalignment. In the F3 Series, there is a bore for the attachment as shown in the diagram on the right. The dimension tolerance of the bore for the attachment φA is "h7". The fixing bolts are to be used as shown in the diagram on the right. Fix by 4 bolts.
F3S Type (Hollow Shaft) Flange face of the other machine
Driven shaft of the other machine
Bore for attachment
Fixing bolt (4 pcs.)
Detailed Drawing for the Tapped Hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification)
Common to Hollow Shaft/Solid Shaft
Values in the parenthesis in the "Frame Number" are that for F3F. The necessary holding part of the bolt are recommended to be twice as much as the nominal designation(bolt diameter) of the screw. (Example: In case of M10, over 20mm is recommended.)
*
153152
20
25
30
35
45
50
55
3
4
5
5
5
6
6
φ7
φ7
φ9
φ11
φ11
φ13
φ13
φ19.5
φ24.5
φ29.5
φ34.5
φ44.5
φ49.5
φ54.5
M6
M6
M8
M10
M10
M12
M12
F3S-20
F3S-25
F3S-30
F3S-35
F3S-45
F3S-50
F3S-55
φA
LL1 L1P P
Frame No. AShapeCapacity B C D E HF GReduction Ratio20(18)
25(22)
30(28)
35(32)
45(40)
30
35
45
50
55
1/ 5~1/ 60 1/ 5~1/ 60 1/ 80~1/ 240 1/ 5~1/ 60 1/ 80~1/ 240 1/ 300~1/ 375 1/ 5~1/ 60 1/ 80~1/ 240 1/ 300~1/ 375 1/ 450~1/ 750 1/ 5~1/ 60 1/ 5~1/ 30 1/ 80~1/ 240 1/ 300~1/ 375 1/ 450~1/ 750 1/ 900~1/1200 1/ 40~1/ 60 1/ 80~1/ 240 1/ 80~1/ 120 1/ 300 1/ 450~1/ 600 1/ 900~1/1200 1/1500
φ10.5 φ10.5 φ10.5 φ10.5
φ12.5
Figure1
Figure2
φ12.5
φ16.5
φ16.5
φ16.5
φ20.5
φ20.5
φ8.6 φ8.6 φ8.6 φ8.6
0.1 0.2 0.1 0.4 0.2 0.1 0.75 0.4 0.2 0.1 1.5 2.2 0.75 0.4 0.2 0.1 2.2 1.5 2.2 0.75 0.4 0.2 0.1
kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW
M10×P1.5 M10×P1.5 M10×P1.5 M10×P1.5
M12×P1.75
M12×P1.75
M16×P2
M16×P2
M16×P2
M20×P2.5
M20×P2.5
25 25 25 25
12 14.5 14.5 15.5
37 39.5 39.5 40.5
― ― ― ―
― ― ― ―
φ10.63015.5 45.5 ― ―
φ10.63018 48 ― ―
φ14 4018 58 ― ―
φ14 4023 63 ― ―
φ17.55023 73 ― ―
φ14 4019 59 19 40
φ17.55021.5 71.5 21.5 50
E
4-A
C D F
4-BFigure1
4-A
EC D H G
F
4-BFigure2
Technical Information
Technical Information
F3S Type Attachment and Detachment of Hollow Shaft
Recommended size for the driven shaft fixing part.
Bolt
SpacerC-type stopper ring
<Recommended sizes for the driven shaft fixing parts>
Bolt sizeSpacer measurements
Outer diameter Inner diameter Width
Nominal designation for C-type stopper ring
About the length of driven shaft
The driven shaft must be reached to the both side of the L1 part. (As shown on the right figure) However, be sure to have an allowance for the spacer's dimension necessary at the "detachment from the hollow shaft". For detailed dimensions of the hollow shaft / output shaft, please refer to page 148.
About the length of key for the driven shaft
The length of the key should be more than 1.5 times of the diameter of hollow shaft. Also, the key inserting position should be the place where more than 1/2 of the total key length can be reached to L1. (Refer to the figure on the right) For detailed dimensions of the hollow shaft / output shaft, please refer to page 148.
Detaching from the Hollow Shaft
Make sure to avoid excessive force between the casing and the hollow shaft. Smoother detachment can be obtained by using a jig as shown in the figure below:
Key material 1 Disk Stopper ring
Spacer (with tap) Bolt
(The convexity part is for the fixing point of the spacer.)
Key material 2
Cross section of the spacer
(By tightening bolt, the output shaft comes out.)
Flange surface Flange surface
Figure-5 (Parts such as spacer, disk, bolt, stopper ring, etc. should be prepared by customer.)
Attaching Reducer
Merits and demerits of flange mounted and torque arm mounted.
Flange Mounted・Direct attachment to the machine is possible. ・Space saving
・Alignment with the connecting machine is needed. ・Four(4) attaching taps are needed for connecting with other machine.
Torque Arm Mounted・Easy alignment with the connecting machine ・Only one fixing point is needed for fixing with other machine
・Torque arm is needed. ・Space for attaching torque arm is needed.
Merits Demerits
F3S Type Hollow Shaft・Flange Mounted
When the F3S Type unit is directly coupled with the flange face of the other machine, the alignment should be done precisely to avoid burnout of motor, damage to the bearings, etc. caused by misalignment. In the F3 Series, there is a bore for the attachment as shown in the diagram on the right. The dimension tolerance of the bore for the attachment φA is "h7". The fixing bolts are to be used as shown in the diagram on the right. Fix by 4 bolts.
F3S Type (Hollow Shaft) Flange face of the other machine
Driven shaft of the other machine
Bore for attachment
Fixing bolt (4 pcs.)
Detailed Drawing for the Tapped Hole for Face Mount (Standard Specification)
Common to Hollow Shaft/Solid Shaft
Values in the parenthesis in the "Frame Number" are that for F3F. The necessary holding part of the bolt are recommended to be twice as much as the nominal designation(bolt diameter) of the screw. (Example: In case of M10, over 20mm is recommended.)
*
155154
M5
M6
M8
M10
M12
M14
M16
M20
2.9{ 0.3}
4.9{ 0.5}
13 { 1.3}
25 { 2.6}
44 { 4.5}
69 { 7.0}
108 {11 }
294 {30 }
Specificaiton
ACapacity B C D E F G H JI KName of product Reduction Ratio T
20
25
30
35
45
50
55
0.1
0.2
0.1
0.4
0.1
0.2
0.75
0.1
0.2
0.4
1.5
2.2
0.1
0.2
0.4
0.75
2.2
0.1
0.2
0.4
0.75
1.5
2.2
TAF3S-20-2
TAF3S-25-2
TAF3S-25-3
TAF3S-30-2
TAF3S-30-3
TAF3S-35-2
TAF3S-35-3
TAF3S-45-2
TAF3S-45-3
TAF3S-50-2
TAF3S-55-3
1/ 5~1/ 60
1/ 5~1/ 60
1/ 80~1/ 240
1/ 5~1/ 60
1/ 300~1/ 375
1/ 80~1/ 240
1/ 5~1/ 80
1/ 450~1/ 750
1/ 300~1/ 375
1/ 80~1/ 240
1/ 5~1/ 60
1/ 5~1/ 30
1/ 900~1/1200
1/ 450~1/ 750
1/ 300~1/ 375
1/ 80~1/2400
1/ 40~1/ 60
1/1500
1/ 900~1/1200
1/ 450~1/ 600
1/ 300
1/ 80~1/ 240
1/ 80~1/ 120
53.5
60
69.5
69.5
78
80.5
97
103.5
118
136
146
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
23.5
27
17.5
26.5
14
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
12
52
61
61
70
70
―
16.5
26
21.5
32
―
43.5
43.5
48
46
φ 9
φ 9
φ11
φ11
φ13.5
―
R37
R37
R41.5
R41.5
R10.5
R10.5
R10.5
R10.5
R12
φ11
φ11
φ11
φ11
φ13.5
R11
R15
R 6.5
R15
R16.5
3.2
3.2
4.5
4.5
0.1
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.6
1.2
1.4
1.7
2.1
3.6
6
31.5 1294 24.5 56 φ13.5R46.5 R12 φ13.5R18 6
11 1594 43 54 φ17.5R46.5 R15 φ17.5R22.5 9
42.5 15110 ― ― φ17.5― R15 φ17.5R20 9
20 18.5110 49 69 φ22R54 R18.5 φ22R28.5 9
44 15140 ― ― φ17.5― R15 φ17.5R20 9
70 18.5160 ― ― φ20.5― R18.5 φ20.5R28.5 12
Please provide clearance.
KI
T
E
GH H
D
3-J
B
F
C
A A
SS400 uni-chrome coating
white
Material Surface Treatment Color
Technical Information
Technical InformationF3S-Type Torque Arm
Fixing a Reducer and a Torque Arm
Torque arms are subjected to rotation reaction torque, therefore, they must be strong by using materials of enough thickness and bolts to endure the shock load on starting/braking. Choosing our optional torque arms is the most appropriate solution. (Refer to page 143.) When installing a reducer with a torque arm, be sure to tighten the bolt using helical spring lock washers and plain washers. For proper tightening torque, refer to the table shown on the right.
1
2
Bolt Size and Respective Tightening Torque
Bolt Size Tightening Torque N・m{kgf・m}
How to fix the Torque Arm Fixing Part
In case of Normal/Reverse Operation Firmly fix the fixing part of the torque arm. Make sure that there is no radial load (suspending load) imposed between the driven shaft and the hollow shaft of the reducer, caused by poor alignment between the hole of fixing part and the connecting machine. (Refer to the Figure-6)
1
torque armplain washer
bolt
connecting machinehelical spring lock washer
nut
Figure-6 Attaching the fixing partBad example
Excess force arisen in the driven shaft and the hollow shaft may cause failure of the machine.
hole of the connecting machine side
hole of the torque arm side
When a backlash in the attaching part arose by normal/reverse operations or by high frequency of starting/stopping, the intense impact given to the torque arm in each starting may cause the failures such as loosening of the tightening bolt.
(Note)
In case of One-Direction Operation If the frequent staring torque like in the normal/reverse operation, is not observed, operation with the released fixing part of torque arm is possible. However, it is necessary to fix the driven shaft and the hollow shaft. (Refer to page 150~151, Figure -2~Figure-4) In this case, be sure to secure enough space both for radial direction and for thrust direction in the alignment between the connecting machine and the fixing part. (Refer to the Figure-7)
2
Figure-7 Example of using pin with shoulder
torque armpin with shoulder
connecting machine
hole of the torque arm
pin with shoulder
Secure space to avoid the radial load.
F3S Type (Hollow Shaft)・Torque Arm (Option)
Frame Number
Round Weight (kg)
155154
M5
M6
M8
M10
M12
M14
M16
M20
2.9{ 0.3}
4.9{ 0.5}
13 { 1.3}
25 { 2.6}
44 { 4.5}
69 { 7.0}
108 {11 }
294 {30 }
Specificaiton
ACapacity B C D E F G H JI KName of product Reduction Ratio T
20
25
30
35
45
50
55
0.1
0.2
0.1
0.4
0.1
0.2
0.75
0.1
0.2
0.4
1.5
2.2
0.1
0.2
0.4
0.75
2.2
0.1
0.2
0.4
0.75
1.5
2.2
TAF3S-20-2
TAF3S-25-2
TAF3S-25-3
TAF3S-30-2
TAF3S-30-3
TAF3S-35-2
TAF3S-35-3
TAF3S-45-2
TAF3S-45-3
TAF3S-50-2
TAF3S-55-3
1/ 5~1/ 60
1/ 5~1/ 60
1/ 80~1/ 240
1/ 5~1/ 60
1/ 300~1/ 375
1/ 80~1/ 240
1/ 5~1/ 80
1/ 450~1/ 750
1/ 300~1/ 375
1/ 80~1/ 240
1/ 5~1/ 60
1/ 5~1/ 30
1/ 900~1/1200
1/ 450~1/ 750
1/ 300~1/ 375
1/ 80~1/2400
1/ 40~1/ 60
1/1500
1/ 900~1/1200
1/ 450~1/ 600
1/ 300
1/ 80~1/ 240
1/ 80~1/ 120
53.5
60
69.5
69.5
78
80.5
97
103.5
118
136
146
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
23.5
27
17.5
26.5
14
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
12
52
61
61
70
70
―
16.5
26
21.5
32
―
43.5
43.5
48
46
φ 9
φ 9
φ11
φ11
φ13.5
―
R37
R37
R41.5
R41.5
R10.5
R10.5
R10.5
R10.5
R12
φ11
φ11
φ11
φ11
φ13.5
R11
R15
R 6.5
R15
R16.5
3.2
3.2
4.5
4.5
0.1
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.6
1.2
1.4
1.7
2.1
3.6
6
31.5 1294 24.5 56 φ13.5R46.5 R12 φ13.5R18 6
11 1594 43 54 φ17.5R46.5 R15 φ17.5R22.5 9
42.5 15110 ― ― φ17.5― R15 φ17.5R20 9
20 18.5110 49 69 φ22R54 R18.5 φ22R28.5 9
44 15140 ― ― φ17.5― R15 φ17.5R20 9
70 18.5160 ― ― φ20.5― R18.5 φ20.5R28.5 12
Please provide clearance.
KI
T
E
GH H
D
3-J
B
F
C
A A
SS400 uni-chrome coating
white
Material Surface Treatment Color
Technical Information
Technical InformationF3S-Type Torque Arm
Fixing a Reducer and a Torque Arm
Torque arms are subjected to rotation reaction torque, therefore, they must be strong by using materials of enough thickness and bolts to endure the shock load on starting/braking. Choosing our optional torque arms is the most appropriate solution. (Refer to page 143.) When installing a reducer with a torque arm, be sure to tighten the bolt using helical spring lock washers and plain washers. For proper tightening torque, refer to the table shown on the right.
1
2
Bolt Size and Respective Tightening Torque
Bolt Size Tightening Torque N・m{kgf・m}
How to fix the Torque Arm Fixing Part
In case of Normal/Reverse Operation Firmly fix the fixing part of the torque arm. Make sure that there is no radial load (suspending load) imposed between the driven shaft and the hollow shaft of the reducer, caused by poor alignment between the hole of fixing part and the connecting machine. (Refer to the Figure-6)
1
torque armplain washer
bolt
connecting machinehelical spring lock washer
nut
Figure-6 Attaching the fixing partBad example
Excess force arisen in the driven shaft and the hollow shaft may cause failure of the machine.
hole of the connecting machine side
hole of the torque arm side
When a backlash in the attaching part arose by normal/reverse operations or by high frequency of starting/stopping, the intense impact given to the torque arm in each starting may cause the failures such as loosening of the tightening bolt.
(Note)
In case of One-Direction Operation If the frequent staring torque like in the normal/reverse operation, is not observed, operation with the released fixing part of torque arm is possible. However, it is necessary to fix the driven shaft and the hollow shaft. (Refer to page 150~151, Figure -2~Figure-4) In this case, be sure to secure enough space both for radial direction and for thrust direction in the alignment between the connecting machine and the fixing part. (Refer to the Figure-7)
2
Figure-7 Example of using pin with shoulder
torque armpin with shoulder
connecting machine
hole of the torque arm
pin with shoulder
Secure space to avoid the radial load.
F3S Type (Hollow Shaft)・Torque Arm (Option)
Frame Number
Round Weight (kg)
Install the products with four bolts on a flat and machined surface free from vibration. For the shaft mount of the hollow shaft type, refer to page 150~153.
157
Equivalent Capacity 4P motor ×M { ×W}
0.1、0.2kW
0.4kW
0.75kW
1.5kW
2.2kW
27N・m {2.8k f・m} and below
31N・m {3.2k f・m} and below
34N・m {3.5k f・m} and below
83N・m {8.5k f・m} and below
93N・m {9.5k f・m} and below
156
The rated current values listed in the motor specification on page 118 to 119 are for motors only. For brake gearmotors and those with clutch/brake, please also consider the current value that flows along the brake, if necessary. For more details, please contact us.
M{W}
Ambient Temperature
Ambient Humidity
Altitude
Installation Location
Installation place
-10℃~40℃
85% max.(Non-condensing)
1,000m max.
-10℃~40℃
100% max.(Non-condensing)
1,000m max.
Indoors Indoors/Outdoors
Indoor specification Waterproof specification
Well ventilated place free from corrosive gas, explosive gas, vapor and/or dust
Free from corrosive gas, explosive gas, and/or vapor, etc. Our products should not be used in the water or under high water pressure.
Technical Information
Technical InformationCaution for Safe Operation
Installation Location
Installation Surface
Mounting PositionAll products can be mounted in any direction due to a grease lubrication system.
Connecting with Other Equipment"H7" fit is recommended for the hole for couplings, sprockets, pulleys, gears etc., when attaching to the reducer. In case of direct connection, connect a reducer shaft and a shaft of the connecting machine precisely, so that the center of the shaft of both machines will be fully aligned. In case of using chains, belts gears, etc. connect the units precisely, so that the shaft of the reducer and that of the other machine are parallel. Also, be sure that the centerline of the sprockets and pulleys must be perpendicular to the shaft. When attaching couplings or connecting equipment to the output shaft, be sure not to give any strong impact by hammer, etc. Failure to observe this warning may cause damage to the bearings, which may lead to noise, vibration or failure.
1
2
3
4
Cautions for OperationLoad torque, load inertia moment I (GD2)・O.H.L. should always be kept within the allowable value in operation. When reversing the motor, be sure to confirm if the motor is completely stopped. Failure to observe this warning may cause serious damage to gearmotors and the connecting machine by plugging. When reversing a 1-phase motor, be sure to start reversing after confirming complete stop of the motor. Failure to observe this warning may cause the motor run out of control in the same direction. Do not stop the motor forcibly. Failure to observe this warning may cause the motor run out of control by an unexpected reversing. Be sure that the temperature of the reducer surface should never exceed 80℃.
1
2
3
4
5
About Rated Current
LubricationAll the F3 Series models are employed a grease lubrication system and filled with high-grade grease before shipment from our factories. The grease contains the additive agent of extreme-pressure, which is equivalent to NLGI-00 or NLGI-0.
In case of changing speed of GTR Gearmotors by using inverter (device for converting frequency) When using a gearmotor in combination with inverter, take care that the abnormal temperature rise (over 80℃ at the motor surface) may occur in the low speed rotation. Also, in case of brake motor, brake failure may happen caused by the fluctuation of the voltage. In order to avoid these failures, be sure to bypass the inverter when wiring the brake. For more details, refer to page 142, "On combination of gearmotor and inverter".
Cautions on attaching motors to S Type ReducerWipe off the rust, dust and the anticorrosive agent on the motor shaft. When attaching motor, do not hit the motor part or reducer part, also do not insert these parts forcibly, taking advantage of the tightening torque of the bolt. Failure to observe this warning may cause damage to the bearings and abnormal noise caused by the key running on the key groove of the motor. Since there is no key material of the input pinion attached in the S Type reducer, use the key material of the motor side. In the motors with the capacity of 0.1kW・0.2kW, key material is attached. When the weight of S Type motor become greater, excessive load will be imposed to the attaching flange and this may cause a serious trouble. Refer to the Table-8 as a guideline.
1
2
3
4
Attaching heavier motor than the designated weight limit may result in the damage to the casing and/or motor falling down. Damages caused by attaching the over weighted motor are not in the scope of warranty.
(Note 1)
(2)
: Center of gravity of the motor M: Mass of the motor {W: Weight of the motor}
〈Table-8〉
Install the products with four bolts on a flat and machined surface free from vibration. For the shaft mount of the hollow shaft type, refer to page 150~153.
157
Equivalent Capacity 4P motor ×M { ×W}
0.1、0.2kW
0.4kW
0.75kW
1.5kW
2.2kW
27N・m {2.8k f・m} and below
31N・m {3.2k f・m} and below
34N・m {3.5k f・m} and below
83N・m {8.5k f・m} and below
93N・m {9.5k f・m} and below
156
The rated current values listed in the motor specification on page 118 to 119 are for motors only. For brake gearmotors and those with clutch/brake, please also consider the current value that flows along the brake, if necessary. For more details, please contact us.
M{W}
Ambient Temperature
Ambient Humidity
Altitude
Installation Location
Installation place
-10℃~40℃
85% max.(Non-condensing)
1,000m max.
-10℃~40℃
100% max.(Non-condensing)
1,000m max.
Indoors Indoors/Outdoors
Indoor specification Waterproof specification
Well ventilated place free from corrosive gas, explosive gas, vapor and/or dust
Free from corrosive gas, explosive gas, and/or vapor, etc. Our products should not be used in the water or under high water pressure.
Technical Information
Technical InformationCaution for Safe Operation
Installation Location
Installation Surface
Mounting PositionAll products can be mounted in any direction due to a grease lubrication system.
Connecting with Other Equipment"H7" fit is recommended for the hole for couplings, sprockets, pulleys, gears etc., when attaching to the reducer. In case of direct connection, connect a reducer shaft and a shaft of the connecting machine precisely, so that the center of the shaft of both machines will be fully aligned. In case of using chains, belts gears, etc. connect the units precisely, so that the shaft of the reducer and that of the other machine are parallel. Also, be sure that the centerline of the sprockets and pulleys must be perpendicular to the shaft. When attaching couplings or connecting equipment to the output shaft, be sure not to give any strong impact by hammer, etc. Failure to observe this warning may cause damage to the bearings, which may lead to noise, vibration or failure.
1
2
3
4
Cautions for OperationLoad torque, load inertia moment I (GD2)・O.H.L. should always be kept within the allowable value in operation. When reversing the motor, be sure to confirm if the motor is completely stopped. Failure to observe this warning may cause serious damage to gearmotors and the connecting machine by plugging. When reversing a 1-phase motor, be sure to start reversing after confirming complete stop of the motor. Failure to observe this warning may cause the motor run out of control in the same direction. Do not stop the motor forcibly. Failure to observe this warning may cause the motor run out of control by an unexpected reversing. Be sure that the temperature of the reducer surface should never exceed 80℃.
1
2
3
4
5
About Rated Current
LubricationAll the F3 Series models are employed a grease lubrication system and filled with high-grade grease before shipment from our factories. The grease contains the additive agent of extreme-pressure, which is equivalent to NLGI-00 or NLGI-0.
In case of changing speed of GTR Gearmotors by using inverter (device for converting frequency) When using a gearmotor in combination with inverter, take care that the abnormal temperature rise (over 80℃ at the motor surface) may occur in the low speed rotation. Also, in case of brake motor, brake failure may happen caused by the fluctuation of the voltage. In order to avoid these failures, be sure to bypass the inverter when wiring the brake. For more details, refer to page 142, "On combination of gearmotor and inverter".
Cautions on attaching motors to S Type ReducerWipe off the rust, dust and the anticorrosive agent on the motor shaft. When attaching motor, do not hit the motor part or reducer part, also do not insert these parts forcibly, taking advantage of the tightening torque of the bolt. Failure to observe this warning may cause damage to the bearings and abnormal noise caused by the key running on the key groove of the motor. Since there is no key material of the input pinion attached in the S Type reducer, use the key material of the motor side. In the motors with the capacity of 0.1kW・0.2kW, key material is attached. When the weight of S Type motor become greater, excessive load will be imposed to the attaching flange and this may cause a serious trouble. Refer to the Table-8 as a guideline.
1
2
3
4
Attaching heavier motor than the designated weight limit may result in the damage to the casing and/or motor falling down. Damages caused by attaching the over weighted motor are not in the scope of warranty.
(Note 1)
(2)
: Center of gravity of the motor M: Mass of the motor {W: Weight of the motor}
〈Table-8〉
159158
Shaft Dia. (Frame Number)
18
22、28
32、40
M 6×1.0 ×15
M 8×1.25×20
M10×1.5 ×25
●
●
●
▲
▲
▲
▲
▲
▲
Size×Pitch×Effective DepthF3 Series F3F Type (Solid Shaft)
L-shaft R-shaft T-shaft For more details, refer to <P.141>.
For indoor spec., refer to page 130, for water-resistant, outdoor spec., refer to page 141.
For details of torque arms, please refer to page 155.
max14
7.5±1 3.9±1
φ0.8
max7.5
max17
30
●Appropriate for cutting off the sparks of a brake switch for AC line switching.
●At Operation
(A view from the terminal box side)
●At Brake Released
3-Phase T020・T020W 3-Phase T040・T040W
A
B
C
156
83
8
156
83
0
156
83
0
180
102
2
212
124
6
CBrake Lead Wire
Manual Release Lever
Terminal Box
B
A
Detailed dimension diagram of hallow shaft area
D1 WFrame Number
Bore Size T L P C1 F GL1D
(H8) D2
(h7)
20
25
30
35
45
50
55
φ17
φ20
φ20
φ25
φ25
φ30
φ30
φ35
φ40
φ40
φ45
φ40
φ45
φ50
φ17
φ20
φ20
φ25
φ25
φ30
φ30
φ35
φ40
φ40
φ45
φ40
φ45
φ50
φ29
φ39
φ44
φ44
φ49
φ49
φ64
φ64
φ64
φ74
φ74
φ79
φ79
φ79
φ53
φ66
φ75
φ75
φ85
φ85
φ100
φ100
φ100
φ110
φ110
φ120
φ120
φ120
5
6
6
8
8
8
8
10
12
12
14
12
14
14
19.3
22.8
22.8
28.3
28.3
33.3
33.3
38.3
43.3
43.3
48.8
43.3
48.8
53.8
96
118
124
124
142
142
168
168
168
172
172
220
220
220
24
27
33
33
38
38
50
50
50
55
55
61
61
61
13
14
17
17
20
20
26
26
26
29
29
32
32
32
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1.15
1.15
1.15
1.35
1.35
1.35
1.35
1.75
1.95
1.95
1.95
1.95
1.95
2.20
L
C1 C1
Flange SurfaceFlange Surface
E
D1D1
D2D2
W
T
L1 L1
F
30°
G GP P
E
E
D D
Option
Option
Option
F3S Type (Hollow Shaft)Torque Arm
F3S Type(Hollow Shaft)・Additional specification for output shaft hole diameter
■In the F3S Type (hollow shaft), output shafts with the bore sizes listed below are also available. Instruct us your required shaft diameter when ordering. *Water-resistant type (SUS420J2) is also available. *Need investigation about the strength of inserting shaft. *For more details such as delivery and price, etc., ask our local office.
Chase for retaining ring detail for inside of circle
F3F Type(Solid Shaft)Tapped Hole in Output ShaftOutput shafts with the tapped hole are available in the dimensions as seen below. Therefore when designing, direct us with these dimensions as much as possible. Since there is no tapped hole in the standard model, specify " with standard tapped hole" when ordering.
"●" mark in the list indicates "standard stock". "▲" mark indicate " more than 10 days required for the lead-time" Nonstandard tap size are regarded as a special order specification. For details such as delivery or price, ask our local sales office.
* *
Brake Manual Release Device
If requested, the brake manual release device can be attached. The terminal box and the manual release lever are basically in the same positioning.The manual release device cannot be attached to the water-resistant, outdoor specs. gearmotors.*
(Maximum)
Dimensions by Motor Capacity
Motor Capacity Designation
3-Phase T010・T010W 1-Phase S100・S100W
3-Phase 075・075W 1-Phase 400・400W
3-Phase 150 3-Phase 150W
The terminal box and the manual release lever are basically in the same positioning. When built in rectifier terminal box with manual release needs to change position, some direction is impossible as for technical reason. please ask us about detail. In case the position of terminal box has been changed, the positioning with the flat surface of the fan cover can be referred in page 140~141.
(Note 1) (2)
(3)
Surge Suppressor for Brake Wiring/OP-ENC471D-10A
Positioning between the Lead Wire and the Terminal Box
Rectifier Built-in Brake Gearmotors
159158
Shaft Dia. (Frame Number)
18
22、28
32、40
M 6×1.0 ×15
M 8×1.25×20
M10×1.5 ×25
●
●
●
▲
▲
▲
▲
▲
▲
Size×Pitch×Effective DepthF3 Series F3F Type (Solid Shaft)
L-shaft R-shaft T-shaft For more details, refer to <P.141>.
For indoor spec., refer to page 130, for water-resistant, outdoor spec., refer to page 141.
For details of torque arms, please refer to page 155.
max14
7.5±1 3.9±1
φ0.8
max7.5
max17
30
●Appropriate for cutting off the sparks of a brake switch for AC line switching.
●At Operation
(A view from the terminal box side)
●At Brake Released
3-Phase T020・T020W 3-Phase T040・T040W
A
B
C
156
83
8
156
83
0
156
83
0
180
102
2
212
124
6
CBrake Lead Wire
Manual Release Lever
Terminal Box
B
A
Detailed dimension diagram of hallow shaft area
D1 WFrame Number
Bore Size T L P C1 F GL1D
(H8) D2
(h7)
20
25
30
35
45
50
55
φ17
φ20
φ20
φ25
φ25
φ30
φ30
φ35
φ40
φ40
φ45
φ40
φ45
φ50
φ17
φ20
φ20
φ25
φ25
φ30
φ30
φ35
φ40
φ40
φ45
φ40
φ45
φ50
φ29
φ39
φ44
φ44
φ49
φ49
φ64
φ64
φ64
φ74
φ74
φ79
φ79
φ79
φ53
φ66
φ75
φ75
φ85
φ85
φ100
φ100
φ100
φ110
φ110
φ120
φ120
φ120
5
6
6
8
8
8
8
10
12
12
14
12
14
14
19.3
22.8
22.8
28.3
28.3
33.3
33.3
38.3
43.3
43.3
48.8
43.3
48.8
53.8
96
118
124
124
142
142
168
168
168
172
172
220
220
220
24
27
33
33
38
38
50
50
50
55
55
61
61
61
13
14
17
17
20
20
26
26
26
29
29
32
32
32
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1.15
1.15
1.15
1.35
1.35
1.35
1.35
1.75
1.95
1.95
1.95
1.95
1.95
2.20
L
C1 C1
Flange SurfaceFlange Surface
E
D1D1
D2D2
W
T
L1 L1
F
30°
G GP P
E
E
D D
Option
Option
Option
F3S Type (Hollow Shaft)Torque Arm
F3S Type(Hollow Shaft)・Additional specification for output shaft hole diameter
■In the F3S Type (hollow shaft), output shafts with the bore sizes listed below are also available. Instruct us your required shaft diameter when ordering. *Water-resistant type (SUS420J2) is also available. *Need investigation about the strength of inserting shaft. *For more details such as delivery and price, etc., ask our local office.
Chase for retaining ring detail for inside of circle
F3F Type(Solid Shaft)Tapped Hole in Output ShaftOutput shafts with the tapped hole are available in the dimensions as seen below. Therefore when designing, direct us with these dimensions as much as possible. Since there is no tapped hole in the standard model, specify " with standard tapped hole" when ordering.
"●" mark in the list indicates "standard stock". "▲" mark indicate " more than 10 days required for the lead-time" Nonstandard tap size are regarded as a special order specification. For details such as delivery or price, ask our local sales office.
* *
Brake Manual Release Device
If requested, the brake manual release device can be attached. The terminal box and the manual release lever are basically in the same positioning.The manual release device cannot be attached to the water-resistant, outdoor specs. gearmotors.*
(Maximum)
Dimensions by Motor Capacity
Motor Capacity Designation
3-Phase T010・T010W 1-Phase S100・S100W
3-Phase 075・075W 1-Phase 400・400W
3-Phase 150 3-Phase 150W
The terminal box and the manual release lever are basically in the same positioning. When built in rectifier terminal box with manual release needs to change position, some direction is impossible as for technical reason. please ask us about detail. In case the position of terminal box has been changed, the positioning with the flat surface of the fan cover can be referred in page 140~141.
(Note 1) (2)
(3)
Surge Suppressor for Brake Wiring/OP-ENC471D-10A
Positioning between the Lead Wire and the Terminal Box
Rectifier Built-in Brake Gearmotors
161160
Option
Option
161160
Option
Option
163162
UL
F3 SERIES(3-phase 0.1kW~2.2kW)
F3 SERIES(1-phase 100W)
1-phase 100W
Phase Capacity
3-phase0.1kW
2.2kW
200V/50Hz、200V/60Hz、220V/60Hz 208V/60Hz、230V/60Hz 380V/50Hz、400V/50Hz、400V/60Hz、440V/60Hz 415V/50Hz、460V/60Hz 420V/50Hz、440V/50Hz、480V/60Hz 575V/60Hz
100V/50Hz、100V/60Hz 115V/60Hz 120V/60Hz 200V/50Hz、200V/60Hz 220V/60Hz 230V/60Hz
Voltage/Frequency (V) (Hz)
●F3 SERIES(0.1kW~2.2kW)
〜
CCC
Phase
3-phase0.1kW
0.75kW
200V/50Hz、200V/60Hz、220V/60Hz 220V/50Hz、230V/50Hz 380V/50Hz、400V/50Hz、400V/60Hz、440V/60Hz
●F3 SERIES(0.1kW~0.75kW)
〜
CE
1-phase 100W
Phase
3-phase0.1kW
2.2kW
200V/50Hz、200V/60Hz、220V/60Hz 220V/50Hz、230V/50Hz 380V/50Hz、400V/50Hz、400V/60Hz、440V/60Hz 415V/50Hz 420V/50Hz、440V/50Hz
100V/50Hz、100V/60Hz 200V/50Hz、200V/60Hz 220V/50Hz 230V/50Hz
Voltage/Frequency (V) (Hz)
●F3 SERIES(0.1kW~2.2kW)
〜
F3 Series UL CE CCC
Gearmotor
Brake Gearmotor
Gearmotor with Brake Manual Release Device
Water-resistant Gearmotor
Water-resistant Brake Gearmotor
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
F3 Series UL CE CCC
Gearmotor
Brake Gearmotor
Gearmotor with Brake Manual Release Device
○
○
○
○
○
○
×
×
×
Overseas standard product Gearmotor(0.1kW~2.2kW)
Instruction for terminal box lead wire position.
① ②
Type
25F3S
③
N 020 A
X T9HZ④
015
⑥ ⑦ ⑧ ⑨ ⑩ ⑪ ⑫ ⑬
40
M
TF3F 150 W
NS060
U
YTT B
( Note1)
F3 SERIES Overseas standard product gearmotor (0.1kW~2.2kW) are classified by codes as shown below, Specify these codes in your induiry and order.
①Type
②Frame NO, and Diameter of Output Shaft
③Shaft Arrangement
④Reduction Ratio
⑥Standards
⑦Phase
⑧Classification by Motor Type
⑨Capacity
⑩Voltage/Frequency
⑬Specification Code
⑫Auxiliary Code
⑪Terminal Box
F3S
F3F
Output Shaft Diameter (Hollow Shaft type is the bore and other type is the outside diameter)
U
Y
C
T
S
005 : 1/5 ~ 15X : 1/1500 (10→010、1200→12X)
: F3 Series (Concentric Hollow Shaft)
: F3 Series (Concentric Solid Shaft)
: UL Standards(UL、cUL)
: CE Marking Products
: Praducts Certified by CCC.(1.5kW, and 2.2kW are expect from CCC regulation)
: 3-phase
: 1-phase
M
B
J
WM
WB
: With Motor
: With Brake Motor
: With Brake Manual Release Device
: With Water-resistant Motor (IP65)
: With Water-resistant Brake Motor (IP65)
010
020
040
075
150
220
: 3-phase 0.1kW 100 : 1-phase 100W
: 3-phase 0.2kW
: 3-phase 0.4kW
: 3-phase 0.75kW
: 3-phase 1.5kW
: 3-phase 2.2kW
N : Standard Voltage
A
Z
S
E
Blank
X
: A type Terminal Box for 0.1kW~0.4kW
: Z type Terminal Box (Rectifier built-in Terminal Box) for 0.1kW~0.4kW brake motor.
: S type Terminal Box for 0.75kW~2.2kW (The same spec for dometic spec " T type Terminal Box")
: E type Terminal Box for water resistant (IP65) exclusive use.
: Standard Specs
: Mark for Additional Specs
W : High Voltage
F3F only, other than thoseabove type is "N"
(Reduction Ratio is all triple digits dicplay.)
(Note1)NO 1-phase of CCC certitiation
3-phase : 200V/50Hz, 200V/60Hz, 220V/60Hz 1-phase : 100V/50Hz, 100V/60Hz
3-phase : 380V/50Hz, 400V/50Hz, 400V/60Hz, 440V/60Hz 1-phase : 200V/50Hz, 200V/60Hz
F3 SERIES
Model and Type DesignationF3 SERIES
Frame Number
Shaft Arrangenent
Reduction Ratio Stardards Phase Classification
by Motor TypeMotor Capacity
Voltage Frequency
Terminal Box
Auxiliary Mark
Specification Code
Gearhead
Motor
Output shaft on the left viewing from lnput shaft side.
L: Output shaft on the right viewing from lnput shaft side.
R: Output shaft on both side
T:
(Note2) The spec is different each Standards, Pleace make sure to read "The spec of overseas standard product" and confirm.
(Note3) Spec Code does not appear on the product type designation in the nameplate. It is indicated on the additional number column in the nameplate.
We provide gearmotors that meet the global directive, standards, institutions.
(Note)1. 2.Water-resistant Brake Gearmotor is under 0.75kW only. Motor capacity above 1.5kW gearmotor is not included in CCC standards.
We have motor type and brake type. Brake Manual Release is available. For 3-phase, dual motor (specification) is available. Gray ink voltage/freauency indicates " X " on the tail. Please contact us about the other voltage.
●
●
●
●
●
Capacity
We have motor type and brake type. Brake Manual Release is available. Gray ink voltage/freauency indicates " X " on the tail. Please contact us about the other voltage.
●
●
●
●
Capacity Voltage/Frequency (V) (Hz)
1.5kW and 2.2kW is out of control subject. We have motor type and brake type. Brake Manual Release is available. Gray ink voltage/freauency indicates " X " on the tail. Please contact us about the other voltage. 220V/50Hz or 380V/50Hz is usually standard voltage in China.
●
●
●
●
●
●
Overseas stand
ards
Overseas stand
ards
163162
UL
F3 SERIES(3-phase 0.1kW~2.2kW)
F3 SERIES(1-phase 100W)
1-phase 100W
Phase Capacity
3-phase0.1kW
2.2kW
200V/50Hz、200V/60Hz、220V/60Hz 208V/60Hz、230V/60Hz 380V/50Hz、400V/50Hz、400V/60Hz、440V/60Hz 415V/50Hz、460V/60Hz 420V/50Hz、440V/50Hz、480V/60Hz 575V/60Hz
100V/50Hz、100V/60Hz 115V/60Hz 120V/60Hz 200V/50Hz、200V/60Hz 220V/60Hz 230V/60Hz
Voltage/Frequency (V) (Hz)
●F3 SERIES(0.1kW~2.2kW)
〜
CCC
Phase
3-phase0.1kW
0.75kW
200V/50Hz、200V/60Hz、220V/60Hz 220V/50Hz、230V/50Hz 380V/50Hz、400V/50Hz、400V/60Hz、440V/60Hz
●F3 SERIES(0.1kW~0.75kW)
〜
CE
1-phase 100W
Phase
3-phase0.1kW
2.2kW
200V/50Hz、200V/60Hz、220V/60Hz 220V/50Hz、230V/50Hz 380V/50Hz、400V/50Hz、400V/60Hz、440V/60Hz 415V/50Hz 420V/50Hz、440V/50Hz
100V/50Hz、100V/60Hz 200V/50Hz、200V/60Hz 220V/50Hz 230V/50Hz
Voltage/Frequency (V) (Hz)
●F3 SERIES(0.1kW~2.2kW)
〜
F3 Series UL CE CCC
Gearmotor
Brake Gearmotor
Gearmotor with Brake Manual Release Device
Water-resistant Gearmotor
Water-resistant Brake Gearmotor
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
F3 Series UL CE CCC
Gearmotor
Brake Gearmotor
Gearmotor with Brake Manual Release Device
○
○
○
○
○
○
×
×
×
Overseas standard product Gearmotor(0.1kW~2.2kW)
Instruction for terminal box lead wire position.
① ②
Type
25F3S
③
N 020 A
X T9HZ④
015
⑥ ⑦ ⑧ ⑨ ⑩ ⑪ ⑫ ⑬
40
M
TF3F 150 W
NS060
U
YTT B
( Note1)
F3 SERIES Overseas standard product gearmotor (0.1kW~2.2kW) are classified by codes as shown below, Specify these codes in your induiry and order.
①Type
②Frame NO, and Diameter of Output Shaft
③Shaft Arrangement
④Reduction Ratio
⑥Standards
⑦Phase
⑧Classification by Motor Type
⑨Capacity
⑩Voltage/Frequency
⑬Specification Code
⑫Auxiliary Code
⑪Terminal Box
F3S
F3F
Output Shaft Diameter (Hollow Shaft type is the bore and other type is the outside diameter)
U
Y
C
T
S
005 : 1/5 ~ 15X : 1/1500 (10→010、1200→12X)
: F3 Series (Concentric Hollow Shaft)
: F3 Series (Concentric Solid Shaft)
: UL Standards(UL、cUL)
: CE Marking Products
: Praducts Certified by CCC.(1.5kW, and 2.2kW are expect from CCC regulation)
: 3-phase
: 1-phase
M
B
J
WM
WB
: With Motor
: With Brake Motor
: With Brake Manual Release Device
: With Water-resistant Motor (IP65)
: With Water-resistant Brake Motor (IP65)
010
020
040
075
150
220
: 3-phase 0.1kW 100 : 1-phase 100W
: 3-phase 0.2kW
: 3-phase 0.4kW
: 3-phase 0.75kW
: 3-phase 1.5kW
: 3-phase 2.2kW
N : Standard Voltage
A
Z
S
E
Blank
X
: A type Terminal Box for 0.1kW~0.4kW
: Z type Terminal Box (Rectifier built-in Terminal Box) for 0.1kW~0.4kW brake motor.
: S type Terminal Box for 0.75kW~2.2kW (The same spec for dometic spec " T type Terminal Box")
: E type Terminal Box for water resistant (IP65) exclusive use.
: Standard Specs
: Mark for Additional Specs
W : High Voltage
F3F only, other than thoseabove type is "N"
(Reduction Ratio is all triple digits dicplay.)
(Note1)NO 1-phase of CCC certitiation
3-phase : 200V/50Hz, 200V/60Hz, 220V/60Hz 1-phase : 100V/50Hz, 100V/60Hz
3-phase : 380V/50Hz, 400V/50Hz, 400V/60Hz, 440V/60Hz 1-phase : 200V/50Hz, 200V/60Hz
F3 SERIES
Model and Type DesignationF3 SERIES
Frame Number
Shaft Arrangenent
Reduction Ratio Stardards Phase Classification
by Motor TypeMotor Capacity
Voltage Frequency
Terminal Box
Auxiliary Mark
Specification Code
Gearhead
Motor
Output shaft on the left viewing from lnput shaft side.
L: Output shaft on the right viewing from lnput shaft side.
R: Output shaft on both side
T:
(Note2) The spec is different each Standards, Pleace make sure to read "The spec of overseas standard product" and confirm.
(Note3) Spec Code does not appear on the product type designation in the nameplate. It is indicated on the additional number column in the nameplate.
We provide gearmotors that meet the global directive, standards, institutions.
(Note)1. 2.Water-resistant Brake Gearmotor is under 0.75kW only. Motor capacity above 1.5kW gearmotor is not included in CCC standards.
We have motor type and brake type. Brake Manual Release is available. For 3-phase, dual motor (specification) is available. Gray ink voltage/freauency indicates " X " on the tail. Please contact us about the other voltage.
●
●
●
●
●
Capacity
We have motor type and brake type. Brake Manual Release is available. Gray ink voltage/freauency indicates " X " on the tail. Please contact us about the other voltage.
●
●
●
●
Capacity Voltage/Frequency (V) (Hz)
1.5kW and 2.2kW is out of control subject. We have motor type and brake type. Brake Manual Release is available. Gray ink voltage/freauency indicates " X " on the tail. Please contact us about the other voltage. 220V/50Hz or 380V/50Hz is usually standard voltage in China.
●
●
●
●
●
●
Overseas stand
ards
Overseas stand
ards
165164
Specifications of Overseas standard MotorF3 SERIES
●F3 SERIES(0.1kW~2.2kW)
Terminal Box for UL standard
●F3 SERIES(0.1kW~2.2kW)Water-resistant(IP65)
Earth terminal
B2B1
VU WCapacity Specification
without brake
with brake(~0.75kW)
E-BOX
○
○ 0.1kW~2.2kW
Terminal Box for CCC standard
●F3 SERIES(0.1kW~2.2kW)
Capacity Specification
without brake
with brake
without brake
with brake
A-Box Z-Box S-Box
○
○
×
×
×
○
×
×
×
×
○
○
Terminal Box Type
0.1kW~0.4kW
0.75kW~2.2kW
●F3 SERIES(0.1kW~2.2kW)water-resistant(IP65)
Capacity Specification
without brake
with brake
E-Box
○
○ 0.1kW~2.2kW
Terminal Box type and specification is following chart, please confirm and issue all necessary instructions
UL
CE CCC
Capacity Specification
without brake
with brake
without brake
with brake
A-BOX S-BOX
○
○
×
×
×
×
○
○
Terminal Box Type
0.1kW~0.4kW
0.75kW~2.2kW
(Note)1. 2. 3.
A-box is without terminal.For with brake, break lead wires are employed terminal. S-box is with terminal. For with brake, break lead wires are taken terminal as flying lead. For more than 230V, 200V terminal is taken separately. Red is for 0.1kW~0.4kW, and black is for 0.75kW~2.2kW.
3-phase 0.1kW~0.4kW 1-phase 100W ● A type Terminal Box
3-phase 0.75kW~2.2kW● S type Terminal Box
Lead wire U・V・W
Break lead wires(only for with brake)
Break lead wires (only for with brake)
(Note)1. 2.E-Box is with terminal. For with brake, break lead wires are employed terminal. For more than 230V, 200V terminal is taken separately. Red is for 0.1kW~0.4kW, and Black is for 0.75kW~2.2kW.
Break lead wires(only for with brake)
(Note)1. 2. 3.
Same as Japanese domestic standard. For more details, refer to <P.123,P.129~131>. For more than 230V, 200V terminal is taken separately. Red is for 0.1kW~0.4kW, and black is for 0.75kW~2.2kW. Voltage 400V class is not available for flying lead. Please choose with terminal box .
(Note)1. 2.Same as Japanese domestic standard.For more details, refer to <P.134,P.136~137>. For more than, 230V,200V terminal is taken separately. red is for 0.1kW~0.4kW and Black is for 0.75kW to 2.2kW
Overseas stand
ards
Overseas stand
ards
165164
Specifications of Overseas standard MotorF3 SERIES
●F3 SERIES(0.1kW~2.2kW)
Terminal Box for UL standard
●F3 SERIES(0.1kW~2.2kW)Water-resistant(IP65)
Earth terminal
B2B1
VU WCapacity Specification
without brake
with brake(~0.75kW)
E-BOX
○
○ 0.1kW~2.2kW
Terminal Box for CCC standard
●F3 SERIES(0.1kW~2.2kW)
Capacity Specification
without brake
with brake
without brake
with brake
A-Box Z-Box S-Box
○
○
×
×
×
○
×
×
×
×
○
○
Terminal Box Type
0.1kW~0.4kW
0.75kW~2.2kW
●F3 SERIES(0.1kW~2.2kW)water-resistant(IP65)
Capacity Specification
without brake
with brake
E-Box
○
○ 0.1kW~2.2kW
Terminal Box type and specification is following chart, please confirm and issue all necessary instructions
UL
CE CCC
Capacity Specification
without brake
with brake
without brake
with brake
A-BOX S-BOX
○
○
×
×
×
×
○
○
Terminal Box Type
0.1kW~0.4kW
0.75kW~2.2kW
(Note)1. 2. 3.
A-box is without terminal.For with brake, break lead wires are employed terminal. S-box is with terminal. For with brake, break lead wires are taken terminal as flying lead. For more than 230V, 200V terminal is taken separately. Red is for 0.1kW~0.4kW, and black is for 0.75kW~2.2kW.
3-phase 0.1kW~0.4kW 1-phase 100W ● A type Terminal Box
3-phase 0.75kW~2.2kW● S type Terminal Box
Lead wire U・V・W
Break lead wires(only for with brake)
Break lead wires (only for with brake)
(Note)1. 2.E-Box is with terminal. For with brake, break lead wires are employed terminal. For more than 230V, 200V terminal is taken separately. Red is for 0.1kW~0.4kW, and Black is for 0.75kW~2.2kW.
Break lead wires(only for with brake)
(Note)1. 2. 3.
Same as Japanese domestic standard. For more details, refer to <P.123,P.129~131>. For more than 230V, 200V terminal is taken separately. Red is for 0.1kW~0.4kW, and black is for 0.75kW~2.2kW. Voltage 400V class is not available for flying lead. Please choose with terminal box .
(Note)1. 2.Same as Japanese domestic standard.For more details, refer to <P.134,P.136~137>. For more than, 230V,200V terminal is taken separately. red is for 0.1kW~0.4kW and Black is for 0.75kW to 2.2kW
Overseas stand
ards
Overseas stand
ards
166
Guidance to NISSEI's Website
"The following items are available on NISSEI's website."
Visit NISSEI's Website and Register Yourself
■GTR model selection and product details ■Request for catalogs ■Downloadable drawings of external dimensions ■Downloadable CAD data ■PDF date on a variety of catalogs and operation manuals ■Information on new products ■Registration for the information dispatch system
http://www.nissei-gtr.co.jp/
Make full use of NISSEI's website.
For details, contact your NISSEI representative or NISSEI sales staffs.
■Overseas Sales Section
TEL : +81-566-92-5312(Main switchboard) FAX :+81-566-92-7002 E-mail : [email protected]
■Tokyo Branch Office 2-8-9 Iwamoto-cho, Chiyoda-ku, Tokyo 101-0032 Japan
TEL:+81-3-3865-7681 FAX:+81-3-5820-7693 E-mail : [email protected]
■Osaka Branch Office 1-18 Ikutamamaemachi, Tennoji-ku, Osaka 543-0072 Japan
TEL:+81-6-6772-1900 FAX:+81-6-6772-0406 E-mail :[email protected]
■Headquarters 1-1 Inoue, Izumi-cho, Anjo-shi, Aichi 444-1297 Japan
TEL:+81-566-92-7410 FAX:+81-566-92-7418 E-mail :[email protected]
167
166
Guidance to NISSEI's Website
"The following items are available on NISSEI's website."
Visit NISSEI's Website and Register Yourself
■GTR model selection and product details ■Request for catalogs ■Downloadable drawings of external dimensions ■Downloadable CAD data ■PDF date on a variety of catalogs and operation manuals ■Information on new products ■Registration for the information dispatch system
http://www.nissei-gtr.co.jp/
Make full use of NISSEI's website.
For details, contact your NISSEI representative or NISSEI sales staffs.
■Overseas Sales Section
TEL : +81-566-92-5312(Main switchboard) FAX :+81-566-92-7002 E-mail : [email protected]
■Tokyo Branch Office 2-8-9 Iwamoto-cho, Chiyoda-ku, Tokyo 101-0032 Japan
TEL:+81-3-3865-7681 FAX:+81-3-5820-7693 E-mail : [email protected]
■Osaka Branch Office 1-18 Ikutamamaemachi, Tennoji-ku, Osaka 543-0072 Japan
TEL:+81-6-6772-1900 FAX:+81-6-6772-0406 E-mail :[email protected]
■Headquarters 1-1 Inoue, Izumi-cho, Anjo-shi, Aichi 444-1297 Japan
TEL:+81-566-92-7410 FAX:+81-566-92-7418 E-mail :[email protected]
167
168